Member Handbook Your Guide to Competition Incorporating Rules & Regulations

LONDON 2012 OLYMPICS – GOLD MEDAL TEAM

British Showjumping Member Handbook Your guide to competition Incorporating Rules & Regulations

April 2013 www.britishshowjumping.co.uk ©British Showjumping MH.V1.04/2013 Member Information

Introduction The rules in this book are established so that competitors may compete against each other in showjumping competitions under fair conditions. They can, however, never cover every eventuality. Matters that cannot be solved by interpreting the rules to the letter should be resolved by following as nearly as possible the spirit of the text to obtain the solution that is fairest to all competitors. This Handbook supersedes all previous publications and is subject to change from time to time by the Board in respect of operational/exceptional matters. Equality Statement British Showjumping is fully committed to the principles of equality of opportunity and aims to ensure that no individual receives less favourable treatment on the grounds of age, gender, disability, race, ethnic origin, nationality, colour, parental or marital status, pregnancy, religious belief, class or social background, sexual orientation or political belief. This includes all those involved in whatever capacity, riders, employees, coaches, officials, other volunteers and spectators. British Showjumping will ensure, wherever it is reasonable and within British Showjumping's direct control, that there is open access to all those who wish to participate in all aspects of equestrian activity and that they are treated fairly. Welfare Of The Horse See Annex A at the end of Section 1 Code of Conduct for Junior Members See Annex B Financial Responsibility British Showjumping accepts no financial responsibility in respect of affiliated or unaffiliated shows. Offices British Showjumping National Agricultural Centre, Stoneleigh Park, Kenilworth, Warwickshire, CV8 2LR. Telephone: 02476 698800 Fax: 02476 696685 Email: [email protected] Website: www.britishshowjumping.co.uk As from 17 June 2013: British Showjumping Meriden Business Park, Copse Drive, Meriden, West Midlands, CV5 9RG Notes For ease of reference, amendments/additions are indicated in blue. Editorials, products and services included in the Handbook are not necessarily supported or endorsed by British Showjumping.

Amendments/additions since publication are indicated in red

Cover photo by Kit Houghton

3 CONTENTS Member Information 3 Regional Organisation 9-10 Area Organisation 12-18 Development Officers 19 British Showjumping Stewards 19 Insurance 20-22 Regional Officials Mentors 23 Training Information 24-25 British Showjumping Coaches 26-30 Code of Conduct for Juniors (Annex B) 31-32 Rule Changes 33 Section 1 – General Regulations Organisation 35-36 Administration 36-38 Membership 38-49 Registration of Horses and Ponies 49-54 Grading 54-64 Shows and Competitions 65-80 Conduct and Discipline 81-91 Safeguarding Children 91 AD Social Media 91-92 Annex A British Showjumping Code of Conduct 93-94 for The Welfare of the Horse Section 2 Jumping and Judging 97-98 Saddlery and Equipment 99-101 Officials 101-102 Practice 102-105 Obstacles 106-104 Courses 109-111 Timing 111-114 Communications 115-116 Results 116-121 Elimination, Disqualification, Retiring, Withdrawing 121-124 Errors 124-126 Access To The Arena 127-128 Stopping 129-130 Penalties 130-133 International Rules 134-137 Section 3 Rules For Special Competitions 140-155 Section 4 Quick Qualification Table 157 Qualifying Competitions 158-159 Senior Qualifying Competitions 160-176 Course Specification Tables 177-181 Pony Qualifying Competitions 182-190 Winter Qualifying Competitions 191-196 Children on Horses 196 General Index 198-211 4 5 The British Showjumping Association

Patron: HER MAJESTY THE QUEEN

Vice Patron: HER ROYAL HIGHNESS THE PRINCESS ROYAL, LG, LT, GCVO, QSO, GCL

President: MR. D. BROOME CBE

Honorary Vice Presidents: MR. M. BATES MR. M. BULLMAN MR. R. MASSARELLA O.B.E MRS. A.E.S. NUTTALL MR. P. ROBESON O.B.E

*Chief Executive: MR. I. GRAHAM

AD Chairman: MR. L. HARRIS

The Board ANDREW BALDOCK JULIA BIDDLE KIRSTY PEARCE NICKY ROCHE ERIN STEPHENS ISABELLA VON MESTERHAZY

6 7 REGIONAL ORGANISATION

1 (a) Great Britain is divided into Areas that are usually limited and defined on a county basis, i.e. each county forms an Area, but this is not an inflexible policy, and the Board may from time to time limit and define a new Area and re-limit and re-define any existing Area on any basis as it thinks fit.

(b) Each Area shall consist of all Members of British Showjumping whose address registered with British Showjumping is within the Area or being an Affiliated, Company or Regimental Member of British Showjumping shall hold an annual show, carry on business or be stationed within that Area. In the case of an Affiliated, Company or Regimental Member, membership of an Area shall be through the medium of the Representative who, according to the Articles of Association of British Showjumping is for the time being treated by the Board for the purposes of membership of British Showjumping as the representative of the Regimental, Company or Affiliated Member. The Chief Executive of British Showjumping will, on request, advise the name of such Representative.

AD Scotland • Glasgow (1) • North Of Scotland (10) • Lanarkshire (2) • South East Scotland (4) • South West Scotland (6) • Central Scotland (7) • Fife (8) • Tayside (9)

Northern • Northumbria Tyne & Wear (12) • Cleveland Durham (12a) • North Cumbria (14) • South Cumbria (14a) • North Yorkshire (15) • East Yorkshire (15a) • South & West Yorks (16) • Lancs Gtr Mans N Mersey (17) • Isle Of Man (17a) • Cheshire S Merseyside (18)

West Midlands • W Mids & Staffs (22) • Shropshire (25) • Warwickshire (30) • Hereford And Worcester (33)

8 9 Wales • Clwyd (19) • North West Wales (20) • W M & S Glamorgan Gwent (35) • Dyfed (36) • Powys (25)

East Midlands • Derbyshire (21) • Nottinghamshire (23) • Lincolnshire (24) • Leicestershire (26) • Northamptonshire (27)

East • Norfolk (28) • Suffolk (29) • Bedfordshire (31) • Cambridgeshire (32) • Herts Middlesex (39a) • Essex (40)

South East • Oxfordshire (37) • Berkshire (38) • Buckinghamshire (39) AD • Hampshire (43) • Isle Of Wight (43a) • Surrey (44) • Kent (45) • Sussex (46)

South West • Gloucestershire (41) • Wiltshire (42) • Bristol & Somerset (48) • Dorset (49) • Devon (50) • Cornwall (51) • Channel Isles (52)

10 11 AREA REPRESENTATIVES AND COMMITTEES (ii) If the four elected members do not include at least one member aged (Scotland, England and Wales) under 25 as at 1 January following the election, then at least one of the four members appointed by the Area Representative must be so aged. 2 (a) A Representative for each Area (the “Area Representative”) shall be appointed 4 Members of the Area Committee will take office after their election and will serve in accordance with the following procedure: for the term of the Area Representative. At the end of the term, whether or not the previous Area Representative is given a further term, the elected committee members (b) Any vacancy will be advertised on the British Showjumping website and is open will stand down and an election will be held. Previous Committee members are to any member of British Showjumping who resides in the relevant Area. An eligible to be nominated for a further term. appointment will be made following a selection procedure which will involve submission of a CV and an interview. 5 Casual vacancies arising among the elected members of the Area Committee shall be filled by the Committee by co-option. Casual vacancies arising among the appointed (c) The person appointed as Area Representative will hold this position for a three members shall be filled by the Area Representative by further appointment. year term. 6 Any general meeting of an Area can be held as, when and where the Area (d) At the end of the term, provided the Area Representative wishes to continue Committee shall appoint and a general meeting of an Area shall be convened and satisfactory reports have been received during their term, they will be given by the Area Committee on a request in writing signed by not less than one-fifth of a further three year term. the members of the Area entitled to attend and vote at general meetings of that Area. Any general meeting of an Area shall be called by 21 days notice in writing (e) If a vacancy occurs during the three year term then the position will be filled and/or via appropriate websites, at the least and shall be exclusive of the day upon using the above process (2b). which the notice is served or deemed to be served and of the day for which it is given, and shall specify the place, the day and the time of the meeting and of the (f) The Chief Executive, in consultation with the relevant Development Officer, general nature of all business to be transacted thereat. shall have the overriding right to remove any person from the position of Area Representative at any time. 7 No business shall be transacted at any general meeting unless a quorum of members is present at the time when the meeting proceeds to business; save as herein otherwise provided, 10 members of the Area present in person and entitled to vote 3 The affairs of each area shall be managed by an Area Committee chaired by shall be a quorum. If, within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting, the Area Representative, and made up as follows: A maximum of two members a quorum is not present, the meeting shall stand adjourned to the same day in the may be related and persons on the Committee should have a variety of next week, at the same time and place or to such place as an Area Committee may interests thereby giving the broadest possible mix of stakeholders. by not less than two days notice to the members of the Area prescribe, and if at the adjourned meeting a quorum as above defined is not present within half an hour (a) Four Committee members elected by members within the Area. from the time appointed for the meeting, the members present shall be a quorum.

(i) Following the appointment of the Area Representative, nominations for the 8 The Area Representative shall be the Chairman of the Area Committee and of Committee will be invited from members residing in the relevant Area general meetings of the Area. If at any meeting of the Area Committee or at any by filling out the nomination form. The proposer and seconder must be general meetings of the Area he is not present within five minutes of the time members of British Showjumping and reside within the relevant Area. appointed for holding the same, or, being present, unwilling to take the Chair, the members of the Area Committee present shall elect one of their members to be (ii) In the event of more than four nominations being received, there will be an Chairman of the meeting. election using online voting. 9 At any general meeting of an Area a resolution put to the vote of the meeting shall (iii) The four nominees receiving the most votes will be elected for the term of be decided on a show of hands unless a poll is (before or on the declaration of the the Area Representative. result of the show of hands) demanded: (a) by the Chairman, or (iv) Where nominations received are insufficient to require a ballot, those (b) by at least three members of the Area present in person and entitled to vote. nominated are automatically elected to serve on the Area Committee. Unless a poll be so demanded a declaration by the Chairman that a resolution In such cases where fewer than four nominations are received, the Area has, on a show of hands, been carried or carried unanimously or by a particular Representative will appoint such number as required to make the numbers majority, or lost, and an entry to that effect made in the book containing the up to eight members of his/her Committee. minutes of proceeding of the Area, shall be conclusive evidence of the fact without proof of the number or proportion of the votes recorded in favour (b) Four members appointed by the Area Representative. of or against such resolution. The demand for a poll may be withdrawn.

(i) Following the Area election, the Area Representative shall appoint a further 10 Except as hereinafter provided, if a poll is demanded, it shall be taken in such a four members of the Area with meetings, voting and eligibility rights (Rule manner as the Chairman directs, and the result of the poll shall be deemed to be 32.2) to serve on the Area Committee. the resolution of the meeting at which the poll was demanded.

12 13 11 In the case of an equality of votes, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, the 2013 Area Representatives Chairman of the meeting at which the show of hands takes place or at which the poll is demanded, shall be entitled to a second or casting vote. Area Area Representative Contact Details Bedfordshire (31) Joan Lewis 41 Southcourt Avenue, Linslade, Leighton 12 A poll demanded on any question shall be taken forthwith. Buzzard, Beds, LU7 7QD. Tel: (01525) 373382. 13 The only members of an Area entitled to vote at any general meeting of the Area, Berkshire (38) Mrs Janet Barnes Decoy Cottage, Reading Road, shall be those entitled to vote at any general meeting of British Showjumping. No Aldermaston, Reading, Berkshire RG7 4PP member of an Area shall be entitled to receive notice of any general meeting of Tel: 0118 970 0376 e-mail: decoycottage@ the Area or be reckoned in any quorum unless entitled to receive notice of or be btinternet.com reckoned in any quorum of a general meeting of British Showjumping, provided Bristol and Somerset (48) Katie Pike 57B Tower Road South, Bristol, that any accidental omission to enforce this rule shall not invalidate any resolution Avon, BS30 8BW. passed at the meeting. Tel: (01179) 612186 Mobile: 07977 241769 e-mail: [email protected] 14 Every member of the Area entitled to vote at any general meeting thereof shall Buckinghamshire (39) Vacant have one vote upon a show of hands or upon a poll, provided that a member representing two or more Affiliated, Company or Regimental Members shall be Cambridgeshire (32) Sue Smith 23 Moulton Road, Gazeley, Newmarket, entitled to two votes only. Voting by proxy shall not be allowed. Suffolk, CB8 8RA. Tel: (01638) 751812 Mobile: 07796 493629 15 The duties of an Area Representative are defined under the Area Representative’s e-mail:[email protected] Role Description, a copy of which can be obtained on request to the Chief Executive. Central Scotland & Mrs A Logan Hillend Farm, Helensfield, Alloa, Tayside (5) Clackmannanshire, FK10 3PU. 16 Each Area Committee shall hold at least two Committee meetings in each year in Tel: (07721) 402672. addition to an AGM. Mr R Brady The Cottages, Easter Muirhead Stables, Blairingone, Dollar, FK14 7ND. 17 Subject to the provisions of these Rules and Regulations, each Area Committee Channel Islands (52) No individual may meet together for the despatch of its business, adjourn and otherwise Area Representative regulate its meetings as it thinks fit. Questions arising at any meeting of an Area Committee shall be decided by a majority of votes. In the case of an equality of Cheshire/S Merseyside Sue Barratt 5 Cavendish Cresent, Alsager, Stoke on Trent. (18) Tel: (01270) 876962 Mobile: 07884 371724. votes the Chairman shall have a second or casting vote, but no other member e-mail: [email protected] shall be entitled to more than one vote. It shall not be necessary to give notice of a meeting of an Area Committee to any member thereof for the time being Cleveland, Durham (12A) Mrs Elizabeth Eagles Bloxham House, 28 Pennel Grove, Ingleby absent from the United Kingdom. The quorum necessary for the transaction of Barwick, Stockton On Tees TS17 5HP Mobile: the business of an Area Committee shall be three. 07855 379923 e-mail: e.eagles@naslegalltd. co.uk 18 A member of an Area Committee shall vacate office: Clywd (19) David Carpenter Merllyn Farm, Babell, Holywell, Clwyd CH8 (a) If he shall cease to be qualified to be a member thereof. 8PZ Tel: 07719 425681 e-mail: davidarea19@ (b) If by notice in writing to the Area Representative he resigns his office. ukinland.net (c) If by a resolution passed by a two-thirds majority of the Area Committee Cornwall (51) Pam Warren Hardacre, Parc Erissey, Redruth, Cornwall, present at a meeting whereat not less than two-thirds of the members thereof TR16 4HW. Tel: (01209) 313559. shall be present, he is removed from office. e-mail: [email protected] Derbyshire (21) Ann Hunter Ash House Farm, Rodbourne Common, Kirk 19 Each Area Committee shall keep records and minutes: Langley, Ashbourne, Derbyshire, DE6 4LX. (a) Of all meetings of the Area Committee and of the Area. Tel: (01332) 824273. (b) Send a copy of audited accounts annually to the Chief Executive. Devon (50) Mandy Frost Blue Mountains, Widdicombe Lane, Compton, Paignton, Devon TQ3 1TD. Tel: 07968 055667. 20 Notices may be given to any member of the Area either personally or by sending e-mail: [email protected] it by post to him to the address within the Area supplied by him to the Area Dorset (49) Robin Longland The Manor House, Fifehead Magdalen, Committee for giving notices to him. Where a notice is sent by post, service of Gillingham, Dorset, SP8 5RT. the notice shall be deemed to be effected by properly addressing, pre-paying Tel: (01258) 820690 Mobile: 07810 350908 and posting a letter containing the notice, and to have been effected in all cases Dyfed (36) Heather Jenkins Llwyn Helig, Heol Glasdir, Penparc, on the date upon which such letter is posted. The accidental omission to give Cardigan, Dyfed, SA43 1SE. notice of a meeting to, or the non-receipt of notice of a meeting by any person Tel: (01239) 615325 Mobile: 07970 937113 shall not invalidate the proceedings of that meeting. e-mail: [email protected]

14 15 Area Area Representative Contact Details Area Area Representative Contact Details East Yorkshire (15A) Michael Bainbridge Port Royal E.C., Skiff Lane, Holme On Lanarkshire (3) Mrs L Anderson West Kype Farm, Strathaven, Spalding Moor, York, YO43 4AZ. Lanarkshire, ML10 6PR. Tel: 07950 819267 Mobile: 07753 845195 e-mail: [email protected] e-mail: [email protected] Essex & Greater London (40) Rosemary Ockendon-Day Prince Halfyards, Stebbing Road, Felsted, John Ormiston 5 Isabella Gardens, Hamilton, Dunmow, Essex, CM6 3LG. Lanarkshire ML3 7TW. Tel: (01371) 820392. Mobile: 07850 011129 e-mail: [email protected] Fife (6) Kaz McCoy 31 Wesbank, Auchtermuchty, Cupar, Fife. KY14 7LA. Tel: 07720 767364 Lancashire & N Merseyside (17) Susie Gibson Warren Croft Farm, Lowton, Warrington, e-mail: [email protected] Cheshire, WA3 1BY. Lynne Robertson Lathrisk Farm, Freuchie, Cupar, Fife Tel: (01942) 673628 Mobile: 07768 516123 KY15 7HX. e-mail: [email protected] Mobile: 07720 767364 Leicestershire (26) Amanda Cornforth 8 Darcy Gardens, Melton Mowbray, e-mail: [email protected] Leics, LE13 1GZ. Glamorgan & Gwent (35) Jenny Williams Smugglers Run, Pen-Deri Farm Lane, Tel: (01664) 562164 Manmoel, Blackwood, Gwent, NP12 0HU. Mobile: 07828 129686 Mobile: 07859 398886 e-mail: [email protected] e-mail: [email protected] Lincolnshire & Humberside (24) Joanne Burns Grainthorpe, Thornton Road, Goxhill, Barrow Glasgow (4) Kristina Fraser Ardgryfe Manor, Craigends Road, Houston, Upon Humber, S Humberside, DN19 7HN. Johnstone, Renfrewshire, PA6 7BB. Tel: (01469) 532722. Mobile: 07983 530563 Mobile: 07980 137416. e-mail: [email protected] e-mail: [email protected] Norfolk (28) John Jacks Trelorne, Church Street, Kenninghall, Gloucestershire (41) Lois Johnson The Granary, Stanley Pontlarge, Cheltenham, Norwich, Norfolk NR16 2EP. Glos, GL54 5HD. Tel: (01242) 621422. Tel/Fax: (01953) 887334. Mobile: 07742 076226. e-mail: johnr@[email protected] e-mail: [email protected] North Cumbria (14) Sarah Hutton (nee Clifford) Lynwood, Little Clifton, Workington, Gwynedd (20) Ian Williams Parciau, Carmel, Llanerch-y-Medd, Cumbria, CA14 1YT. Anglesey, LL71 7DB. Mobile: 07786 005620 Tel: (01248) 470521. e-mail: [email protected] E-mail: [email protected] North Yorkshire (15) Lynne Barker Pasture House, Thirsk Road, Thornton-le- Hampshire (43) Kim Clark Hillside House, West Common, Blackfield, S Moor, Northallerton, DL6 3SH. Southampton SO45 1XL Tel: 023 80 890794 Tel: (01609) 774883 Mobile: 07763 417022 Mobile: 07799 744401 Fax: 01609 783731 e-mail:[email protected] e-mail: [email protected] North of Scotland (8) Mrs F Quennell Ordiefauld, Keith Hall, Inverurie, AB51 0LL. Hereford & Worcester (33) Adrian Smith Allens Hill Livey Yard, Allens Hill, Pinvin, Tel: 07771 617465 Pershore, Worcs, WR10 2DU. Chris Barclay The Mill, Inverkeithny, Aberdeenshire, Tel: (01386) 555616 AB54 7XB. e-mail: [email protected] Tel: 07850 903230 e-mail: [email protected] Herts & Greater London (39A) Amanda Short 52 Oulton Crescent, Potters Bar, Hertfordshire, EN6 3EG. Northamptonshire (27) Mark Keen Maven House, Minton Close, Tel: (01707) 646181 Desborough, Northants NN14 2XY. Tel: (01536) 765771 Mobile: 07896 060018 Isle of Man (17A) Pat Osborn Parkfield, Glencrutchery Road, Douglas, e-mail: [email protected] Isle of Man, IM2 5HY. Tel: (01624) 676133 Northumbria, Tyne & Wear (12) Mrs Elizabeth Eagles Bloxham House, 28 Pennel Grove, Ingleby e-mail: [email protected] Barwick, Stockton On Tees TS17 5HP Mobile: 07855 379923 e-mail: e.eagles@ Isle of Wight (43A) Karen Begley Cleveland Farm, Sheepwash Lane, Godshill, naslegalltd.co.uk Isle of Wight, PO38 3JS. Tel: (01983) 840228. Nottinghamshire (23) Amanda Cole 46 Robin Hood Road, Blidworth,, Mansfield, Notts NG21 0ST Mobile: 07970 151474 Kent /Greater London (45) Chris Moyce Woodlands House, Bourne Pk Bridge, e-mail: [email protected] Canterbury, Kent, CT4 5BJ. Tel: 07884 494633 Oxfordshire (37) Christopher Parker Bag Hill House, Thames Road, email: [email protected] Haddenham, Aylesbury, Bucks, HP17 8DB. Tel: (01844) 292695 Mobile: 07984 400393 e-mail: [email protected]

16 17 Area Area Representative Contact Details Shropshire & Powys (25) Graham Hudson Moelydd Farm, Trefonen, Oswestry, British Showjumping Shropshire, SY10 9ED. Tel: (01691) 652898 Mobile:07768 771470 Development Officers e-mail: [email protected] Scotland South West South & West Yorkshire (16) Theresa Leesley 171 Fox Hill Road, Birley Carr, Sheffield S6 Lucy Brindley Anne Newbery 1HF Tel: 01142 817096 Mobile: 07710 755012 e-mail: [email protected] 07584 706458 07584 706463 [email protected] [email protected] South East Scotland (2) Marjorie McNaughton Edinburgh & Lasswade Riding Centre, Kevock Road, Lasswade EH18 1HX. Northern South East Tel: (0131) 663 7676 Vicky Hart Natasha Sewell South Cumbria (14A) Judith Buckley Hill Farm, Ings, Kendal, Cumbria, LA8 9QQ. 07584 706459 07584 706464 Tel: (01539) 821746 [email protected] [email protected] Mobile: 07774 831924 South West Scotland (1) Nadine Warwick Monkredding Lodge, Kilwinning, Ayrshire, Wales & West Midlands East KA13 7QN. Chris Shaw Rachel Stevenson Tel: 07774 285879 07584 706460 07584 706462 e-mail: [email protected] [email protected] Rachel.Stevenson@britishshowjumping. Mr M Smith 7 Tarbolton Place, Kilmarnock, co.uk Ayrshire, KA3 6BN. East Midlands Mobile: 07810 526414 e-mail: [email protected] Ruth Tyler 07584 706461 Staffordshire Katie McCreath Woodland Cottage, Longridge, [email protected] (22) Dunston, Stafford ST18 9AL. Tel: (01785) 715050 e-mail: [email protected] Suffolk (29) Mia Korenika 10 Burrell Cresent, Barton Mills, Suffolk IP28 6AY. Tel: (01638)712491 Mobile: 07710 791095 e-mail:[email protected] British Showjumping Stewards Surrey/Greater London (44) Joanna Gillespie Vicarage Farm, Halliford Road, Sunbury-on- Mr Keith McVittie Mr John Taylor Thames, Surrey, TW16 6DW. c/o British Showjumping c/o British Showjumping Tel/Fax: (01932) 765145 Tel: 02476 698803 Tel: 02476 698810 e-mail: [email protected] Sussex (46) Sara Pheasant Wykenhurst, Shaves Wood Lane, West Miss Lisa Morris Mr Steve Turner Albourne, Hassocks, W Sussex BN6 9DY. c/o British Showjumping c/o British Showjumping Tel: (01273) 857158 Mobile: 07740 076713 Tel: 02476 698803 Tel: 02476 698810 e-mail: [email protected] Warwickshire (30) Helen Roberts Gawsworth House, Coventry Road, Mr Tom Tanner Ms Sara Mould Baginton, Coventry CV8 3AJ. c/o British Showjumping c/o British Showjumping Mobile: 07949 258379 Tel: 02476 698803 Tel: 02476 689903 e-mail: [email protected] Wiltshire (42) Roy Freeman 31 Massey Road, Devizes, Wilts SN10 3UE. Mr David Haigh Mrs Ann Verden-Jones Tel: (01380) 738606 c/o British Showjumping c/o British Showjumping Mobile: 07788 975776 Tel: 024 76698803 Tel: 02476 698803 e-mail: [email protected]

18 19 Insurance Significant definitions • ‘Member’ shall include: The following policies are arranged by South Essex Insurance Brokers Ltd on behalf - Any member of British Showjumping as described in the Rules of British Showjumping: of British Showjumping with effect from 1st July 2013. - Normally domiciled in the United Kingdom, Isle of Man or Channel Islands In respect of some classes of insurance, we may operate block insurance arrangements - Normally domiciled elsewhere in the World while temporarily visiting the United in order to provide competitive terms. On occasions it will be necessary for us to transfer Kingdom, Isle of Man or Channel Islands from the time of arrival in the United Kingdom, such blocks from one insurer to another where this is beneficial for our members. Isle of Man or Channel Islands until time of departure therefrom only Public and Products Liability normally domiciled outside the United Kingdom, Isle of Man or Channel Islands Below is a summary of the significant features, benefits and limitations of the whilst acting as part of an official British Showjumping Team only. cover provided by International Insurance Company of Hannover Ltd Public and - If required by Law, the parent or guardian of the said member. Products Liability policy. • Horse shall mean any horse, pony, donkey, mule, ass or jennet. For full details of the cover including complete terms, conditions and exclusions please refer to the Master policy document, Claims notification (Liability Claims Only) Policy No. B6029A11EL0100041, issued to British Showjumping. In the event of a claim or possible claim under the Master Policy, the assured must immediately contact the helpline number on 0845 6008370. Type of insurance and cover The insured must not admit liability, offer or agree to settle any claim without the Cover is provided in respect of third party liability for members of British Underwriter’s written permission. Showjumping to pay compensation including legal costs for: • accidental death or personal injury to any person excluding employees Law applicable to the contract • accidental loss or damage to third party material property. UK law allows both you and us to choose the law applicable to the contract. The contract will be subject to the relevant law of the United Kingdom, the Isle of Man or Arising out of the Member's use and/or ownership and/or control of a Horse(s) or the Channel Islands relating to your address as shown in the schedule. If there is any Horse drawn vehicle(s) and direct participation by the Insured in other Horse related dispute as to which law applies it shall be English law. The parties agree to submit to activities including Show Jumping and/or taking part in shows. the exclusive jurisdiction of the English courts. The duration of this non-investment insurance contract is the date of initial membership to British Showjumping and annually on the 1st July thereafter. Complaints procedure We want to provide a first class standard of service. If you have any cause for Significant features and benefits complaint you should, in the first instance, contact Complaints Officer, South Essex • Cover applies worldwide (excluding products exported to USA/Canada). Insurance Brokers Ltd, South Essex House, North Road, South Ockendon, Essex, • Indemnity limit £5 million (refer to following for full limits) RM15 5BE. Tel: 01708 850027. • Indemnity for any person given permission by the Member to use the Insured’s If you remain dissatisfied with the response, we will refer your complaint to our Horse or Horse drawn vehicle. Customer Relations Team for a separate review. They will notify you once they • Indemnity to any groom whilst working for the Member. receive your complaint and will provide you with a final response when they have completed their inquiries. If we are unable to resolve your complaint to your Significant and unusual exclusions or limitations satisfaction within eight weeks, or if we have provided you with a final decision letter, • The first £1,000 of any claim for third party property damage. you may be able to refer your complaint to the Financial Ombudsman Service (FOS). • Excludes any claim arising in connection with racing (other than gymkhana novelty This is a free and impartial service. The FOS can be contacted on 0845 0801800 or races), point to point or steeplechasing. emailed to [email protected]. The FOS will only consider • Bodily Injury to any member of the Insured’s family or household or to any employee. your complaint if, at the time of notification, you are a private individual, a business • Loss of or damage to property belonging to or in the care, custody or control of the with a group annual turnover of less than £1 million, a charity with an annual income Member or any member of the Insured’s family or household or a person in their service. of less than £1 million or a trustee of a trust with a net asset value of less than £1 • Bodily injury or loss of or damage to property arising out of or incidental to any profession, million. Following the Complaints Procedure does not affect your legal rights. occupation or business of the Insured, except in respect of grooms working for the Insured. • Use of a horse or horse drawn vehicle for hire or reward. Financial Services Compensation Scheme International Insurance Company of Hannover Ltd. is covered by the Financial Significant conditions Services Compensation Scheme (FSCS). You may be entitled to compensation • The Member shall exercise reasonable care and shall take all reasonable steps to prevent should they be unable to meet their obligations. accidents and to comply with all statutory or other obligations and regulations imposed You may contact the FSCS on 020 7892 7300 and further information is available by any authority and shall maintain the premises and all ways, furnishings, works, at www.fscs.org.uk machinery, plant and vehicles in sound condition. In the event of the discovery of any defect or danger the Insured shall forthwith cause such defect or danger to be made good Cancellation rights or remedied and in the meantime shall cause such additional precautions to be taken as This policy does not entitle you to a cooling-off period. the circumstances may require. • If any claim covered by the Master Policy is also covered in whole or in part by any How your data will be used other insurance, the liability of the Company shall apply as excess of, and not as International Insurance Company of Hannover Ltd. holds data in accordance with the contributory with, such other insurance. Data Protection Act 1998. It may be necessary to pass data to other organisations

20 21 that supply products and services associated with this contract of insurance. In order Regional Officials Mentors to verify information, or to prevent and detect fraud, International Insurance Company of Hannover Ltd. may share information you give them with other organisations and public bodies, including the Police, accessing and updating various databases. If Course Designers you give false or inaccurate information and they suspect fraud, they will record this and the information will be available to other organisations that have access to the Scotland Mark McGowan – 07774 895530 database(s). International Insurance Company of Hannover Ltd. can supply details of e-mail: [email protected] the databases they access or contribute to on request. Northern Michael Bainbridge – 07950 819267 Excess Public and Products Liability e-mail: [email protected] Insurer – Brit Insurance & AIG Europe Ltd. Policy No. F10149683A Wales Steve Williams – 07788 781800 Cover – To indemnify the Insured to the same terms and conditions and e-mail: [email protected] exceptions as are contained in the primary policy issued by International Insurance Company of Hannover Ltd. policy (No. B6029A11EL0100041) West Midlands Steve Williams – 07788 781800 as detailed above on the identical subject matter and risk, but always e-mail: [email protected] subject to the Limit of Indemnity and any amending conditions. Limit of Indemnity – GBP 25,000,000 in excess of GBP 5,000,000 any one occurence East Midlands Amanda Cole – 07970 151474 unlimited in the period of insurance for Public Liability and in the e-mail: [email protected] aggregate in the period of insurance for Products Liability. Conditions – To follow the terms, conditions and exceptions of the primary East Sue Peasley – 07836 276290 policy issued by International Insurance Company of Hannover Ltd. e-mail: [email protected] under policy no. B6029A11EL0100041. South East Vacant – tbc British Showjumping Officials Only – Personal Accident Insurance Insured Persons South West Samantha Pepperall – 07976 956815 The President, Honorary Vice Presidents, Nationally or Regionally elected or co-opted e-mail: [email protected] Members of the Board, Honorary Medical Officer, Veterinary Officer, Chef d'Equipes, Coaches, International Vets, Consultant Head of Training, Director of Coaching, and all Officials (including Judges, Time Judges, Course Builders and Course Designers) Judges recorded on British Showjumping's database, while acting in any capacity at a British Showjumping Affiliated Show, including any Permanent or Temporary Replacements for Scotland Jane Pelly – 07778 063382 those listed and other Voluntary Helpers and Arena Parties. e-mail: [email protected]

Operative Time Northern Matt Millin – 07939 691667 While attending a showjumping event, committee/showjumping meeting including e-mail: [email protected] travel thereto and therefrom. Wales Steve Lynch – 07790 672939 Benefits (per person) e-mail: [email protected] Death GBP 60,000 Permanent Total Disablement GBP 60,000 West Midlands Rachel Horton-Barr – 07814 970075 Loss of limb(s), eye(s), hearing, speech GBP 60,000 e-mail: [email protected] Temporary Total Disablement per week GBP 250 per week (up to 104 weeks) East Midlands Jane Noton – 07783 780507 e-mail: [email protected] Conditions Cover is subject to the full terms, exceptions and conditions of the policy. East Sue Peasley – 07836 276290 e-mail: [email protected] Claims (Personal Accident Claims Only) Any claims should be notified by calling the helpline number 0845 8384713. South East Jane Twemlow – 07980 006954 South Essex Insurance Brokers Ltd is the official insurance broker to British Showjumping. e-mail: [email protected] South Essex Insurance Brokers Ltd, South Essex House, North Road, South Ockendon, Essex, RM15 5BE. South West Helen Barber – 07738 016260 South Essex Insurance Brokers are authorised and regulated e-mail: [email protected] by the Financial Services Authority.

22 23 Training Programme Information qualifications that may assist them in their career development. Haddon will design a training programme to meet the learner's needs, based on the learner's age, workplace setting and previous experience. The PONY Five Star Performance Awards are designed as a series of progressive Through Haddon, learners have access to diplomas, apprenticeships at levels 2 standards that provide riders with a focus for their training, improved performance and 3, which are nationally recognised qualifications and are equivalent to GCSEs in the ring and improved stable management skills. In the same way as the Horse Five and A levels (respectively) with the level 3 gaining UCAS points. Star, this is a progressive training programme, starting from instilling the correct basics These qualifications can be gained in various subjects. The modules can be chosen and fundamentals through to encouraging the young riders' progression to competitive to suit the individual’s wishes. Options include horse care, breeding, training the pony riding and supporting their step onto horses. The aim of the programme is young horse, care of the performance horse to name a few. also to instil stable management knowledge, respect of the rules, as well as ethics of The programmes are all focused around work-based learning and being able to sportsmanship and recognition of good performance over results, all of which can be document and demonstrate evidence of meeting the course criteria, which in most delivered through the Junior Academies. circumstances can be done in the learner's normal working environment. The Five Star programmes are aimed at helping riders to develop specific For further information about any of our training programmes please visit: performance skills through training, either through British Showjumping training www.britishshowjumping.co.uk or contact your Regional Development officer. organised at Area or Regional level or through private training, or Junior and Senior Academies. It aims to provide some clear goals and competencies that riders can Equine Pathway strive for and achieve recognition. The awards are open to any current British The purpose of the Equine Pathway is to identify horses that have the potential to Showjumping member riding a horse or pony. develop into medal winning horses. The Programme will then work with and support the riders and the owners of the horses in order to help them maximise the horses’ potential. The NAF British Showjumping HORSE Five Star Performance Awards programme Support will be provided in order to assist the horse to maximise its potential and on delivers comprehensive training and a positive structure. With a series of progressive an individual basis in conjunction with discussions with the owner/rider. The Equine standards, the 5 Star award programme provides clear goals and competencies for Pathway aims to provide support to potential World Class horses through: all levels and abilities to strive for. • Monitoring horses’ development through observation and communication with The five stages are carefully structured to guide you and your horse, with the aid of the owner/rider your chosen British Showjumping coach, along a progressive path of training, helping • Veterinary/farriery monitoring and advice you to acquire the necessary skills and expertise needed to support your development. • Training sessions The Five Star Performance Awards can be taken by any British Showjumping Coach • Coaching advice and support and can be arranged between you on either a one-to-one basis or in group training • Competition planning sessions. • Sports science and medicine support to the rider, if they are not already on the World Class Programme. Junior Academies aim to provide progressive coaching rather than one off training sessions, using experienced British Showjumping Coaches to significantly improve A detailed record of each horse’s progress is maintained and regular updates the riding skills and horse knowledge of the pony membership in order to make are made through competition result analysis, training reviews and veterinary them more competitive in the sport of showjumping. It also opens the door for assessments. junior and young riders of all standards and experience, combining solid training and Further information regarding the Equine Pathway programme can be found at encouragement with camaraderie and a sense of teamwork. www.britishshowjumping.co.uk The Junior Academies focus on developing a ‘culture of improvement’. By offering progressive, structured coaching, Junior Academies aim to develop a greater The Excel Talent Programme has been set up through funding from Sport England understanding across all areas of horsemanship and recognise there is more to and is being coordinated by the British Equestrian Federation, in partnership with the the sport than just riding. three Olympic and one Paralympic disciplines of eventing, dressage, showjumping As a Junior Academy Member you are also eligible to compete against other teams and para-equestrian dressage. in an inter-academy competition, which is run on an annual basis. The Programme provides selected riders with the opportunity to have access to top equestrian specialists including: coaches, physiotherapists, psychologists, vets and The NAF Shining Star Award is achieved monthly with candidates having been nutritionists via a series of rider performance camps. There is one selected squad for identified to receive the award by the Lead British Showjumping Coaches of all each discipline. Each squad trains separately and receives 2 x 2-day training camps Junior Academies. Nominations can be based on any aspect of the Junior Academy: that include: commitment, progression, outstanding behaviour or riding abilities. The winners • Ridden training on both days from two world class standard coaches each month receive a certificate of their achievement, products from NAF and press • Group and individual sessions over the 2 days from: farriers, vets, sports coverage within British Showjumping magazine. psychologists, strength & conditioning coaches, human and equine nutritionalists • Each squad also has a discipline coach dedicated to it, who will attend each Senior Academies provide a formalised structure through which to deliver senior squad session, act as a mentor and carry out formal reviews and discussions mounted and dismounted sessions, such as working through the Five Star awards. about progression. British Showjumping has formed a partnership with accredited work-based training provider Haddon Training to provide formal work-based programmes and Further information regarding the Excel Talent programme can be found at apprenticeships. The core focus of this partnership is to assist individuals, www.bef.co.uk/Excel_Talent_Programme who have opted to work within an equestrian environment, gain formal

24 25 2013 British Showjumping Coaches Cawkwell Selina Milton Equestrian Centre, Blyth Road, Worksop, Notts, S81 0TP. 01909 733844 07768 853308

Name Address/Tel. Charlesworth Joao Dane Farm, Bladbean, Canterbury, Kent, CT4 6LY. 01227 709385 07962 277500 Arnott Martin The Courtyard, Barochan Est., Chapel Road, Houston, Johnstone, PA6 7AZ. Conyers Tamsin Weston EC, Morton Lane, Weston Longville, 01505 615899 07872 113304 Norwich, Norfolk, NR9 5JL. 01603 872247 07776 137730 Andrews Julie The Paddock, Back Lane, Greenhalgh, Preston, Lancs, PR4 3HP. Crago Paul Redmore Row Farm, Lower Basildon, Berks, RG8 9PD. 01253 836666 07984 895817 01491 671888 07775 710643

Austin David Orchard Hill, Rowney Green Lane, Alvechurch, Craig Aileen 39D Lainshaw St., Stewarton, Kilmarnock KA3 5BY Birmingham, B48 7EL. 01560 482140 07843 582765 01214 451195 07788 422740 Crann Pat Morfe Farm, Upper Farmcote, Bridgnorth, Barker Hannah Pasture House, Thirsk Rd.,Thornton Le Moor Salop, WV15 5PS. Northallerton, N Yorks DL6 3SH 01746 710251 07788 913423 07813 012743 Curry Philippa Over the Hill House, Houghton Le Spring, Belson Carl Willow Farm Stud, Bagshot Road, Tyne & Wear, DH4 4NW. Chobham, Surrey, GU24 8SJ. 01915 844814 07887613886 01252 715492 07775 663402 Davis Jill Howarth Lodge, Howarth Lane, Whiston, Bergendorff Frederick Farnborough House Strangers Hill, Rotherham, S Yorks, S60 4NB. Farnborough, Warks, OX17 1EQ. 01709 362276 01295 690504 07768 478255 Deasy Paul Kenmure Farm, Kenmure Avenue, Bishopbriggs, Bevan Lynne Cwmyoy Farm, Cwmyoy, Abergavenny Glasgow, Lanarkshire, G64 2QN. Monmouthshire, NP7 7NT. 0141 772 3041 07775 690956 01873 890288 Fax: 07815 738220 Dillon Ernest FBHS 26 Sandy Road, Calvert, Bucks, MK18 2WF. Booker Caroline Beacon Court, Bittaford, Ivybridge, 01296 733251 07710 099210 Devon, PL21 0DS. 01752 892260 07977 141606 Edgar Marie Rio Grande, Leek Wootton, Warwick, CV35 7PN. 01926 855631 07770 797797 Bowman Johnathan 7 The Court Yard, Station Road, Minety, Malmesbury, Wilts, SN16 9QY. Fairclough Diane 2 Close Bank, Tutbury, Burton On Trent, DE13 9HD. 01666 860666 07905 602791 01283 813767 07830 117703

Bracken Corinne 45 The Garth, Ash, Aldershot, Hants, GU12 6QW. Fazakerley Alan Moss Brook Arena, Lower Green Lane, Astley, Tyldesley, 01252 338268 07774 244158 Manchester, M29 7JZ. 01942 888287 07973 166793 Brook Edward Caldecote Fm, Caldecote La, Bushey, Watford, WD2 3RL. Fletcher Tina Foxglade Farm, Woolstone, Farringdon, Oxon, SN7 7QP. 020 8950 4366 07770 764552 01367 820583 07770 775399

Brotherton Sonya Bere Meadow, Bere Farm Lane, Florence Nicky Thimble Cottage, Huntingford, Wootton under Edge, North Boarhunt, Fareham, Hants PO17 6JL. Glos, GL12 8EX. 01329 833133 07813 928383 01453 844504

Butcher Michael 135 Charles Street, Milford Haven, Dyfed SA73 2HP Frost Mandy Blue Mountain, Widdecombe Lane, Compton Paignton, 07817 249350 Devon, TQ3 1TD. 01803 875893 07968 055667

26 27 Garton-Pope John Millbridge Farm Stud, Netherley Road, Tarbock Green, Lanni Matthew Halefield Stud, Oundle Rd, Woodnewton, Prescot, Merseyside, L35 1RF. Peterborough, PE8 5EG. 0151 4870893 07866 255596 07710 935991 Gibson Susie Warren Croft Farm, Lowton, Warrington, Cheshire, WA3 1BY. Lewis Annette Tutein Farm, Grove Lane, Chigwell Row, Essex, IG7 6JQ. 01942 673628 07768 516123 020 8500 5040 07985 266014

Goosen Tina 5 The Croft, Henley in Arden, Warks, B95 5DY. Low Mitchell Balcormo Farm, Leven, Fife, KY8 5QF. 07785 315633 01333 360287 07715 545769

Goosen Mandy 5 The Croft, Henley in Arden, Warks, B95 5DY. McGlynn Amanda Beechfield Livery Yard, Edgcott, Aylesbury, Bucks, 07785 315633 HP18 0QW. 01296 770530 07752 120609 Green Maria 2 Twitten Cottages, Wallcrouch, Wadhurst, E Sussex, TN5 7JE. Mac Michael Bishopton Rise, Birmingham Road, Bishopton, 01580 201597 07789 966291 Stratford Upon Avon, Warks, CV37 0RN. 01789 204410 Hadley Stephen Tudor Cottage, Hatfield, Leominster, Herefordshire, HR6 0SF. Marsh Adrian 16 Deacons Close, Croft, Warrington, Cheshire, WA3 7EN. 01568 760370 07768 484484 01925 763108 07879 657840

Hamilton Andrew Coplawheather, 16 Bushelhead Road, Braidwood, Meanley Sally Royston, Chapmans Lane, West Mersea, Carluke, Lanarkshire, ML8 5NA. Colchester, Essex, CO5 8SG. 01555771502 07974 744421 01206 381474 07973 845956

Hart Jane 15 Parkside, Matching Tye, Harlow, Essex, CM17 0QW. Millin Andrew Church Farm Livery Stables, High Street, Mawdesley, 01279 730654 07977 637035 Ormskirk, Lancs, L40 3TD. 01704 821806 07921 649801 Hunter Ann Ash Ho. Frm., Radbourne Common, Kirk Langley, Ashbourne, Derbyshire, DE6 4LX. Moore Jason Standon Court, Ongar Road, Standon Massey, 01332 824273 Essex, CM15 0LE. 01277 822792 07899 840899 Inglis Duncan Broxmead Farm, Broxmead Lane, Cuckfield, Haywards Heath, W Sussex, RH17 5JH. Morgan Ros Hafod Fach, 37 High Street, Laleston, Bridgend, 01444 474133 07774 102893 Mid Glamorgan, CF32 0HL. 01656 660459 07968 202249 Jackson Hannah Farley Croft, Farley Lane, Romsley, Halesowen, W Mids, B62 0LN. Moss Rose 22 Simonds Rd., Ludgershall, Andover, Hants, SP11 9RH. 01562 710588 07976 253075 01264 365569 07765 803454

Jones Michael Fir Tree Stud, Ashby Lane, Bitteswell, Lutterworth, Moyce Chris Woodlands House, Bourne Park, Bridge, Canterbury, Leics, LE17 4LS. Kent, CT4 5BJ. 01455 203104 07970 861582 01227 830245 07884 494633

Korenika Mia 10 Burrell Cresent, Barton Mills, Murphy Peter Laburnam, Lords Lane, Penwortham, Preston, Suffolk, IP28 6AY. Lancs, PR1 9UA. 01638 712491 07710 791095 01772 316785 07710 567775

Lampard Di Spring Farm, Cold Overton Lane, Oakham, Rutland, Murphy Eleni Laburnam, Lords Lane, Penwortham, Preston, Leics, LE15 8DA. Lancs, PR1 9UA. 01572 755919 07779 312781 01772 316785 07710 567775

Lamperd Warren White Hart Cottage, Hamstead Marshall, Newbury, Newbery Tony Ashbourne Stables, Mortimers Lane, Lower Upham, Berks, RG20 0HW. Hants, SO32 1HF. 07812 193747 01489 860502

28 29 Newman Tracey Kiln Clough Farm, Bradley Fold Road, Ainsworth, Code of Conduct for Junior Members Bolton, BL2 5QR. (Annex B) 01204 392350 07939 205755 (Applicable at all British Showjumping competitions, training and social events) Oldham Erica Streamways Nurseries, Forda, Braunton, Devon, EX33 1JQ. 07786 636757 All under 16s in attendance must:

Piper-Dadswell Judi Starnash Farm, Coldharbour Road, Upper Dicker, • Remember the aim of showjumping is to enjoy the sport and develop riding skills. Hailsham, E Sussex, BN27 3PY. 07850 514717 • Not get involved in inappropriate peer pressure and push others into something they do not want to do. Ricketts Pauline Pitchcott Hill, Pitchcott, Aylesbury, Bucks, HP22 4HT. 07711 164062 • Keep within the defined boundary of the showground/venue (unless accompanied by a parent/guardian). Rushworth Claire Higher Church Park, Clapper Farm, Egloshayle, • Behave and listen to all instructions from the Team Managers, Officials, Coaches, Wadebridge, Cornwall, PL27 6HZ. Show Organisers and any other representative of British Showjumping. 01208 814900 07966 441841 • Take care of equipment and facilities. Saywell Andrew Mill Farm, Mill Lane, Upton, Southwell, Notts, NG23 5SZ. 01636 815595 07885 808716 • Must respect the rights, dignity and worth of all competitors/members regardless of age, gender, ability, race, cultural background or religious beliefs or sexual identity. Sheard Nicola Cricket Hall Brow, Gelderd Rd. Gildersome, Morley • Refrain from the use of bad language. Leeds LS27 7LS 07708 520021 • Refrain from bullying or persistent use of rough and dangerous play. Shubrook Christine Thundry Farm, Farnham Road, Elstead, Godalming, Surrey, GU8 6LE. • Act with dignity and display courtesy and good manners towards others. 01252 703658 07767 482499 • Junior members are not allowed to smoke on the showground. Slater Emma Rock House, Care, Hereford, HR2 6NG. • Junior members are not allowed to purchase or consume alcohol or drugs of any 07884 432131 kind while on the showground or throughout the duration of the competition/ training. Smith Liane The Bungalow Wigley Old Brampton, Chesterfield Derbyshire, S42 7JJ. 07970 246475 • Never engage in any inappropriate or illegal behaviour. • Show respect to other junior members. Staveley Eve Sunnybank, Tarporley Road, Whitley, Warrington, WA4 4DX. • Keep themselves safe. 01925 730162 • Ensure welfare of the pony/horse is paramount at all times. Steels John Hermitage Farm, Klondyke Lane, Thorpe Satchville, • Report inappropriate behaviour or risky situations. Melton Morbray, Leics, LE14 2TB. 07799 777186 • Respect officials and accept decisions. Thurloway Sally Forest Farm, Forest Road, Colgate, Horsham, • Show appropriate loyalty and be gracious in defeat. W Sussex, RH12 4SZ. 01293 851315 • Respect opponents.

Trickett Alec 3 StationRd., Lawley Bank, Telford TF4 2LP • Not use violence. 07976 693930 • Under 16s have a curfew of 11pm when staying overnight at a venue. Warwick Nadine Monkredding Lodge Stables, Kilwinning, Ayrshire, KA13 7QN. 07774 285879 Code of Conduct for parents/people with parental responsibility of a child at a British Showjumping Competition/Training/Social Event: Williams Candice 12 Lower Paxton Road, St Albans, AL1 1PG. 07900 490861 • Respect the rights, dignity and worth of every competitor, coach, official and others involved in showjumping and treat everyone equally. Wilson Andrew 2 Eastwood Farm Cottages, Lesmahagow, Lanark, • Cooperate fully with others involved in the sport such as coaches, team managers, ML11 9PS. 01698 792335 and representatives of showjumping in the best interests of the rider.

30 31 • Consistently promote positive aspects of the sport such as fair play and never condone rule violations or the use of prohibited or age-inappropriate substances. Changes, Additions and Deletions for the 2013 Handbook • Do not argue with officials and publicly accept their decisions. Section Changes Additions Deletions Rule No. Rule No. Rule No. Rule No. • Know exactly where your child is and who they will be with at all times. 1 34.4 • Never make assumptions about your child’s safety. 12 75.13 2 • Act with dignity and display courtesy and good manners towards others. 22-25 89.1 7.2 31 100 10 • Avoid swearing and abusive language and irresponsible behaviour including 32.3 73.5 71.3 behaviour that is dangerous to yourself or others, acts of violence, bullying, 32.4 73.,6 71.4 harassment and physical and sexual abuse. 32.5 71.5 82.14 • Challenge inappropriate behaviour and language by others. 34.1 71.2 • Encourage your child to learn the rules of British Showjumping and behave within 71.3 them. 71.4 72.1 • Be aware that your attitude and behaviour directly affects the behaviour of your 75 child and other young athletes. 75.1 • Never punish or make fun of a child for poor performances or making mistakes. 76.1 77.1 • Set a good example by recognising sportsmanship and applauding good 78.1 performances by all. 78.2

• Avoid destructive behaviour and leave venues as you find them. 2 81-90 102.13 96.2 • Never engage in any inappropriate or illegal behaviour. 82.11 91.2 • Not carry or consume alcohol to excess. 91-96 165.4 • Not carry or consume illegal substances. 101.3 165 • Ensure welfare of the pony/horse is paramount at all times. 201.1 201.2 • Support your child’s involvement and help them to enjoy showjumping. 205 3 274.4

4 408.1 415 Please note British Showjumping adopts a no tolerance approach to smoking, 415.5 consumption of alcohol or illegal substances or any other illegal behaviour by 501 junior members. Show Organisers reserve the right to remove members from the showground who are in breach of this. Instances of this nature will be reported to the Chief Executive which may lead to member suspension.

32 33 Section 1 Section 1 SECTION 1

General Regulations Organisation 1 Corporate Status The British Show Jumping Association (trading as British Showjumping) is a company limited by guarantee. Copies of the Memorandum and Articles of Association are available on application to the Chief Executive and on the website.

3 Board The The Board is approved by the Members Council in accordance with Clause 38 of the Memorandum & Articles.

4 Patron and Vice Patron Her Majesty the Queen is the Patron of British Showjumping and Her Royal Highness The Princess Royal is Vice Patron.

5 President The Board may appoint a President in accordance with Clause 15 of the AD Memorandum & Articles.

6 Honorary Vice Presidents and Honorary Members Honorary Vice Presidents and Honorary Members are elected by the members of the Board in recognition of long or outstanding service to British Showjumping or its objects.

7 Disciplinary Panel 1 The Disciplinary Panel of British Showjumping is appointed annually by The Board. A Panel member who has served for four years in succession may not be re-appointed for the following year, but may be re-appointed for successive years thereafter. The powers and duties of the Disciplinary Panel are set out in Rules 83 and 87.

8 Chief Executive The Chief Executive is appointed and employed by The Board with overall responsibility for the efficient day to day running of the affairs of British Showjumping.

9 Regions and Areas British Showjumping is the governing body for the sport of showjumping throughout the United Kingdom excluding Northern Ireland. The rest of the country is divided into regions. The UK is divided as Scotland and seven regions. The British Show Jumping Association (Jersey Branch) and the British Show Jumping Association (Guernsey Branch) are separate autonomous associations with their own constitutions and local rules, affiliated to British Showjumping.

34 35 Section 1 Section 1 11 Membership of The Board 4 Notification over the telephone/British Showjumping website will be accepted The Board is responsible for managing all of the business and affairs of for the following: British Showjumping. Membership renewals. The Board shall comprise a minimum of six persons and a maximum of eight Horse/Pony Registration renewals. persons together with the Chairman and the Chief Executive, in Accordance Change of address. with Clause 38 of the memorandum and Article of British Showjumping. 23 Effective Date 12 Members Council 1 Memberships and Registrations will be effective as of receipt of Notice in The Members' Council shall consist of a maximum of 32 Council Members Writing from British Showjumping. together with the Chairman and the Chief Executive, with a maximum of four Council Members being appointed from each Voting Region (in such case, 2 If it is subsequently reported to the British Showjumping Office in the comprising one from each Principal Activity) in accordance with Clauses 16-37 competition results from shows or by any other means, that a member has of the Memorandum and Articles of British Showjumping. competed as owner or rider or acted as authorised agent or registered agent before Notice in Writing has been received from British Showjumping, the 13 British Showjumping Office matter will be investigated and, if necessary, disciplinary action will be The affairs of British Showjumping are conducted from the British Showjumping taken in accordance with Rule 91. Office situated on the showground of the Royal Agricultural Society of England N.B. The rider of an unregistered horse may be held equally responsible with at Stoneleigh, Warwickshire and as from 17 June 2013, Meriden Business Park, the owner. Copse Drive, Meriden, West Midlands, CV5 9RG. 24 Official Forms 14 Publications 1 Transactions notified in writing as above will not be fully processed until a British Showjumping publishes the British Showjumping Handbook annually correctly completed official form has been received, accompanied by the and its own magazine, British Showjumping, six times a year. correct fee or payment details provided.

21 Administration 2 When a transaction has been processed the relevant documentation will be Records despatched to the member concerned, together with a statement of account All records of members, horses and ponies are kept and handled at the British showing any balance of fees due to British Showjumping or refund due to the Showjumping Office by computer. member. Such account must be settled within 30 days, in default of which the member concerned may be suspended from all rights and privileges of 22 Notice in Writing membership until such time as payment is received (Rule 93). Before competing in any affiliated competition members must produce their current membership and registration cards. Competitors who do not produce their 25 Methods of Payment membership and registration cards, for whatever reason, must purchase an entry 1 Payments by cheque, Visa, debit card, money order or postal order should ticket from the Show Secretary before riding in an affiliated competition. See Rule 77. normally accompany the official form or forms to which they refer or be supported by a written statement clearly identifying the relevant account or 1 Before competing as owner or rider or acting as authorised agent or as the transaction. Payments in cash should not be sent by unregistered mail. registered agent of a company member, appropriate Notice in Writing must be given to the British Showjumping Office of the following and the appropriate 2 Variable Amount Direct Debit (VADD) membership or registration cards received: 1 Payment by Variable Amount Direct Debit enables the correct amount to be 1 Initial application for membership of British Showjumping (Rule 31). collected from a member’s bank on all occasions when routine payments are 2 Initial registration of horse or pony (Rule 42). made. Before this facility can be used, a VADD Mandate (forms available from 3 Re-registration of horse or pony following change of ownership (Rule 44). the British Showjumping Office or downloaded from the website) must be 4 Appointment or annual re-appointment as authorised agent (Rule 33.11.3). completed and returned to the office. 5 Change of name of horse or pony (Rule 50.8). 2 Notice of renewal for all members is sent to the paying member 21 days prior to renewal date. Membership is automatically renewed annually/6 monthly 2 Notice in Writing must be effected by one of the following means: unless the British Showjumping office is instructed otherwise in writing or 1 By letter or postcard. over the telephone/British Showjumping website at least 30 days prior to 2 By facsimile (fax) message transmitted to Coventry (02476) 696685. date of renewal. 3 By delivery by hand during normal working hours. Horse/pony registrations may automatically be renewed but a consent form 4 By e-mail – [email protected]. needs to have been completed and submitted to British Showjumping. 5 Via the website. Consent forms are available on request from the British Showjumping office or downloaded from the British Showjumping website. 3 Notice by telephone will not be accepted for Initial Horse or Membership Any member having not paid their subscription by 30 days after renewal date applications or change of ownerships. shall cease on that date to be entitled to any rights and privileges of membership until the subscription shall be paid. The Personal Liability insurance becomes invalid after the renewal date if the subscription is unpaid and cannot be back-

36 37 Section 1 Section 1 dated, unless the subscription is received within 30 days of the renewal date. 10 To be eligible for appointment to the Judges, Associate Judges, Course 3 Separate Notice in Writing is still required for all other transactions in Designers and Builders Panels subject to the provisions of Rule 34. accordance with Rule 22. On all such occasions, when payment is collected through this system, the member will be sent details of the amount collected 3 Competitive Privileges and how it has been calculated. 1 To register with British Showjumping a horse or pony (Rule 41). 4 A VADD mandate may be cancelled at any time by informing the bank and 2 To enter a horse or pony in a competition to be held at a show affiliated to the British Showjumping Office in writing. British Showjumping, the FEI or any national federation in membership of the FEI, subject to the rules and conditions for that competition (Rule 79.1). Membership 3 To compete as owner and/or rider of a horse or pony in a competition held 31 Applications for Membership at a show affiliated to British Showjumping, the FEI or any national federation in membership of the FEI subject to the rules and conditions for that 1 All applications for membership must be made by Notice in Writing to the competition (Rule 77). British Showjumping Office (Rule 22). 4 To substitute a horse or pony in a competition held at a show affiliated to British Showjumping (Rule 79.4). 2 An initial application for membership which is to apply in respect of any calendar 5 To make objections or representations to the Judge (Rules 198.1, 198.13). year up to and including the year in which the prospective member reaches the 6 To appoint an authorised agent (Rule 33.11). age of 18 must be supported by a copy of his or her birth certificate. 7 To act as authorised agent or as a registered agent for a company member (Rules 33.11, 33.8). 3 The British Showjumping Board reserves the right to accept or reject any 8 To hold a competitor or professional licence to compete at an international application for membership without stating its reasons. show held outside Great Britain (Rule 77.15.2).

4 All members MUST produce their membership and registration cards at 4 Company Privileges affiliated shows. 1 To appoint a Registered Agent (Rule 33.8). 2 To be registered with British Showjumping as the owner of a horse. 5 Unaccompanied competitors must provide the Show Organiser with a contact 3 To register with British Showjumping a commercial prefix or suffix and to number in case of an emergency. apply such prefix or suffix to the names of horses registered in the company’s ownership (Rule 50.7.3). 32 Rights and Privileges of Membership 4 It should be noted that the equestrian related personal liability insurance in Membership of British Showjumping confers certain rights and privileges as respect of third party cover extends only to the Registered Agent and not to follows, depending on the category of membership. the corporate body or its employees.

1 General Privileges 5 Suspension of Members 1 Equestrian related personal liability insurance in respect of third parties (see A person who has been suspended from all rights and privileges of membership current Year Book), subject to policy terms, exceptions and conditions and of British Showjumping so long as his/her suspension lasts, shall not: transfer rules of membership. Limit of indemnity is £30,000,000. the registration of a horse or pony from his/her ownership or deal in any 2 To be issued with and wear the British Showjumping Membership Badge capacity with a British Showjumping registered horse or pony (e.g. as trainer, (Rule 35). manager, adviser, groom) at any show affiliated to British Showjumping, nor 3 To receive the British Showjumping Annual Report and Accounts and, when are they allowed to walk the course or have access to the practice areas, or be requested, a copy of the current Handbook. involved in any respect with any show affiliated to British Showjumping. 4 To receive free of charge British Showjumping magazine (one per household). Any horse or pony found by the Disciplinary Panel of British Showjumping to 2 Specific Privileges – Meetings, Voting and Eligibility Rights have been dealt within contravention of this Rule shall be automatically declared 1 To receive notice of and to attend general meetings of British Showjumping and of to be suspended from all future showjumping activities until such time as the regional and area meetings for the region and area in which the member resides. British Showjumping Disciplinary Panel is satisfied that the horse or pony has 2 To vote at general meetings of British Showjumping and at regional and area been sold on the open market to a purchaser having no previous connections meetings for the region and area in which the member resides. with the suspended person concerned, whereupon the suspension shall be 3 To nominate members for election to the Members Council. removed. 4 To vote in the annual ballot to elect members of the Members Council. 5 To be eligible for nomination for and to be elected as a member of the A rider under a medical suspension may not compete in another equestrian Members Council. discipline without the permission of the appropriate governing body. 6 To be eligible for appointment by the Board as Area Representative or Deputy Area Representative. 7 To nominate members for election to an Area Committee. 8 To be eligible for nomination for and to be elected or appointed to serve as a member of an Area Committee. 9 To vote in a ballot to elect members of an Area Committee.

38 39 Section 1 Section 1 33 Categories of Membership 6 Pony Membership is available until the end of the calendar year in which the The following categories of membership are established. age of 16 is reached and confers the General Privileges (Rule 32.1) and the right to compete as the rider of a pony in a competition held at a show affiliated to 1 Life Membership is available from the beginning of the calendar year in British Showjumping, the FEI or any national federation in membership of the which the age of 19 is reached and confers the same rights and privileges of FEI, subject to the rules and conditions for that competition. It is a condition of membership as Full Membership (Rule 33.2A). Honorary Life Members elected Pony Membership that an adult of the pony member’s immediate family (father, by the Board receive the full benefits of Life membership. mother, brother or sister) or his or her legally appointed guardian is a life, full, owner or non-jumping member of British Showjumping who takes responsibility 2A Jumping/Full Membership is available from the beginning of the year in which for the pony member and acts on his or her behalf in all competitive matters the age of 19 is reached and confers General Privileges (Rule 32.1), the Specific including the ownership of his or her ponies, which must be registered in the Privileges (Rule 32.2) and the Competitive Privileges (Rule 32.3). It does not ownership of the relative. If it is not possible for an immediate relative to act confer Company Rights (Rule 32.4). in this capacity, application must be made to the Chief Executive stating the reason and proposing the name of a life, full, non jumping or owner member 2B Full Visiting Membership is available from the beginning of the year in which of British Showjumping who has agreed to take responsibility for the pony the age of 19 is reached and confers General Privileges (Rule 32.1), the Specific member and to act as guardian for the purposes of this rule. See also Rule 33.12 Privileges (Rule 32.2) and the Competitive Privileges (Rule 32.3). It does not for Visiting Pony Membership. confer Company Rights (Rule 32.4). See also Rule 33.12. 7 Company Membership is available to partnerships and to companies 3 Non-jumping Membership is available from the beginning of the calendar incorporated in Great Britain under any statutory enactment, whether with year in which the age of 19 is reached and confers all General Privileges (Rule limited or unlimited liability. It confers the Company Privileges and in addition 32.1) and the Specific Privileges (Rule 32.2). It does not confer Competitive the company may exercise through its registered agent (Rule 33.9) the General Privileges (Rule 32.3) except that a non-jumping member may register in his or Privileges (Rule 32.1), the Specific Privileges (Rule 32.2) and the Competitive her ownership horses and/or ponies to be ridden only by members of his or her Privileges (Rule 32.3). It should be noted that the equestrian related personal immediate family (husband, wife, son, daughter, ward, father, mother, brother, liability insurance in respect of third parties extends only to the Registered sister) being members of British Showjumping in the category appropriate to Agent and not to the corporate body or its employees. their ages. See also Rule 33.12 for Visiting Non-Jumping Membership. 8 Regimental Membership is available to saddle clubs of H.M. Services. It confers 3A Official Membership is available only to British Showjumping Panel Judges, Course upon the saddle club secretary the General Privileges (Rule 32.1), the Specific Designers/Builders, Show Organisers and Area Committee members and confers Privileges (Rule 32.2) and the Competitive Privileges (Rule 32.3) and upon General Privileges (Rule 32.1), the Specific Privileges (Rule 32.2) and the Competitive serving members of the club competitive rights and privileges in respect of Privileges (Rule 32.3), with the exception that an Official Member may register in his horses registered by the saddle club secretary in the ownership of the saddle or her ownership horses and/or ponies to be ridden only by members of his or her club (Rule 32). It should be noted that the equestrian related personal liability immediate family (husband, wife, son, daughter, ward, father, mother, brother, sister) insurance in respect of third parties applies to any member of the Regimental being members of British Showjumping in the category appropriate to their ages. member whilst at a British Showjumping show for the purpose of competing.

3B Owner Membership is available from the beginning of the year in which the age 9 A Registered Agent means a person who is himself/herself eligible for full of 19 is reached and confers the General Privileges (Rule 32.1) and the Specific membership of British Showjumping and is appointed as registered agent by a Privileges (Rule 32.2). It does not confer the Competitive Privileges (Rule 32.3) company member by Notice in Writing to the British Showjumping Office (Rule and the Company Rights (Rule 32.4). 22). Appointment as a registered agent confers the General Privileges (Rule 32.1), the Specific Privileges (Rule 32.2) and the Competitive Privileges (Rule 4 Associate Membership is available from the beginning of the calendar year in 32.3) on the appointee. Should the registered agent or any of the partners, which the age of 17 is reached until the end of the calendar year in which the any of the directors or the company secretary of a company member be age of 18 is reached and confers General Privileges (Rule 32.1) and Competitive suspended from all or any of the rights and privileges of membership of British Privileges (Rule 32.3), other than the right to act as authorised agent or the Showjumping, the company member may also be suspended from such rights registered agent of a company member. It also confers Specific Privileges (Rule and privileges whether or not the individual suspended retains his appointment 32.2), other than the right to vote at general meetings of British Showjumping with the company. and regional and area meetings of the region and area which the member resides. See also Rule 33.12 for Visiting Associate Membership. 10 Stud Membership is available to register as an owner using their own prefix for all home bred horses/ponies two years and under with verified Breed Papers, 5 Pony Associate Membership is available from the beginning of the calendar without a prefix charge. year in which the age of 12 is reached. It confers the same rights, privileges, conditions and limitations as Pony Membership (Rule 33.6), but additionally 11 Authorised Agents confers the right to compete as the rider of a horse in a competition held at 1 The owner of a registered horse may appoint the regular rider or trainer of a show affiliated to British Showjumping, the FEI or any national federation in that horse as his/her authorised agent in respect of the horse. It is contrary membership of the FEI subject to the rules and conditions for that competition to this rule to appoint as authorised agent a person who does not regularly (Rule 33.2). See also Rule 33.12 for Visiting Pony Associate Membership. ride or train the horse in question in order to take advantage of the privileges

40 41 Section 1 Section 1 conferred on authorised agents by Rule 79.3.2 in respect of substitution 4 Members of foreign pony teams competing in Great Britain at an affiliated entries. See also Rule 79.4. show to which they have been properly invited as a team by the show 2 An authorised agent must be a full or life member of British Showjumping in organising committee may compete in pony competitions, except Second his or her own right. Round Qualifiers, Direct Qualifiers or National Finals, at that show only, 3 An authorised agent must be appointed annually by his/her principal by provided they do not exceed the age limit for British Showjumping pony Notice in Writing to the British Showjumping Office. The appointment membership and their ponies do not exceed the height limits for such must include the names of all horses registered in the ownership of his/ competitions; they are not required to become pony visiting members nor to her principal for which the authorised agent has authority to act. No horse register their ponies with British Showjumping. At the discretion of the Chief may be included in the authority to act of more than one authorised agent Executive this dispensation may be extended to individual members of a at a time. Additional horses may be added to an existing authority to act by foreign pony team for competitions at affiliated shows immediately preceding Notice in Writing to the British Showjumping Office at any time (Rule 22). The or following the show to which the team has been invited. The written approval fees payable for each horse included in an authority to act are shown in the of the National Equestrian Federation of a foreign pony team must current Rules and Year Book. be forwarded to the Chief Executive before any entries are made or accepted. 4 The appointment of an authorised agent and/or his or her authority to act in 5 Visiting members entered in international competitions at shows in Great respect of all or any horses and ponies may be cancelled by the principal or Britain under FEI rules by or on behalf of their own National Equestrian authorised agent by Notice in Writing to the British Showjumping Office at Federations are not eligible to compete in National competitions under any time (Rule 22). British Showjumping rules at the same show if their qualifications for visiting 5 An authorised agent is entitled to exercise competitive rights and privileges membership are based on Article 105.2. of the FEI General Regulations. of membership on behalf of his/her principal in respect of horses and ponies 6 Visiting foreign owners/riders wishing to compete in only one show or for for which he/she has been authorised to act (Rule 32). a period of not more than 120 days may apply for special membership/ 6 Unless directed to the contrary by the authorised agent or his/her principal, registration in accordance with Rule 41.3. Such membership confers only the the British Showjumping Office will refer all matters relating to horses and right to compete in British Showjumping affiliated competitions for which the ponies for which authority to act has been received to the authorised agent rider and horse are eligible. concerned, who will be responsible for informing his/her principal. 7 It should be noted that the equestrian related personal liability insurance 7 An authorised agent will be held personally responsible for contravening in respect of third parties cover extends only for the period(s) that such a the rules, whether or not such contravention is made on behalf of his/ member is in the U.K. and for British Showjumping affiliated competitions her principal. The principal himself will also be held responsible if such and, for the avoidance of doubt, is not extended to that member's normal contravention by the agent occurs on the instructions or with the knowledge country of residence if outside the U.K. of the principal. 8 The owner of a registered horse or pony is deemed to hold authority to act in 13 Overseas Members respect of that horse or pony. Members whose normal residence is outside of the U.K. are governed by 9 The registered agent of a company member is deemed to hold authority to British Showjumping's Rules whilst visiting the U.K. and are entitled to all such act in respect of all horses registered in the company member’s ownership privileges as accorded by their class of membership other than the right to (Rule 33.7). vote. It should be noted that the equestrian related personal liability insurance in respect of third parties does not extend to their normal non-U.K. country of 12 Foreign Nationals Competing in Great Britain residence except when participating as part of a British Showjumping official 1 Competitors of foreign nationality who wish to compete as owners or riders team for the period(s) covered by that competition. The position of members in competitions held under British Showjumping rules at affiliated shows in the Channel Islands is explained in the Year Book. See also Rule 33.2B. must comply with the requirements of Articles 105 and/or 123 of the General Regulations of the FEI, but see also Rule 33.12.5. 34 Judges, Time Keepers and Course Designers/Builders 2 A competitor who satisfies these requirements, and wishes to compete in a 1 British Showjumping Panels British Showjumping affiliated event, must apply for Visiting Membership in the 1 Judges, Time Keepers and Course Designers/Builders are appointed by British Showjumping membership category appropriate to his or her age and the appropriate Committee and their names are published in the panel circumstances. This application must be accompanied by the written approval of lists. Appointments to the panel as Judge (One and Two Star), Associate the National Equestrian Federation of the country whose passport the applicant Judge, Time Keeper or Course Designer/Builder expire automatically on 31 holds. All categories of foreign riders permanently resident in England, Scotland, December each year and reappointment on 1 January is at the discretion of Wales or the Channel Islands may compete in National Qualifiers and Finals the appropriate Committee. Judges (One and Two Star)/Time Keepers will relevant to the membership category. Foreign riders in all categories, who are not normally be reappointed unless they have attended at least one judges' not permanently resident in England, Scotland, Wales or the Channel Islands may conference every four years and Judges to have judged a minimum of three compete in National Qualifiers and win prize money but not gain qualification. days during the preceding year. All Judges (One and Two Star), Associate Visiting members who are ineligible for selection for British Teams may not Judges, Time Keepers and Course Designers/Builders must be paid up compete in or qualify for certain National Championships or Trials. members of British Showjumping and membership shall run from 1 January to 3 Visiting members are required to register their horses and/or ponies with 31 December each year. The retirement age for judges is 75. On application to British Showjumping (Rule 41.3). See Note 6 below. the British Showjumping Sport Team this may, in exceptional circumstances, (a) British riders domiciled abroad must be full jumping members if they be extended on an annual basis. When 80 years old, Judges must re-take wish to compete in a British Showjumping affiliated competition. assessment to remain on the Panel. The Chief Executive may suspend or

42 43 Section 1 Section 1 withdraw the appointment of any Official including a Judge, Time Keeper and oral, which do not necessarily have to be passed on the same occasion. or Course Designer or Builder for the remainder of their appointment to 31 When both parts of the exam have been passed, Area Committee approval and December in the year. Any such Official dissatisfied with the decision of the Chief letters of assessment from British Showjumping Panel Judges with whom the Executive may request the decision be reviewed by the Board (the Board shall be Associate Judge has judged, will be required. Three of these letters must be entitled to refer the request either to a panel of three members of the Board or to letters of recommendation and must be from three different Judges. the National Sports Committee as the Board considers to be appropriate). 2 Annual subscriptions must be renewed before officiating and officials on 3.2 Judges (Two Star) British Showjumping panels are accordingly recommended to pay their At least one Two Star Judge is required to judge the following competitions: subscriptions by Variable Amount Direct Debit (Rule 25.2). An Official whose Classes of £1,000 First Prize or over membership fee has not been received by 1 March of the current year will be Second Round or Direct Qualifiers for HOYS or RIHS assumed to no longer wish to be listed on the relevant British Showjumping National Finals organised by British Showjumping Panel and their name will be removed. Water Jump – in a class that requires a Two Star Judge, if a water jump is used, 3 To become an Official Time Keeper, the same rules apply as becoming an a One or Two Star Judge must officiate at this obstacle Associate Judge, with the addition of an assessment of timing skills. A Time Timing – in a class that requires a Two Star Judge, either a Time Keeper, or One Keeper who is not an Associate Judge cannot count as one of the minimum or Two Star Judge must operate the timing. required two Judges 4 Judges (of any grade and inclcuding Associate Judges) and/or Course 4 FEI Judges and Course Designer Appointments Designers and/or Course Builders are appointed only for the purpose of Those wishing to apply for the FEI Panel should write to the FEI Judges and officating at affiliated shows and competitions. British Showjumping accept Course Builders Committee giving details of experience. The Committee will no responsibility or liability whatsoever for such officials arising out of or consider the application and notify the delegate of their decision. Please apply connected with unaffiliated shows or competitions. Such officials should ensure to Sport Team, British Showjumping. that they have appropriate liability insurance (in addition to any insurance included within their British Showjumping membership) for any activities 5 British Showjumping Course Designers Panels arising out of or relating to unaffiliated shows. 1 General Members in all categories of Course Designer/Builder are required to be fully 2 Associate Judges paid up members of British Showjumping. The minimum age for a Panel A candidate applying for consideration for appointment to the Associate Course Builder is 18 years of age on 1 January in the year he/she may gain Judges Panel must be a paid up member of British Showjumping at the time of panel approval. application. The minimum age for a Panel Associate Judge is 18 years of age on If Course Designers/Builders do not build any affiliated competition for a 1 January in the year he/she may gain approval. period of two years, Assistant Course Builder, three years, his/her name will be automatically removed from the Panel. The National Sport Committee may, if To qualify for consideration for appointment to the Associate Judges Panel a necessary, place a Course Designer/Builder on a Panel other than that on which candidate must first apply to the Area Representative in whose area he/she normally he/she is currently listed. If at any time the National Sport Committee feels that resides or expects to officiate. Subject to the approval of the Area Committee, the a Panel Member is not suitable his/her name will be removed from the Panel. Area Representative will arrange for applicants to gain initial experience under Course Builders and Designers over the age of 75 may be asked to submit British Showjumping panel judges at affiliated and minor shows. A minimum of six dates when they will be designing and building, during the year following shows must be attended during this phase of training and the candidate must obtain their 75th birthday, in order for an assessment to be made regarding written recommendations from two panel judges with whom he/she has worked. their suitability and capability for continuance as a British Showjumping These recommendations must be considered and endorsed by a meeting of the Course Designer/Builder. Course Designers/Builders should notify British Area Committee. The Area Representative will forward the recommendations of the Showjumping when he/she reaches their 75th birthday. Area Committee and of the two panel judges to the Chief Executive by 1 August. Throughout the grading system, special permission may be granted by British During the period of his/her training an Associate Judge should attend Showjumping for Panel Members to build competitions that would normally a minimum of one day and a building day at an affiliated show with a require a Course Designer from a higher grade. Such permission will only be Supervisory Course Designer, working in the arena and obtain a written granted in exceptional circumstances. recommendation from the Supervisory Course Designer. It will be necessary to Except for Assistant Course Builders, candidates need not apply for higher judge with a member of the Judges Supervisory & Training Panel and receive status in order to remain listed. All affiliated competitions must be built by a a recommendation for the appointment to Full Judge. Associate Judges will British Showjumping Course Builder/Designer (Assistant, Associate, Median be appointed on receipt of the necessary requirements and written letters of or Advanced) listed in the current Officials Book subject to the limitations recommendation without being referred to the National Sport Committee. listed in Rules 34.5.3, 34.5.4, 34.5.5 and 34.5.6. Course Builders seminars 3.1 Judges (One Star) Assistant and Associate Course Builders must attend a Course Builders On ratification by the appropriate Committee the Associate Judge will be transferred seminar every two years and Median and Advanced Course Designers a to a register and will undertake to continue his/her training prior to taking the exam. minimum of every four years. For appointment to the Judges Panel (One Star) the candidate must serve a 2 Supervisory Panel minimum of one year as an Associate Judge and attend a Judges Conference Invited Course Designers willing to accept Assistant and Associate Course before qualifying to sit the Judges exam. The exam consists of two parts – written Builders as assistants to enable them to gain practical experience and

44 45 Section 1 Section 1 knowledge will be listed in the Year Book. Applicants wishing to be listed - Milton Championship as an Assistant Course Builder, and Assistant or Associate Course Builders - Dodson & Horrell National Amateur – Second Rounds should contact the Supervisory Course Designers directly in order to discuss First Round Qualifiers except: suitable show dates. It may be possible for the Assistant or Associate to Pony Show Jumper of the Year, Young Show Jumper Award, 7 & 8 Year Old design and build an arena under the Supervisor’s guidance. Handicap Championship, Winter Grades A & B, John Whitaker International 3 Assistant Course Builder Winter Grade JA Classic, Winter 138 cms Competition – Second Round, New Assistant Course Builders are initially appointed for a one year Winter 128 cms Competition – Second Round, Winter JC Championship and probationary period. 6 Year Old Championship. An Assistant Course Builder may build the following: Direct Qualifiers or on a points system (e.g. International Trials) for the Royal Adult competitions with £75 first prize or less and pony competitions with International Horse Show, Horse of the Year Show (including qualifying £50 first prize or less. (See Rule 113) event), Olympia or Hickstead. Also regardless of prize money the following: 6 Advanced Course Designer - Horse and Hound Foxhunter – First Round An Advanced Course Designer may build any national event in Great Britain - EquestrianClearance.com Senior Newcomers – First Round (See Rule 113). - Tri-Zone Airlite Discovery Championship – First Round 7 British Showjumping Training Scheme - KBIS Insurance British Novice Championship – First Round Assistant Course Builders, Associate Course Builders and Median Course - Dodson & Horrell National Amateur – First Round Designers may apply for the British Showjumping Training Scheme. The - British Showjumping Pony Members Cup Training Scheme is divided into three stages. - Squibb Demolition Pony Foxhunter – First Round Stage One: The applicant will be assigned to one of the Trainer Course - Blue Chip Feed Balancer Pony Newcomers – First Round Designers to assist them during an event in the winter months. The Trainer - Pony British Novice – First Round will submit a written report to the course builders office, which will be used - Winter 138 cms Competition – First Round to assess whether the applicant goes forward to - Winter 128 cms Competition – First Round Stage Two: Applicants who are offered places on Stage Two will be given - Pony Restricted Open the opportunity to undertake further training at a large show. - Pony Discovery – First Round Stage Three: On completion of Stage Two, recommended applicants will be put before the Course Builder's Committee for consideration for the final First Round Qualifiers except: stage of training at a major show. 1.40m Qualifier, 1.30m Qualifier, 6 Year Old Qualifier, 7 & 8 Year Old Application forms will be issued in British Showjumping magazine. Championship, Young Show Jumper Award 8 Report Forms – Prospective Assistant and Associate Course Builders Direct Qualifiers or on a points system (e.g. International Trials) for Royal Officials of British Showjumping are re-appointed on 1 January each year. International Horse Show, Horse of the Year Show, Olympia or Hickstead. Assistant and Associate Course Builders will be required to arrange for report 4 Associate Course Builder forms to be submitted to the Sport Team, British Showjumping, as detailed An Associate Course Builder may build as detailed under Assistant Course below in order for their appointment and re-appointment to be considered. Builder and the following: Confidential report forms will be issued to all prospective and existing Adult competitions with £200 first prize or less and pony competitions with Assistant and Associate Course Builders. Report forms for prospective £75 first prize or less. (See Rule 113). Also regardless of prize money the Assistant Course Builders must be completed by Supervisory Course following: Designers (See Rule 34.5.10). - Blue Chip Dynamic B & C Qualifier At affiliated shows, where the Candidate officiates, he/she will be responsible - Olympic Star Spotters for handing a report form to and requesting either the Supervisory Course - Children on Horses Designers, Full Judge or Advanced/Median Course Designer present at the show First Round Qualifiers except: to complete the report and return to the Sport Team, British Showjumping. 7 & 8 Year Old Handicap Championship, 6 Year Old Qualifier, Young These reports will be used in assessing the Candidate's suitability to remain Show Jumper Award, 1.40m Qualifier, 1.30m Qualifier with first Prize over £200, on the panel and will be referred to when the Course Builder submits a B & C Handicap with first prize over £200. written request to be assessed for consideration to be listed or for upgrade Direct Qualifiers or on a points system (e.g. International Trials) for the Royal to determine his/her readiness for assessment and appointment. International Horse Show, Horse of the Year Show (including qualifying event), Olympia or Hickstead. Additional report sheets will be available on request from the Sport Team, 5 Median Course Designer British Showjumping. The candidate will be required to arrange at least four A Median Course Designer may build as detailed for Associate Course Builder reports to be submitted each year until he/she is appointed to Median level. and the following: At least two of the report forms submitted must be reports from when the - Competitions with £800 first prize or less (See Rule 113) Course Builder is designing and building and, if possible, from a Supervisory - KBIS Insurance British Novice – Regional Final Course Designer. - Tri-Zone Airlite Discovery Championship – Regional Final 9 Supervisory Panel Appointment - Pony British Novice Championship – Second Round By invitation of British Showjumping. - Pony Discovery – Second Round 10 Assistant Course Builder Appointment - National 1.40m Open To be considered for the Assistant Course Builders List a Candidate must

46 47 Section 1 Section 1 proceed as follows: If a Median Course Designer wishes to be appointed to the Advanced Course - Contact the Area Representative in the area in which he/she normally resides. Designers Panel he/she can apply to the Sport Team, British Showjumping, by - Write to the Sport Team, British Showjumping, and request confidential report 1 February in the second or subsequent years of appointment to the Median forms, which should be completed by Supervisory Course Designers. Course Designers Panel for promotion. Further site inspections may not be - Assist at least two Supervisory Course Designers during the 12 months necessary if there is sufficient knowledge of the Candidate’s work. Promotion prior to 1 August of the year before which the Candidate is applying for will only be granted by the National Sport Committee if the Candidate is consideration for listing. believed to be worthy and capable of designing and building courses to the - Attend a Course Builders workshop and attain the necessary standard. highest standards. - Request the Supervisory Course Designers whom he/she assists to complete 14 FEI Course Designer Appointment a confidential report form and return the report to the Sport Team, British Those wishing to apply for the FEI Panel should write to the FEI Judges and Showjumping. At least two of the reports received must be recommendations Course Builders Committee giving details of experience. The Committee will from the Supervisory Course Designers for the Candidate to be listed in the consider the application and notify the delegates of their decision. Please British Showjumping's Officials Book as an Assistant Course Builder. apply to: Sport Team, British Showjumping, Stoneleigh Park, Kenilworth, Warks, - Write to his/her Area Representative and request his/her application be CV8 2LR or from 17th June 2013, Meriden BusinessPark, Copse Drive, Meriden, considered by the Area Committee and, if agreed, the Area Committee should West Midlands, CV5 9RG. submit their recommendation to the Sport Team at British Showjumping. - Report and recommendations must be sent to the Sport Team, British 35 Badges Showjumping by 1 August of the year prior to the year in which the Each member is issued with a badge. Special badges are issued to Office Candidate is applying to be listed. Holders. All badges remain the property of British Showjumping and must - An Assistant Course Builder will not be on the qualified panel but will be be returned to the Chief Executive upon cessation of membership or upon listed in British Showjumping's Officials Book. The Assistant should continue vacation of the office for which a special badge was issued. to work with Supervisory Course Designers and must obtain two further recommendations during the year of his appointment in order to remain 36 Subscriptions listed for the following year. 1 Membership subscriptions become due for payment on first acceptance into - It is recommended that the Assistant Course Builder should apply to attend membership of British Showjumping and annually thereafter except in the a British Showjumping Training Scheme. case of life members who pay a single once only sum on first acceptance and - The applicant must be a fully paid up member of British Showjumping at the officials who pay on 1 January. Honorary vice presidents and honorary life time of application. The minimum age for a Panel Course Builder is 18 years members are not required to subscribe annually, but must pay registration of age on 1 January in the year he/she may gain Panel approval. and other relevant fees if they compete as owners or riders. If at any time the candidate is felt to be unsuited to Course Designing he/ 2 Some subscriptions are subject to Value Added Tax at the rate current at the she will be informed and his/her name removed from the list. date of payment. 11 Associate Course Builder Appointment During the first or second year as an Assistant the Candidate can apply to the Registration Of Horses And Ponies Sport Team, British Showjumping, to be inspected and assessed. Several dates 41 Eligibility to Register a Horse or Pony of shows at which he/she is building must be submitted no later than 1 February of the year in which the applicant is requesting to be assessed. The Candidate 1 Horses and ponies may only be registered by those members of British should include with his/her application details of at least four shows at which Showjumping whose category of membership entitles them to do so (Rules he/she has assisted a Supervisory Course Designer. Confidential report forms 32.3.1, 33). Horses/ponies to be registered who are to be ridden by riders other must be received by the Course Builders office. The Assistant should attend a than members of the immediate family must be full, associate, owner, life, British Showjumping Training Scheme before applying for assessment. If the company or regimental members (Rule 33). Candidate is successful, his/her name will be recommended to the National Sport Committee for appointment to the Associate Panel. 2 It is the responsibility of the owner/rider registering the horse or pony to ensure If at any time the Candidate is felt to be unsuited to Course Designing he/she full details of the animal's history and winnings record are provided at the time will be informed and his/her name removed from the list. of registration. 12 Median Course Designer Appointment All horses and ponies to be microchipped and flu vaccinated and evidence of In the second or subsequent years of appointment as an Associate Course such to be submitted for registration together with identification documentation Builder applications may be made to the Sport Team, British Showjumping, completed by a regulated authority showing at least five distinguishing markings. Stoneleigh Park, Kenilworth, Warks, CV8 2LR, or from 17 June 2013, Meriden Business Park, Copse Drive, Meriden, West Midlands, CV5 9RG. Several 3 Foreign riders wishing to compete at affiliated shows may do so under the dates of shows at which the Associate Course Builder is designing and following arrangements: building should be submitted no later than 1 February of the year in which For one or more shows for a continuous period not exceeding 120 days, £40 the applicant is requesting to be assessed. Confidential report forms must membership fee + £10 per horse. This reduced membership/registration may be received by the Course Builders office. If the candidate is successful only be applied once in a twelve month period. his/her name will be recommended to the National Sport Committee for appointment to the Median Panel. Full details of the horse(s) and evidence of approval from the rider's National 13 Advanced Course Designer Appointment Federation are required at the time of registration.

48 49 Section 1 Section 1 must be in possession of a valid flu vaccination certificate. It is the owner's 4 Stallions responsibility to ensure that the horse's vaccinations are up to date and 1 All stallions must have been graded by a Studbook recognised by the World correctly recorded on the diagrammatic vaccination record. Spot checks will Breeding Federation (W.B.F.S.H) and/or DEFRA, the Welsh Assembly and be regularly carried out at shows. The horse/pony must have received two the Scottish and Irish Executives (this does not include all Passport Issuing injections for primary vaccination against equine influenza given no less than 21 Offices), which has included jumping in their grading procedure. days and no more than 92 days apart. Only these two injections need to have 2 Within the initial year of registration, stallions must be graded by the been given before a horse/pony can compete in competitions. In addition, a recognised World Breeding Federation (W.B.F.S.H) and/or DEFRA, the Welsh first booster injection must be given no less than 150 days and no more than Assembly and the Scottish and Irish Executives (this does not include all 215 days after the second injection of the primary vaccination. Subsequently, Passport Issuing Offices) prior to a re-registration being accepted. booster injections must be given at intervals of not more than one year apart. 3 All ungraded or un-assessed 4 and 5 year old stallions will pay an annual registration fee of £500. All ungraded stallions of 6 years and older will be 43 Registration for International Competitions subject to the higher annual registration fee of £1000. All horses and ponies registered in the ownership of British nationals domiciled 4 A refund will be given to any stallion that has been registered as in Great Britain that compete under FEI rules or under the rules of a foreign "un-graded" and has paid the higher fee, in order to continue competing, national equestrian federation must also be registered annually by Notice and is subsequently graded or gelded within the same registration year. in Writing or re-registered over the telephone or British Showjumping website 5 In the case of horses registered in Weatherbys Thoroughbred and Non to the British Showjumping Office before competing during any year (Rules Thoroughbred Register, these horses will need to go forward for a full grading 22 & 23). All such horses and ponies competing under FEI rules require a with another Breed/Performance Society. valid international horse passport approved by the FEI in accordance with 6 Stallions registered before 1 October 1999, are exempt from grading. Any Article 142 of the FEI General Regulations and obtainable from the British stallion, graded or un-graded, born in or before 1994, and registered with British Showjumping Office. Showjumping prior to 1 January 2004, will be able to register with British Showjumping at the standard rate. Any stallions British Showjumping Grade A 44 Re-Registration or Grade B on 1 January 2004 will be eligible to register at the standard rate. All registrations expire automatically annually and on change of ownership unless 7 All stallions that have been successfully graded to a sufficient level a transfer of registration has been completed. Notice in Writing or over the (dependent on Breed Society/Performance Stud Books), at home or abroad, telephone/British Showjumping website of annual re-registration is still required, must provide bona fide documentation from the relevant stud book. notwithstanding that the owner may have elected to pay fees by Variable Amount 8 No stallion will be accepted without original breed papers. Direct Debit. Registrations that have lapsed for 12 months or longer will require 9 Retired stallions, in order to be kept on the performance Stallion List, need to evidence of micro chipping to be submitted on re-registration. Additionally, it is pay an appropriate annual fee. mandatory for the horse/pony to have a valid flu vaccination as spot checks will be regularly carried out at shows. N.B. Guidelines for British Showjumping Stallions can be found on the website or from the British Showjumping Office. 45 Measurement 1 All measurements are to be taken without shoes. 42 Registration for British Showjumping Competitions 1 All horses and ponies that compete under British Showjumping rules in a 2 An animal which exceeds 148cms cannot be accepted for registration as a pony. competition (other than a minor competition as defined in Rule 71.4) at a show affiliated to British Showjumping must be registered by Notice in Writing to 3 An animal that does not exceed 148cms may be registered or re-registered on the British Showjumping Office, or re-registered by Notice of Writing, over the change of ownership in either the pony or the horse grade appropriate to its telephone or British Showjumping website before competing. (Rules 22 & 23). total winnings in all grades. It must then compete in Pony or Adult competitions For animals competing in age classes, Breeding Papers must be lodged with as appropriate throughout the rest of the calendar year for which it has been British Showjumping at the time of registration. so registered.

2 The British Showjumping Board reserves the right to accept or reject any 4 An animal that changes from a pony grade to a horse grade or vice versa under application for registration or re-registration without stating its reasons. Rule 45.3 thereby forfeits all qualifications for further competitions obtained prior to the change other than its total winnings. 3 Horses/ponies identified with "Loss of Use", requesting registration must produce a Veterinary Certificate to confirm the animal is fit to compete. 5 Members of British Showjumping are subject to the rules of the Joint Measurement Board Ltd for the time being in force, which can be obtained from 4 Ponies that have been measured out at 128cms, 138cms or 148cms, by the Joint the Secretary of the Joint Measurement Board Ltd, P.O. Box 322, Horley, Surrey, Measurement Board can only be registered and compete in National classes, RH6 0WS. The rules include the list of official measurers and the fees required. including Home Pony competitions, appropriate for their new recorded height. Measurements can be made throughout the year. Additionally, ponies whose Joint Measurement Board Height Certificate has been invalidated cannot be registered under the temporary registration category. 6 No pony which has graded winnings of £50 (Actual) or more will be accepted for registration or re-registration until it has been measured under the rules of 5 Flu vaccinations are mandatory for all registered horses and ponies and they the Joint Measurement Board Ltd and a valid measurement certificate has been

50 51 Section 1 Section 1 issued to the owner. When a pony’s winnings first exceed £50 a certificate is Equine Research Station. not required until the next occasion of re-registration. However, ponies may not compete in National Championships without a valid JMB height certificate. 50 Names 1 When applying for initial registration of a horse or pony that has not previously 7 For the purpose of registration and competition under British Showjumping been registered with British Showjumping or with any recognised breed or rules, measurements to be in metric. competitive society, stud book or foreign federation, three names must be submitted in order of preference. 8 The height of an animal as first registered will only be altered for registration 2 Registration will normally only be accepted under a name that is currently available. purposes following a measurement or remeasurement under the rules of the 3 A Roman numeral may be added to a name which has been used in the past, Joint Measurement Board Ltd. but has not been re-registered during the preceding five years. Certain famous horse names will not be accepted with or without a Roman numeral. 9 All ponies competing in international competitions under FEI rules or in competitions in Ireland under SJAI rules must hold an FEI international 4 A Roman numeral may be added if necessary to the name of a horse or horse passport issued through British Showjumping. All Ponies competing pony that is already registered under such name with any recognised breed in International competitions are subject to be measured on the day of or competitive society, stud book or foreign federation. The details of such competition, with shoes, and must measure 151cms or lower to be eligible to previous registration must be stated separately in writing when submitting take part in the competitions. Ponies measuring in excess of 151cms will not be the British Showjumping registration form. allowed to compete. For full FEI rules please see the FEI website: www.horsesport.org 5 The Board reserves the right to refuse to register any horse or pony under any particular name without disclosing its reasons. 10 The cost of any FEI re-measurement to be borne by the owners of the animals. 6 An owner who fails to submit a further choice of at least three names within 30 11 Ponies likely to compete abroad should be measured (without shoes) by an FEI days of being informed that none of his/her original choices can be accepted Veterinary Surgeon on the JMB Panel and on a registered pad, thus avoiding for registration will be liable to disciplinary action in accordance with Rule 91. these ponies having to be measured a third time. 7 Commercial Names 12 128cms = 12h 2ins 1 For the purpose of registration under British Showjumping Rules a 138cms = 13h 2ins commercial name is any name which the Board in its absolute discretion 148cms = 14h 2ins considers to have been proposed for commercial purposes. A non- commercial name is any name which in the opinion of the Board has 46 Horses Under Four Years Old not been so proposed. Horses and ponies of any age may be registered, but may not compete before 2 Horses and ponies will not be accepted for registration under commercial the beginning of the year in which the age of four is reached. names. The Board may review any names already accepted for registration at any time and require their alteration if considered necessary. 47 Disputed Ownership 3 A company member may apply to register not more than one prefix or suffix Registrations are accepted on the understanding that the person making for commercial purposes, for which an annual registration fee is payable. The the registration is the bona fide owner or part owner of the horse or pony Board reserves the right to refuse registration of any prefix or suffix proposed registered or his authorised agent. British Showjumping will accept no without disclosing its reasons. responsibility in cases of disputed ownership which must be settled by the 4 A prefix or suffix registered in accordance with Rule 50.7.3 may be added to parties concerned – if necessary by recourse to the legal system of the land. the non-commercial names of any or all of the horses/ponies registered in the British Showjumping may suspend registration of the horse or pony until such ownership or joint ownership of the company member who registered the time as the dispute over ownership is settled. prefix or suffix. 5 All the fees referred to in Rules 50.7.3 and 50.7.4 are payable annually before 48 Leasing competing in any calendar year. The rates at which these fees will be charged Leasing of registered horses and ponies for competition purposes is permitted. are identified under membership fees. The form and duration of a lease agreement is a matter for the parties thereto 6 A fee of £950 + VAT is payable to the FEI for any alteration to name in and does not require the approval of British Showjumping. The member respect of a horse to a commercial name or for an additional prefix or suffix to whom the horse is leased will be regarded in all respects by British on an international horse passport. Showjumping as the bona fide owner and the horse must be registered and 7 If in the opinion of a show organising committee a commercial prefix in respect entered in competitions as being in his/her ownership. When a registered horse of any horse/pony entered, declared or substituted at the show is intended to or pony is leased this will be regarded as a change of ownership and the lessee promote a product or service which competes in the same market as a similar must re-register the horse or pony accordingly (Rule 44). product or service which is to be promoted at that show by the sponsor of a competition, the show organising committee may direct that such commercial 49 Animal Health Trust Surcharge prefix be dropped and that in respect of that competition the horse should All registrations and re-registrations are subject to a surcharge representing be referred to only by its registered non-commercial name in any programme, a charitable donation to the Animal Health Trust to support the work of the catalogue, announcement, commentary or record of results, controlled by the

52 53 Section 1 Section 1 61 Records show organising committee. A grading record based on both Notional and Actual money winnings at affiliated and international shows is maintained at the British Showjumping 8 Change of Names Office for every horse and pony registered with British Showjumping. 1 The names of horses registered in Grade C and of registered ponies may be changed by Notice in Writing to the British Showjumping Office (Rule 62 Prizes Graded 22). Such changes of name are not encouraged and a relatively high fee will 1 Except as indicated in Rule 62.2, all money prizes valued at £3.00 or more accordingly be payable for each change of name. will be graded, the amount to be graded being calculated to the nearest whole All horses and ponies with breed papers should retain the breed paper name. pound below. For example, a prize of £3.75 will be graded as £3.00 and any Application can be made, in writing, to change imported horses' and ponies' prize less than £3.00 will not be graded at all. Prize money in foreign currencies breed paper names. will be converted to sterling for grading purposes at the rate of exchange 2 Once a horse has been registered in Grades A or B it must retain the basic listed in the Financial Times for the first working day after the last day of name under which it was first registered and this name must not be changed the show. except by the addition, deletion or alteration of a commercial prefix or suffix or by direction of the Board. 2 The following prize money will not be graded: 3 Once an international horse passport approved by the FEI has been issued for 1 Prizes less than £3.00. any horse or pony, a fee of £566+VAT is payable to the FEI for any alteration 2 Prize money awarded in competitions in which individual results are to name including the addition or alteration of a prefix or suffix (Rule 43). No determined by the performance of more than one horse or rider, for example charge is payable for the removal of a prefix or suffix. team competitions, relay competitions, two horse competitions. 3 Prize money awarded in local competitions limited to competitors residing 51 Registration Fees within 15 miles radius of the show in accordance with Rule 78. The fees payable on each occasion of registration, re-registration, change of 4 Prize money awarded in competitions in which the result is determined or ownership and change of name are identified under membership on the partly determined by performance in disciplines other than showjumping. website. 5 The value of prizes in kind. 6 Prize money awarded in competitions at unaffiliated or minor shows or minor 52 Disposal of Registered Horses and Ponies competitions at affiliated shows in accordance with Rules 71.3 and 71.4. 1 It is the duty of all members of British Showjumping to use their best 7 Prize money awarded for national competitions where personal invitations endeavours to ensure that the true identities and winnings records of all horses have been extended for individual riders, as determined by the Board. and ponies that have at any time been registered with the British Showjumping are maintained at all times. 3 Leading rider prizes with one horse and special prizes with one horse (for example area, county, members prizes) will be graded unless they are otherwise 2 Any member of British Showjumping who sells, lends, leases, gives away or exempted under Rule 62.2. sends for sale or slaughter, on his own behalf or on behalf of anyone else, a horse or pony that he knows has at any time been registered with British 4 The amount to be graded is the amount reported to the British Showjumping Showjumping is required to give at the time of such transfer the following Office on the Judges result sheet or reported in writing by the organising information in writing to the person to whom he transfers the horse or pony, committee of an overseas international show, rider, or by a foreign national whether or not such person is a member of British Showjumping: federation. Competitors are responsible for making sure that they receive or collect the full amount of prize money to which they are entitled and no Horse’s/Pony's name as registered with British Showjumping alterations will be made to grading records on the grounds that the prize Registration number money reported to the British Showjumping Office was not received by the Graded winnings competitor, unless it can be shown that the amount recorded by the Judge was not the amount to which the competitor was entitled by the conditions This information, together with the name and address of the person to of the competition. whom the horse or pony has been transferred and the date of transfer is to be reported, in writing, at the same time to the British Showjumping Office, Riders who do not advise British Showjumping of winnings attained when together with consent that the horse/pony may be re-registered. competing abroad will be subject to a possible maximum fine of up to £5,000 being imposed. 3 When a horse or pony that has been registered with British Showjumping is offered for sale by auction, the information must be included in the catalogue 63 Horses Disqualified or given to the auctioneer. When a horse or pony has been awarded prize money but is subsequently disqualified the prize money must be returned to the British Showjumping Office. 4 Failure to comply with the provisions of this rule will incur an automatic fine of £250 and/or disciplinary action if such failure is found to have resulted in or 64 Grading of Imported Horses and Ponies contributed to the re-registration of a horse or pony under a fresh identity and/ 1 Horses imported from abroad will be graded according to their actual winnings or with erroneous winnings. (currency or points) or as decided by the Chief Executive, taking into account the number of starts and the height levels at which the horse has competed GRADING abroad, provided such horses are registered with British Showjumping under

54 55 Section 1 Section 1 the same name as they were registered abroad and the appropriate papers are winnings and any further winnings after such upgrading. Under no circumstances produced at the time of registration to confirm their identity. (See Rule 41.2). will a horse upgraded in this manner be allowed to revert to a lower grade. The new In the event that the name is difficult to pronounce the owner may opt to registration fee to be applied pro rata. Similarly, a Grade B with £1,500 actual will cost rename the horse at the time of registration at no additional cost. In the £500 to upgrade. absence of any proof of identity horses imported from abroad will be graded Requests for Stallion upgrades to be referred to the British Showjumping with the following initial winnings, according to their ages for 2010: Stallion Committee in the first instance.

Horses The cost of upgrading will be the difference between the horse's actual winnings Age Winnings and Grade B level, i.e. Grade C with £560 actual will cost £440 to upgrade. A Grade C 4 years (foaled 2009) Nil horse with actual winnings of £1,000 or more will be upgraded free 5 years (foaled 2008) £50 after 1 June £100 of charge. 6 years (foaled 2007) £200 after 1 June £300 7 years (foaled 2006) £600 until proof of winnings provided 66 Grade Limits 8 years (foaled 2005) and over £2000 The grading limits are as follows:

Ponies 1 Horses Total Winnings Horses Total Winnings Age Winnings Grade A £2,000 and over Grade JA £700 and over 4 years (foaled 2009) Nil Grade B £1,000 to £1,999 Grade JC £100 to £699 5 years (foaled 2008) £50 after 1 June £100 Grade C Nil to £999 Grade JD Nil to £99 6 years (foaled 2007) £200 after 1 June £250 7 years (foaled 2006) £300 after 1 June £400 8 years (foaled 2005) and over £700 67 Notional Prize Money Table 67.1 shows the amounts to be graded in respect of the results of national Evidence of age below eight years in the form of a horse passport or veterinary affiliated competitions. surgeon’s certificate, including identity diagram, must be provided. In the absence of such evidence, horses will be graded with initial winnings of In accordance with rule 76.5, not less than one prize is to be awarded for every £2,000 and ponies £700. five starters in any competition. When additional prizes are awarded, notional prize money equivalent to that awarded for sixth place in the notional prize 2 Horses and ponies imported from Ireland will be graded in accordance with money table relevant to the competition will be graded. their points as reported by the Show Jumping Association of Ireland by converting points to pounds sterling by multiplying by a factor of three for Notional prize money for Intro Classes (Open Classes 1.00m and below) at both horses jumping up to 1.20m and for horses jumping 1.20m and above by a factor senior and pony level will be £1 for all monetary placing for Grade B & C Horses of nine and by a factor of 2.5 for ponies. and JC and JD Ponies. (Horses/ponies do not have to jump a double clear to have notional prize money graded.) This will apply for the 90cms open section 3 Horses imported from any other foreign country will be graded as decided in Pony Discovery and 1.00m open section in Pony Newcomers. JA Ponies will by the Chief Executive on the basis of any winnings reported by the National receive notional money of £1 in all Pony Open Classes 90cms and below. Federation and any other relevant information. For all National classes (horse and pony) whereby four double clears qualify 65 Upgrading for Second Rounds or Regional Finals, i.e. British Novice, Discovery, Newcomer 1 As soon as a horse has won an amount that places it in a higher grade, it must and Foxhunter competitions, notional prize money will be graded only when not be jumped in competitions for which it is no longer eligible even though it a double clear is jumped. Therefore, if actual prize money is awarded to a may already have been entered and the competition is to be held on the same competitor with faults in the jump off, notional money will be recorded day. The show organising committee will either refund the whole entry fee as zero. This procedure will also apply for all Senior First Round National or will allow the entry to be transferred to a competition for which the horse Amateur classes. is eligible on payment of any additional entry fee required. This procedure also applies if a horse is entered in a competition (e.g. Foxhunter, Newcomer) in which the conditions specify a maximum level of winnings and the horse subsequently exceeds this level before starting.

2 No horse, except as outlined in Rule 65.1, will be upgraded without the express approval of the National Sport Committee. The owner of a horse in Grade C may request permission from the Board in Writing at any time for that horse to be upgraded to either Grade B or Grade A and the owner of a horse in Grade B may similarly request for that horse to be upgraded to A. The grading record of a horse so upgraded will be adjusted to the bottom limit of the higher grade and the horse will thereafter be eligible only for competitions in accordance with its adjusted

56 57 Section 1 Section 1 Table 67.1 Pony Qualifying Competitions

Notional Prize Money: Summer Qualifiers – Adults COMPETITION NOTIONAL PRIZE MONEY 1st Round 2nd Round Final COMPETITION NOTIONAL PRIZE MONEY British Showjumping Pony As Schedule As Schedule 1st Round 2nd Round Final Members Cup

International Trial As Schedule As Schedule As Schedule Pony Show Jumper of the Year As Schedule As Schedule Area Trial As Schedule As Schedule As Schedule Squibb Group Pony Foxhunter £20, £15, £12, £25, £20, £15, *£30, £20, £15, £10, £8, £6 £12, £10, £8 £12, £10, £8 1.45m Open As Schedule As Schedule As Schedule Blue Chip Pony Newcomers *£15, £12, £10, £20, £15, £12, £25, £20, £15, 1.30m Championship As Schedule As Schedule As Schedule £8, £6, £4 £10, £8, £6 £12, £10, £8 B & C Championship *£45, £35, £25, *£65, £55, £45, Pony Discovery *£12, £10, £8, *£15, £12, £10, £20, £15, £12, £15, £12, £10 £35, £25, £15 £6, £4 £2 £8, £6, £4 £10, £8, £6 Horse & Hound Foxhunter *£30, £20, £15, *£40, £30, £20, *£50, £40, £30, Pony British Novice *£12, £10, £8, *£15, £12, £10, £20, £15, £12, £12, £10, £8 £15, £12, £10 £20, £15, £12 £6, £4 £2 £8, £6, £4 £10, £8, £6 EquestrianClearance.com Senior £25, £20, £15, *£30, £20, £15, *£35, £25, £15, National 138cms Championship £20, £15, £12, *£30, £20, £15, Newcomers £12, £10, £8 £12, £10, £8 £12, £10, £8 £10, £8, £6 £12, £10, £8 Tri-Zone Airlite Discovery Championship £20, £15, £12, £25, £20, £15, *£30, £20, £15, National 128cms Championship *£15, £12, £10, £25, £20, £15, £10, £8, £6 £12, £10, £8 £12, £10, £8 £8, £6, £4 £12, £10, £8 KBIS Insurance British Novice *£15, £12, £10, £20, £15, £12, £25, £20, £15, 70cms/80cms/90cms/1.00m INTRO £1 £8, £6, £4 £10, £8, £6 £12, £10, £8 90cms Dodson & Horrell £1 Notional if *Or as schedule if prize money stated is less than notional National Amateur Championship Double Clear 1.00m Dodson & Horrell £1 Notional if National Amateur Championship Double Clear Winter Qualifying Competitions 1.10m Dodson & Horrell £20, £15, £12, £20, £15, £12, COMPETITION NOTIONAL PRIZE MONEY National Amateur Championship £10, £8, £6 £10, £8, £6 1.15m Dodson & Horrell £30, £20, £15, £30, £20, £15, 1st Round 2nd Round Final National Amateur Championship £12, £10, £8 £12, £10, £8 Winter A & B Grand Prix As Schedule *Or as schedule if prize money stated is less than notional Grade A & B horses will be graded with Actual prize money in 1.40m classes and above Winter Grade B & C *£45, £35, £25, *£65, £55, £45, Young Riders Qualifying Competitions £15, £12, £10 £35, £25, £15 Winter Grade C *£30, £20, £15, *£50, £40, £30 COMPETITION NOTIONAL PRIZE MONEY £12, £10, £8 £20, £15, £12 1st Round 2nd Round Final Winter Novice Championship £25, £20, £15, *£35, £25, £15, £12, £10, £8 £12, £10, £8 National Under 18 Championship As Schedule As Schedule As Schedule Winter Classic As Schedule As Schedule Young Show Jumper Award *£65, £55, £45, Winter 138cms £20, £15, £12, £25, £20, £15, *£30, £20, £15, £35, £25, £15 £10, £8, £6 £12, £10, £8 £12, £10, £8 Winter 128cms *£15, £12, £10, £20, £15, £12, £25, £20, £15, £8, £6, £4 £10, £8, £6 £12, £10, £8 Winter Grade JC £25, £20, £15, *£30, £20, £15, £12, £10, £8 £12, £10, £8

*Or as schedule if prize money stated is less than notional

58 59 Section 1 Section 1 Age Classes For Horses Classes For Specific Grades

COMPETITION NOTIONAL PRIZE MONEY COMPETITION NOTIONAL PRIZE MONEY 1st Round 2nd Round Final 1st Round 2nd Round Final

4 year old *£10, £8, £6, *£12, £10, £8, *£15, £12, £10, Open 1.10m or below As Schedule - but first prize may not exceed £50 in £4, £2, £1 £6, £4, £2 £8, £6, £4 prize money or prizes in kind 5 year old *£12, £10, £8, *£15, £12, £10, £20, £15, £12, Grade A As Schedule As Schedule As Schedule £6, £4, £2 £8, £6, £4 £10, £8, £6 Grades A & B As Schedule As Schedule As Schedule 4 & 5 year old *£12, £10, £8, *£15, £12, £10, £20, £15, £12, Grade B *£50, £40, £30, *£60, £50, £40, *£70, £60, £50, £6, £4, £2 £8, £6, £4 £10, £8, £6 £20, £15, £12 £30, £20, £15 £40, £30, £20 6 year old *£15, £12, £10, £20, £15, £12, £25, £20, £15, Grade B competing in Open Classes *£45, £35, £25, £8, £6, £4 £10, £8, £6 £12, £10, £8 £15, £12, £10 5 & 6 year old *£15, £12, £10, £20, £15, £12, £25, £20, £15, Grades B & C *£45, £35, £25, *£55, £45, £35, *£65, £55, £45, £8, £6, £4 £10, £8, £6 £12, £10, £8 £15, £12, £10 £25, £15, £12 £35, £25, £15 7 year old *£40, £30, £20, *£50, £40, £30, *£60, £50, £40, Grade C *£30, £20, £15, *£40, £30, £20, *£50, £40, £30, £15, £12, £10 £20, £15, £12 £30, £20, £15 £12, £10, £8 £15, £12, £10 £20, £15, £12 6 & 7 year old *£30, £20, £15, *£40, £30, £20, *£50, £40, £30, Grade C competing in Open Classes *£30, £20, £15, £12, £10, £8 £15, £12, £10 £20, £15, £12 £12, £10, £8 7 & 8 year old *£50, £40, £30, *£60, £50, £40, *£70, £60, £50, Pony Open 1.10m or below As Schedule £20, £15, £12 £30, £20, £15 £40, £30, £20 Novice Ponies JD/JC competing in *£15, £12, £10, £20, £15, £12, £25, £20, £15, Open Classes £8, £6, £4 £10, £8, £6 £12, £10, £8 *Or as schedule if prize money stated is less than notional Grade JA As Schedule As Schedule As Schedule Grade JA & JC £25, £20, £15, *£30, £20, £15, *£35, £25, £20, Age Classes For Ponies £12, £10, £8 £12, £10, £8 £15, £12, £10 Grade JC £20, £15, £12, £25, £20, £15, *£30, £25, £20, COMPETITION NOTIONAL PRIZE MONEY £10, £8, £6 £12, £10, £8 £15, £12, £10 1st Round 2nd Round Final Grades JC & JD *£15, £12, £10, £20, £15, £12, £25, £20, £15, £8, £6, £4 £10, £8, £6 £12, £10, £8 4 year old *£8, £6, £4, *£10, £8, £6, *£12, £10, £8, £2, £1, £1 £4, £2, £1 £6, £4, £2 Grade JD *£12, £10, £8, *£15, £12, £10, £20, £15, £12, £6, £4 £2 £8, £6, £4 £10, £8, £6 5 year old *£10, £8, £6, *£12, £10, £8, *£15, £12, £10, £4, £2, £1 £6, £4, £2 £8, £6, £4 *Or as schedule if prize money stated is less than notional 4 & 5 year old *£10, £8, £6, *£12, £10, £8, *£15, £12, £10, £4, £2, £1 £6, £4, £2 £8, £6, £4 6 year old *£12, £10, £8, *£15, £12, £10, £20, £15, £12, £6, £4, £2 £8, £6, £4 £10, £8, £6 5 & 6 year old *£12, £10, £8, *£15, £12, £10, £20, £15, £12, £6, £4, £2 £8, £6, £4 £10, £8, £6 7 year old *£30, £20, £15, *£40, £30, £20, *£50, £40, £30, £12, £10, £8 £15, £12, £10 £20, £15, £12 6 & 7 year old £20, £15, £12, *£30, £20, £15, *£40, £30, £20, £10, £8, £6 £12, £10, £8 £15, £12, £10 7 & 8 year old *£40, £30, £20, *£50, £40, £30, *£60, £50, £40, £15, £12, £10 £20, £15, £12 £30, £20, £15

*Or as schedule if prize money stated is less than notional

60 61 Section 1 Section 1 Notional Prize Money for Foreign Competitions Points on the following scale: Table 67.2 shows the amounts to be graded in respect of the results at certain First Place – 50 Bonus Ranking Points foreign shows that offer prize money significantly below the normal level at Second Place – 30 Bonus Ranking Points shows of comparable standing. Table 67.3 shows the amounts to be graded in Third Place – 10 Bonus Ranking Points such circumstances in respect of results at Young Riders and Juniors events. Grade C horses will not be eligible for Bonus Ranking Points. The Riders Ranking list will be calculated over the previous twelve months. TABLE 67.2 Class 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 2 Nations Cup Points: Points are awarded for riders’ performances in Nations Cups at CSIOs, Young Rider Nations Cups and Junior Nations Cups. These Speed 250 200 150 80 40 20 points are calculated for each rider as follows: 3 Top Horses List 1 or 2 Jumps Off 400 300 200 100 60 40 The monthly Top Horses List shows the top 200 horses in descending order Grand Prix, of their total graded Actual winnings over the previous twelve months. Derby 2000 1600 1200 600 300 150 4 Leading Owners List The monthly Leading Owners list shows the leading 40 owners of Grade Puissance 750 500 400 200 150 75 A horses in descending order of the total of their horses' graded Actual winnings over the previous twelve months. TABLE 67.3 Class 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th Top Level Nations Cup & CSIO5* Competitions Table 68.1 Speed 100 75 50 25 10 10 (ex Super League Nations Cups) 1 or 2 Jumps Off 150 100 75 50 25 15 Faults 0 1 - 4 5 - 8 9 - 12 13-20 Grand Prix 300 225 175 100 50 25 Points 200 100 80 60 40

68 Riders Ranking, Leading Owners and Top Horses Lists European Championships would carry double the points shown in Table 68.1. 1 British Showjumping publishes a Riders Ranking List, a Leading Owners World Equestrian Games and Olympic Games would carry treble the points List and a Top Horses List every month. These lists are intended to provide shown in Table 68.1. objective performance criteria in respect of riders and horses. Show organising committees may, if they wish, define their showjumping entry conditions with In addition, horse/rider combinations jumping a double clear round in a Top reference to any or all of these lists, but they are under no obligation to British Level Nations Cup/CSIO5* will be awarded 200 Bonus Points; Showjumping to do so. Combinations jumping a double clear round in European Championships will be awarded 400 Bonus Points; 2 Riders Ranking List Combinations jumping a double clear round in World Equestrian Games will be Points are awarded as follows: awarded 500 Bonus Points; Combinations jumping a double clear round in Olympic Games will be awarded 1 Basic Points: The total graded Actual prize money won by each rider during 600 Bonus Points; the year on Grade A and Grade B horses in 1.30m Opens and above and A&B Promotional League Nations Cup Competitions competitions only, is divided by 50 to give the rider’s basic points. In 1.30m (Up to and including CSIO4*) classes basic points will be awarded (one point for every £50 won). In 1.40m classes, when a double clear round is jumped, double points will be awarded. In addition, horse/rider combinations jumping a double clear round in a Promotional In 1.45m classes and above double points will be awarded (two points for League Nations Cup (up to and including CSIO4*) will be awarded 150 Bonus Points. every £50 won). Junior and Young Rider Nations Cup Horses jumping a double clear at 1.40m and above, and winning less than £50 or no prize money, will be awarded 2 points.

Bonus Ranking Points: Faults 0 1 - 4 5 - 8 9 - 12 A 'Bonus Ranking Points' Points League is held at each Winter Premier Show. Points 100 80 60 40 The first three horse/rider combinations placed in the Points League receive Bonus Rider Ranking. Faults 0 1 - 4 5 - 8 Points 80 60 30

62 63 Section 1 Section 1 Shows And Competitions (a) Riders Ranking Points should only be awarded for an individual performance 71 Definitions and not Team. For the purpose of these rules: (b) Should a rider not go forward into the second round the same points to be awarded as achieved in the first round. 1 A show is regarded as such by whatever name it may be called, for example – horse show, agricultural show, gymkhana or rally.

Super League and Non-Super League Competitions 2 An affiliated show is a show for which the show has received affiliation to British Additional rules: Showjumping in accordance with Rule 73. Where an unaffiliated show is being If in either round, during their own round, the fourth rider cannot improve on the run on the same day and/or at the same venue as an affiliated show, the show team score, he may retire and therefore will be awarded points of the worst rider organiser and/or show secretary must ensure that it is clear to members and/ in that team, in that round. or non members which competitions are affiliated and which are not. It si the responsibilituy of the show secretary to ensure that any conditions attaching to If in either round, the fourth rider is not required to start, as there could be no affiliation and that the Rules of British Showjumping are complied with. improvement to the team placing, he will be awarded the average score of that team in that round (he may, however, start if he wishes). Faults scored in a jump-off 3 A minor show is a show at which the aggregate amount or value of any prize are disregarded. and/or the proceeds of any sweepstake, whether in cash or kind, offered to any competitor or competitors in a showjumping competition, including Style and 3 Individual Championships & Olympic Games Points: Points are awarded for Performance, held anywhere on the showground on any day of the show does not individual medals in accordance with Table 68.3. exceed £10 except for prizes offered in local competitions held in accordance with Rule 78.1 and prizes offered in special competitions in accordance with Rule 71.5. 4 The monthly Riders Ranking List ranks riders in descending order of total points Such a show may be an affiliated show or an unaffiliated show but may not be run over the previous twelve months in accordance with Rules 68.2.1 to 68.2.4. concurrently or consecutively in one competition (except in INTRO shows).

Table 68.3 4 A minor competition is a competition in which the aggregate amount or value of any prize and/or the proceeds of any sweepstake whether in cash or kind offered Individual Medals Gold Silver Bronze to a competitor does not exceed £10. Minor competitions may be held at affiliated INTRO shows and must then be judged under British Showjumping rules. Where Olympic Games 2000 1500 1000 affiliated and unaffiliated jumping is included in a show (save for INTRO Shows) World Equestrian Games 1500 1000 750 all unaffiliated jumping should take place in a separate arena or should be placed Senior European Championship 1000 500 250 together at the start or end of the affiliated schedule. Unaffiliated and affiliated competitions should not run concurrently or consecutively in the same arena. Young Rider European Championships 500 250 125 Entries in minor competitions may be accepted from non-members who will be Junior European Championships 250 125 70 deemed to be subject to British Showjumping rules for the duration of the show.

5 Subject to the specific agreement of the Chief Executive on each separate occasion, competitions may be scheduled as minor competitions with prizes exceeding £10 if confined to serving members of H.M. Services or to members of specialist or breed societies, but in the latter cases only if for example the jumping competition is confined to the members of a sidesaddle club riding sidesaddle or the competition is confined to registered Mountain and Moorland ponies organised by an appropriate pony breed society. This relaxation of Rule 71.3 will not be granted in respect of normal unaffiliated competitions unrelated to specialist activities, even if confined to members of societies or clubs. 72 Restrictions 1 Affiliated shows must be confined to horses or ponies registered with British Showjumping to be ridden by members of British Showjumping or entries made under the "Ticket to Ride" scheme, save for Club Shows which are Affiliated shows and open to non members.

2 Members of British Showjumping are not allowed to compete as owner or rider or to officiate in any capacity other than medical officer, veterinary surgeon, first aid or farrier at unaffiliated shows other than unaffiliated minor shows as defined in Rule 71.3.

64 65 Section 1 Section 1 3 The Show Organiser has the right to: Showjumping accepts no liability for the clashing of Show Dates. (a) Refuse any British Showjumping national class entry providing a valid reason is 4 Applications for affiliation or for change of show dates subsequent to given to the competitor and the entry fee is returned prior to the competition affiliation received after the confirmed calendar has been published on (b) Refuse any entry to a British Showjumping Qualifier providing a valid reason the British Showjumping website will only be accepted in exceptional is given and permission is sought from the Chief Executive and there is circumstances and at the discretion of the Chief Executive if it is in the sufficient time for the rider to enter an alternative Qualifier. interests of British Showjumping and its members as a whole.

73 1 Affiliation This rule sets out the basis upon which applications for affiliation of shows will be considered by British Showjumping and all show organisers and/or members wishing to apply for affiliation for a show must comply with these rules.

1 It is a condition of affiliation that a show organiser will appoint a Show Secretary who must be a fully paid up member of British Showjumping in one of the following categories: Show Secretary, Life, Full/Jumping, non jumping, owner, official or company. 2 Any applications for affiliation not made in accordance with this rule may be refused. 3 British Showjumping will designate dates for certain competitions, such as National Championships. These will be so identified in the show calendar and British Showjumping reserves the right to change or amend the dates if and when necessary. 4 It is an automatic condition of affiliation that: (i) Shows should reimburse Judges with all out of pocket expenses to include, but are not limited to travel and accommodations costs. British Showjumping pays mileage at the present time based on 40p per mile. Further to this, show organisers are expected to make their own arrangements for any accounting or tax that might arise from any such payments. (ii) International shows held in the UK must invite a member of the British Showjumping Board to be on the Show’s Organising Committee. 5 British Showjumping reserve the right to vary or withdraw affiliation at any time and without giving reasons 6 For the avoidance of doubt British Showjumping are not responsible for Officials(Judges, Course Designers or Builders)at unaffiliated shows.

2 Procedure for Applications 1 All applications for affiliation must be submitted to British Showjumping either on the official affiliation application form and/or online through the British Showjumping website to reach the British Showjumping office by the date advised. Such dates will be advertised on the British Showjumping website and/or in British Showjumping magazine. 2 As soon as reasonably practicable after the deadline for the submission of applications, British Showjumping will publish a draft calendar (usually on the British Showjumping website). During the period of 14 days following publication, a Show Secretary may request changes to any dates or categories offered by the British Showjumping affiliation and these will be considered by British Showjumping and, if appropriate following such consideration, an amended draft calendar will be published. During the period of 14 days after such publication of the amended draft calendar a Show Secretary may request further changes to show categories but not the dates. Requests for such changes will be considered by British Showjumping. 3 At the end of the period referred to in 2.2 above British Showjumping will publish a confirmed calendar of show dates. Final publication will normally take place by the end of January and the end of July of each year. British

66 67 Section 1 Section 1 3 Applications for affiliation 7 Insurance 1 Applications may be refused if, at the discretion of either the Board and/or The granting of affiliation to British Showjumping automatically confers upon the Chief Executive, affiliation would not be in the best interests of British the show in question the benefit of inclusion under British Showjumping’s legal Showjumping or its members as a whole. liability insurance policy. The limit of indemnity of this policy is £30,000,000 2 Where possible, events in the same region should avoid running shows on for any one incident. the same dates, particularly where the shows concerned include qualifying competitions in the same category. 8 Show Organiser 3 Elite One Star Shows and above: In the event that two or more Elite One It is the responsibility of the show organiser and/or the promoting body to: Star shows or higher operating within 100 miles of each other apply for affiliation for shows on the same dates and an objection is received from (a) comply with all the appropriate regulations relating to all health and safety the Show Secretary of one of the shows concerned, British Showjumping requirements, provision of medical services and supplies and fire precautions. will award affiliation to one or more of such Elite One Star shows based (b) to ensure the health and safety of all persons, whether they are organisers, upon any of the following: officials, participants or members of the public or any other person who may be affected whilst at the event. 1 General Criteria (c) ascertain from the appropriate Authorities the extent and nature of (i) Suitability of venue. any such obligations. (ii) To protect National Qualifiers. (d) British Showjumping strongly recommends that First Aiders at shows (iii) The importance of the venue to British Showjumping and its members. should have some form of identification in order that they may be instantly (iv) The prize money for the show in question. recognised. Additionally, the qualification of the First Aider/medical cover (v) Number of days of showjumping offered during the course of the year. must be displayed in a prominent position, i.e. Secretary's office. (vi) Prize funds offered during the course of the year. (e) Charges for first aid may only be applied should external medical cover (vii) Historical importance, if any. be provided. (viii) Likely television audience, if any. (ix) Geographical importance. (x) Any other factor, which in the opinion of the Board or the Chief Executive, 74 Affiliation Fees is relevant. 1 Affiliation to British Showjumping is conditional on agreement to pay British 2 That the schedules of the shows concerned do not, in the opinion of the Chief Showjumping the category booking fee payable at the time of acceptance of Executive, conflict with each other. affiliation with the remainder of the affiliation fee being invoiced after the show. 3 That, in the opinion of the Chief Executive, it is in the best interests of British For summer and winter shows the fees are as follows: Showjumping or its members as a whole for affiliation to be granted to more than one such show. Booking Fee – £25.00 per show day. VAT should be added to this fee 4 Subject as set out above, British Showjumping may grant affiliation for two where applicable to the Show Organiser. Note this Booking Fee is treated or more shows on the same day. as a payment on account and is deducted, after the show has run, from the Total Affiliation Fee payable. 4 Consideration of applications In order to calculate Affiliation Fees, results from shows are required to be 1 Applications will be considered by the Chief Executive. returned to British Showjumping within seven days from the end of the show. 2 Any Show Secretary dissatisfied with the Chief Executive’s decision as to If, after seven days, the Show has not returned the results they will be given a affiliation may request the matter be considered by the Board. further seven days in which to send them. If, after 14 days, the show has still 3 The Board reserves the right to accept, refuse or withdraw affiliation without not returned the results the total affiliation value of the show category will be stating its reasons for so doing. levied, not taking into account the number of starters.

5 1 Regional representatives, in conjunction with their area representatives, shall Affiliation Fee – The maximum total Affiliation Fee per day payable by use their best endeavours in organising show dates within their regions so Category of Show net of VAT will be as follows: that shows, wherever possible, avoid running shows on the same dates. 2 Show Secretaries are under a duty to consult with their regional and area Elite £100 representatives and also to use their best endeavours to organise their shows Advanced £100 on dates that do not clash with shows in the same region. Progressive £150 Intro £100 6 Media Rights Special £100 All rights (including rights to income) in relation to all moving images (including Amateur £150 but not exclusively from television, radio, film, video, DVD, internet, telephone Pony £100 or other media or data) and all broadcasting, recording and distribution rights Combined £100 or £150 depending on the fees of the categories to any affiliated event (excluding any rights reserved to the FEI) shall belong being combined. to British Showjumping. Any agreement by any show organiser with any third The higher level category fee decides level of fee. party in relation to such rights must be subject to the provisions of this rule and having first obtained the written consent of the Chief Executive.

68 69 Section 1 Section 1 Where more than two arenas are used at any show there will be a supplemental Advanced Category charge of £35 net of VAT, per arena, per day. • Newcomers, and all classes above this level, not to include 1.10m Open. • All National qualifying classes that are determined by British Showjumping will 75 Schedules have a minimum prize level, dictated by the 1st prize, as below. Categorisation of Schedules All schedules will fall into one or more Categories known as Elite, Advanced, • Newcomers £40 Progressive, Intro, Amateur, Special and Pony combined. • Foxhunter £50 • National Amateur 1.20m £50 Intro Category • National B & C £75 This level has been created to attract new members and to satisfy existing • National 1.30m £150 members who are happy to compete at this level. • National 1.45m Open £250 • Area Trials £1,000 The maximum height allowed under INTRO is 1.00m. There is no restriction • International Trials £2,000 on the minimum level. Senior Open classes at 1.15m, 1.20m and 1.25m will carry a maximum first prize A minimum of three classes must be scheduled within this category, at least of £100. two affiliated classes must be held, to include a 90cm Amateur qualifier and Dispensation may be given by the British Showjumping Office in special cases, a maximum of one open to non members class. if run as a series or if a minimum of two qualifying classes are held in the preceding days of a Final. The classes in this level are: All competitions in this category with the exception of Newcomers must have Clear Round a minimum first prize of £50. All other National Qualifiers that are not listed will 1 class open to non members be allocated a prize fund that complements their height and level in the system. 70cm and/or 80cm Other classes scheduled by the individual shows, where conditions are not 90cm Amateur qualifier determined by British Showjumping rules, are the responsibility of the organiser British Novice first round (allowed in INTRO or PROGRESSIVE) with regard to the level of funding and are expected to complement the rest of 1.00m Amateur qualifier (allowed in INTRO or PROGRESSIVE) the schedule; a review of scheduling will be carried out periodically. No unaffiliated/minor classes, clear round or schooling rounds are to be Within this height range, shows are encouraged to include their own selection programmed in this schedule but dispensation may be given from the British of affiliated classes not included above, i.e. Regional/Area/Centre qualifiers. All Showjumping Office on the day of a qualifier in a pure Progressive only show. these classes are subject to £25 maximum 1st Prize. Elite Category Progressive Category A minimum of three classes must be held in this category and it is a mandatory Is a level that provides the membership with a route for producing horses and requirement to schedule Elite classes as the first three classes of the day. developing themselves from British Novice level upwards. Class choices: As in the higher classification, controls will be introduced on the prize funds (prize Warm Up class not below 1.20m (can be Foxhunter/1.20m Open) money or prizes in kind) offered in the classes run under British Showjumping rules. National B&C National 1.30m • British Novice £25 minimum 1st Prize National 1.45m • Discovery £30 minimum 1st Prize Accumulator (1.30m and above) • Newcomers £40 minimum 1st Prize Top Score (1.30m and above) • 1.00m Amateur £50 maximum 1st Prize Area Trial • 1.10m Amateur £50 maximum 1st Prize International Trial • 1.10m Open £50 maximum 1st Prize • 1.15m Amateur 1st Prize in keeping with the schedule Dispensation may be given to run 5 year old classes and, if allocated, the 7 & 8 year old qualifier, which would substitute the B&C. All other classes have a restriction on the maximum prize fund allowed Following this schedule, shows may run whatever they choose i.e. Progressive, e.g. £50 1st Prize. on the same day in a one ring show providing that the second category has • No class, other than the British Novice, is allowed at 90cms. been booked. • No classes over 1.10m are allowed in this category of show apart from It is a condition for the allocation of a Premier or Development Classic show the 1.15m Amateur. that shows run two Elite category shows throughout the year. • No unaffiliated classes are to be programmed to precede this schedule, other In order to identify Elite Category Shows with high prize funds on the Calendar, than clear round or schooling rounds, with a specified start time for the the following "Star" rating will be used on affiliation. This will ensure that Shows Affiliated Schedule, which has to be adhered to. with high level prize funds will be easily identifiable in the Calendar. • Within this height range shows are encouraged to include their own selection of classes not included above, i.e. Regional/Area/Centre qualifiers.

70 71 Section 1 Section 1 Elite Prize fund less than £3,000 13 General show conditions and regulations Elite *(one star) Prize fund £3,000 – £6,000 14 Entry fees Elite ** (two star) Prize fund £6,001 – £10,000 Elite *** (three star) Prize fund £10,001 and above 3 A final schedule incorporating any alterations required by the Chief Executive must be submitted to arrive at the British Showjumping Office not less than one Amateur Category month before the first day of the show. The British Showjumping Office will not This will identify shows where all the amateur classes are scheduled. The despatch show documentation and rosettes before the final schedule is received. restictions on this category of show are as follows: 4 Only in exceptional circumstances may any alterations or additions be made to • No National qualifiers included other than those specifically for the amateur rider. the competitions or other conditions published in the final schedule without the • Open classes allowed for any member but with the height and money express permission of the Chief Executive, which must be in writing. Should any restriction of the Progressive Category, i.e. 1.10m height restriction other than such addition or alteration be made, the Judge concerned must forward a written a National Amateur 1.15m and £50 maximum 1st prize. report of the circumstances to the Chief Executive when returning the results. • British Showjumping will monitor the allocation of Amateur Category shows so other categories are not lost in any particular geographical area. 5 Any show or organisation that intends to promote a series of competitions • One unaffiliated class or clear round can be scheduled in this category. which qualify for a further competition or competitions at a subsequent show or shows must apply to the National Sport Committee for ratification by the Pony Category Board before 31 October giving full details of the proposed conditions. The All Pony shows will be included in one Category. method by which it is to be decided which horses or ponies qualify is to be clearly stated. No offer of allocation of such a qualifying competition is to be Special Category made to another show until such time as the National Sport Committee/Board This is specifically to identify Stallion and Age Class shows that are organised has approved the conditions. All allocations are to be reported to the National for these particular classifications when they are not included as part of another Sport Committee and must not subsequently be altered without its approval. category. See Rule 290.10.

Age classes will normally be included in the appropriate show category, 6 When a preliminary competition is held at a show which qualifies for a further depending on the height of the competition. However, in the event of a show competition at the same show, separate cash prizes in accordance with Rule 76 must specialising in a full range of Age/Young Horse Classes, these can be classified be offered for the preliminary competition, which should be scheduled in accordance as a Special Category Show. with Rule 288 unless special permission has been given by the Chief Executive.

• No unaffiliated/minor classes, clear round or schooling rounds are to be 7 A show that schedules a Foxhunter First Round competition must also programmed in this schedule. include in the same schedule an Open Competition of 1.20m or above (a split Foxhunter/1.20m class will suffice) or must provide sufficient competitions for 1 It is a condition of affiliation that a schedule pro forma obtainable from all horse grades to have the opportunity of competing. the British Showjumping Office and a draft schedule for all showjumping competitions, including minor and local competitions, (Rules 71.3, 78) Foxhunter First Round Qualifier may be incorporated within a Grade C planned to be held at an affiliated show, is submitted to arrive at the British competition, but the show must schedule a 1.20m Open or above. Showjumping Office not less than two months before the first day of the show. 8 Shows may limit the number of entries in any competition. In the case of I.T.s 2 The following information and completed pro forma must accompany the draft and competitions that qualify for Second Rounds, Semi or National Finals schedule: the number of entries must not be limited to less than 40 without the special 1 Name of show permission of the Chief Executive. 2 Date of show 3 Venue 9 Special competitions must be scheduled in accordance with Rule 268. 4 Category of show 5 Name, address and telephone number of show secretary 10 When Second Round competitions included in Section 4 of the Rule Book take 6 Name and address of Chairman of show organising committee place at a show at which competitors are normally required to become show 7 Number of arenas to be used for showjumping members, non-members qualified for the Second Round must be allowed to 8 Approximate dimensions of each arena enter that competition for the same entry fees as members, without being 9 Number of practice areas/collecting rings required to pay any membership fee or surcharge. These competitors must 10 Names of Course Designer(s)/Builder(s), Chairman of Judges Panel, Judges also be allowed to enter their Second Round horses without membership fee and Time Keeper(s) who have accepted invitations to officiate or surcharge for one other competition for which they are eligible, provided 11 Approximate time of starting each competition such a competition has been scheduled on the same day. 12 Conditions for each competition, including maximum height of fences, entry qualifications, prizes, sponsorship, judging table, speed and reference to 11 Competitions with more than 70 starters when first prize money does not relevant British Showjumping rule(s) exceed £30 may be divided into 2 sections for the jump off and purposes of

72 73 Section 1 Section 1 awarding prizes. The judges will allocate eligible competitors to each jump-off Up to 5 starters 1st prize by draw or, if the procedure under Rule 231.1 has been followed, then alternative Up to 10 starters 1st & 2nd prizes eligible competitors will be allocated to each jump-off. Other competitors Up to 15 starters 1st, 2nd & 3rd prizes eligible for prizes but not for the jumps off will similarly be allocated to each Up to 20 starters 1st, 2nd, 3rd & 4th prizes section. Where applicable numbers to qualify from each section will be based Up to 25 starters 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th & 5th prizes on half the numbers to start in the first round rounded up to the nearest whole Up to 30 starters 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th & 6th prizes number. No horse/pony may compete in more than one section and there Over 30 All prizes should be approximately the same number of entries in each section. Each section should have the same prize money as that which has been advertised in Shows must specifically state in their schedules when Rule 76.6.1 is to be the schedule plus additional prizes in accordance with Rule 76.5. This rule does implemented for sponsored competitions. not apply to Second Round qualifiers listed in Section 4 of the Rule Book. 2 The intention to adopt this procedure must be agreed with the sponsor 12 Pre-entry Drawn order (for British Showjumping Second Rounds, Regional of the prize money, if any, and stated in the schedule for the competition Finals and Direct Qualifiers) see Rule 79.3. in the following form: “In the event of insufficient starters lower prizes may be withheld in accordance with Rule 76.6”. 13 For competitions with fewer than four starters: only with the agreement from 3 Under no circumstances may the value of any prize awarded be reduced the competitor/s the show may run the competition without paying out any below the value offered in the schedule. scheduled prize money. However, prize money as scheduled will be awarded 4 The Judge is not to withhold any prize unless he is satisfied that he/she is on result sheets and be graded on the horse/pony's winning record together required to do so by the show organiser and that the sponsor, if any, has with double clears if applicable. If competitors are not in agreement the Show signified that it is his/her wish that the sponsored prize money should be Organiser may cancel the competition in accordance with Rule 76.14. withheld in accordance with this rule if there are less than 20 starters. 5 If the Judges' instruction to continue is not followed by competitors, no trophy will be awarded and the competitors will each only receive the prize 76 Prizes money and the lowest placing for which they would have jumped off. There 1 Cash prizes must be offered for all British Showjumping affiliated competitions. will be no qualifying place. other than minor competitions as defined by Rule 71.4. 7 Minimum prizes for sweepstakes are to be offered on the following scale: 2 Prizes in kind may be offered in addition to any or all of the cash prizes. 1st, 25%; 2nd, 20%; 3rd, 15%; 4th, 10%; 5th, 5% of the total entry fees received. If the number of starters exceeds 29, additional prizes must be awarded in 3 The value of the first cash prize must not exceed one third of the total cash accordance with Rule 76.5. Rule 76.6 may not be applied to a Sweepstake. prize money available and must not be less than £11. An acceptable balance of prize distribution must be presented in schedule. 8 Prize money in excess of that offered in the schedule is not to be awarded without the approval of the Chief Executive. 4 The value of the lowest cash prize, except in a sweepstake, must not be less than the normal entry fee stated excluding VAT if applicable, in the schedule 9 Cash prizes that are awarded on the combined result of more than one separate excluding any surcharge for late entries or reduction for membership. Block competition may only be offered on the basis of the results obtained by individual entry fees may be levied, but these may not be greater than the total of the last horses. Cash prizes are accordingly not to be awarded to leading riders on the scheduled prizes of all the classes encompassed in the block entry fee, with the basis of results achieved with more than one horse. Prizes in kind may, however, be recommendation that it is a reduced entry fee. awarded on this basis. All shows wishing to award leading rider prizes must have the written approval of the Chief Executive prior to producing their schedule and 5 Not less than one prize is to be awarded for every five starters or part thereof the leading rider prize must be clearly stated in the schedule. in any competiton, including Hors Concours starters and those competing under the Ticket to Ride scheme. When fewer prizes have been offered in the 10 When prizes are divided as the result of equality of placings in any schedule, additional prizes must be awarded to maintain this ratio (but see Rule competition and such division results in less than £1 to be awarded to each 76.10). Notional Prize money will be graded in the same ratio and additional of the competitors placed equal, such awards may be withheld at the prizes will be equivalent to that awarded for sixth place in the notional prize discretion of the show organising committee, notwithstanding the provisions money table relevant to the competition. of Rule 76.5.

6 Withholding Prizes 11 There is no limit on prize money for Open competitions except as detailed below: 1 When there are 20 or less starters in a competition the number of prizes awarded may be reduced below the number offered in the schedule by Classes for 128cms ponies with maximum height in the first round of 95cms; the withholding lower prizes provided the following minimum numbers of prizes first prize may not exceed £50. are awarded, but with the exception that any competitor who is eliminated or retires from the first round of the competition is not eligible to receive prize Classes for 138cms ponies with maximum height in the first round of 1.05m; the money in that competition: first prize may not exceed £50.

74 75 Section 1 Section 1 Classes for 148cms ponies with maximum height in the first round of 1.10m; the 77 Eligibility first prize may not exceed £50. 1 It is the responsibility of the owners, riders and authorised agents jointly and severally that horses/ponies and riders that compete in British Showjumping Any competition run over three rounds, commencing at 1.10m, must have a affiliated competitions are eligible in all respects to do so and that Notice in minimum first prize of £50. Writing or verbally, in accordance with Rules 22 & 23, has been properly and fully effected before competing. The maximum first prize in the Progressive category is £50, with the exception of the 1.10m Amateur. This can go to a maximum of first prize of £100 (allowed 2 Riders who cannot fully satisfy the conditions laid down in Rule 77.1 must also in the Amateur category). present an entry ticket, conforming to the 'Ticket to Ride' scheme as follows: Stallions are not eligible to compete on a ticket. The Minimum first prize in the Advanced category is £50, with the exception of Note: The principles of normal rules apply to this scheme i.e. pony members the Newcomers First Round that has a £40 minimum first prize. cannot compete in adult competitions and vice versa.

All Open classes above 1.10m or below 1.30m must have a maximum First Prize Blue Tickets: These cost £6 each, of which £3 is retained by the show and £3 of £100. forwarded to British Showjumping, over and above the normal entry fee, and may be purchased from Show Secretaries by members and non-members and The first prize in Open competitions for ponies at 1.10m or below may not entitles them to ride in one class once for every ticket purchased – no prize exceed £50 in prize money or prizes in kind, except in Championships with money, qualification or placing may be won. qualifying competitions held at a series of shows when the first prize for the final must not exceed £250. Promotional tickets: these may appear from time to time in equestrian publications and will entitle members and non-members to ride in one class for 12 In competitions confined to ponies not exceeding 128cms the first prize must every ticket surrendered and no prize money, qualification or placing may be won. not exceed £75, except in championships with qualifying competitions held at a series of shows, when the first prize for the final must not exceed £250. The only horses that may compete for prize money or qualifications are those for which a member's current membership and registration card is presented to 13 Challenge trophies should be signed for by the rider, owner or authorised a Show Secretary – it is vital that these cards are not forgotten or left at home agent of the winning horse or pony. The signatory will be held responsible for since a charge for a ticket will then be required before competition. returning the trophy in the same condition as that in which he/she received it Members will not now be able to compete with a horse whose registration by the date stipulated by the show at which it was won. Failure to do so may paperwork has not been processed at Stoneleigh/Meriden and a registration card be reported to the Chief Executive who may initiate disciplinary proceedings. received by the member before competing without using and paying for a Blue or Red ticket. (See Rules 22 & 23). Members are therefore encouraged to plan at Trophies for National Finals require a mandatory £50 deposit to be paid by least 10 days ahead when wanting to register a new horse and before competing. the rider, owner, parent or Authorised Agent. 3 A horse or rider may be allowed to take part in a competition 'Hors Concours' 14 Where there are fewer than four starters in a competition show organisers may (non-competitively) subject to the following conditions: cancel the competition(s), provided the show rules state as such. If there are four or more starters then the competition must be run. 1 Permission is obtained from the show organising committee. Such permission is entirely at the discretion of the show organising committee who may 15 A competitor who does not complete the first round of a competition is not withhold permission without being obliged to give reasons. eligible for an award or qualifying place. 2 The Judge is informed that permission has been given. 3 The rider is subject to the rules as if he/she were a competitor in the competition in question, except as provided for in this rule, (for example, he/she must follow the set track and will be required to leave the arena if eliminated). 4 The owner and rider are paid up members of British Showjumping in the appropriate categories of membership and the horse or pony is currently registered, though not necessarily in the grade appropriate to the competition or have presented an entry ticket under the 'Ticket to Ride' scheme. Horses may not, however, compete 'Hors Concours' in pony competitions and vice versa. 5 A horse/pony taking part in a competition “Hors Concours” may do so once in the first round only and is not to participate in any jump off other than the jump-off section of a competition under Table A6/Two Phase/Single Phase. 6 A horse or pony that has competed in affiliated competitions 'Hors Concours' or on a Ticket to Ride is not allowed to compete subsequently for prizes in the same arena on the same day.

76 77 Section 1 Section 1 In affiliated competitions, a horse/pony may now jump 'Hors Concours' 13 128cms competitions are open to ponies not exceeding 128cms to be ridden by immediately after its competitive round and not wait until the end of the class. Pony or Pony Associate members up to the end of the calendar year in which If the rider has subsequent competitive entries in the class they will now remain the rider reaches the age of 12. competitive and not have to jump 'Hors Concours'. The horse who has jumped 'Hors Concours' or on a Ticket to Ride, will remain 'Hors Concours' or on a Ticket 14 All Pony competitions must be finished by 11.00p.m. on Friday and Saturday to Ride, in that ring for the rest of the day as usual. However, a horse/pony may nights and Sunday nights when followed by a Bank Holiday and at 10.00p.m. jump in unaffiliated/minor competitions or clear round jumping and then jump on weekdays and normal Sunday nights. competitively in affiliated competitions in the same ring on the same day. 7 A horse or pony may not compete 'Hors Concours' or on a 'Ticket to Ride' 15 All ponies wishing to compete in Ireland must be microchipped. in Second Round competitions, Regional or Semi Finals or direct qualifiers. 8 A rider wishing to ride competitively and 'Hors Concours' or on a 'Ticket 16 Riders to Ride' in the same competition must ride the competitive entry first. 1 In all competitions held at a British Showjumping affiliated show other than Competitors riding on a 'Ticket', who go through to the jump(s) off, minor or local competitions as defined in Rules 71.4 & 78.1, horses and ponies must jump at the end of the jump(s) off. must only be ridden by members of British Showjumping whose category of 9 A rider, having had faults during his/her round, may jump 'Hors Concours' membership entitles them to do so (Rule 33). Only the rider who commences immediately or before the end of the class. a competition may complete the competition. 2 Riders who wish to compete at an international show held outside Great 4 When the schedule specifies that a competition is open to horses or ponies of a Britain must apply to the British Showjumping Office for a licence in particular grade or grades, no horse of any other grade is eligible to compete. If accordance with Article 134 of the General Regulations of the FEI. Those no grade is specified, the competition is open to horses or ponies in all horse or regulations require that invitations for foreign competitors to take part in pony grades. an international event must be sent to their National Federation and that competitors in these events must be entered by their National Federation. 5 Competitions are normally to be scheduled as open to horses or ponies and The acceptance of such invitations to British competitors is subject to the stallions are not to be excluded from such competitions. Special competitions approval of the World Class Performance Manager who may consult. may, however, be scheduled for mares only. A non-refundable fee of £50 per rider, to be paid by pony members, for all self funded International shows including Cavan HPI. 6 No rider may ride more than four horses or three ponies in the same (a) The first or only horse of a member wishing to compete abroad must be competition (except in combined classes) in addition to 'Hors Concours' a genuine Grade B (actual prize money) with the exception of specific or 'Ticket' entries. This rule applies equally to Second Round and Final young horse classes, children competing in junior classes on Grade C competitions for which horses and/or riders have qualified from a previous horses and Veteran classes. competition except that 'Hors Concours' or Ticket entries are not allowed (b) Horses and riders will only be authorised to compete abroad at the level (Rule 77.3.7). at which they are consistently/successfully competing at home. (c) Grade C horses may be competed abroad, subject to authorisation and 7 Where the conditions of any competition refer to a horse's or pony’s winnings, that horses need to be at least 6 years old to be competed abroad. this is to be interpreted as only those winnings taken into consideration for grading purposes as stated in Rule 62 and Rule 67.1. Any rider who competes abroad at an International show, without seeking authorisation from the British Showjumping International office, will not 8 Unless otherwise stated in the schedule, eligibility will depend on grade and/or receive points towards the riders ranking list from money won at this show total winnings as at the time of starting. and may/will be disciplined. 3 At British Showjumping affiliated shows pony members may only compete 9 Adult competitions are open to horses only to be ridden by life, full, associate in pony competitions riding ponies. They may not compete in adult or pony associate members. competitions against members riding horses except in local competitions (Rule 78). Pony Associate members may compete in pony competitions 10 Pony competitions are open to ponies only to be ridden by pony or pony on ponies and in adult competitions on horses. associate members. 4 Pony members are not eligible to compete in 128cms, 138cms or Pony competitions after 31 December of the year in which they reach the age of 11 Young Rider competitions are open to horses to be ridden by life, full, 12, 14 or 16 respectively, even though they may have qualified to compete in associate or pony associate members up to the end of the calendar year further competitions after this date as the result of previous preliminary or first in which the rider reaches the age of 21 and are judged under the rules for round competitions. Unless otherwise stated in the schedule this rule will not adult competitions appropriate to the grade or grades of horses to which the preclude a qualified pony being ridden by another rider of eligible age. competition is confined in accordance with the schedule. 5 Pony riders not eligible to compete in classes above 90cms in height in the First Round before the calendar year in which their 8th birthday is reached. 12 138cms competitions are open to ponies not exceeding 138cms to be ridden by 6 Pony riders wishing to compete Internationally, inclcuding Ireland, must Pony or Pony Associate members up to the end of the calendar year in which have attained the Two Star level, including the additional units, of the Pony the rider reaches the age of 14. Five Star Performance Award, details of which can be downloaded from the Riders 8 years and under can only compete on ponies 138cms and below. British Showjumping website.

78 79 Section 1 Section 1 17 A horse or pony taking part in a competition is not allowed to compete more 4 Substitutions than once in any round of the same competition. 1 Substitutions will only be accepted in writing on the official British Showjumping forms supplied to all affiliated shows. Pads of forms may also 78 Local Competitions be purchased by members from the British Showjumping Office. 1 A maximum of one adult and one pony competition at each show may be 2 The horse substituted must be registered in the same ownership as that of the limited to competitors residing within 15 miles radius of the show and opened original entry and if so registered may be ridden by any rider qualified by the to non members of British Showjumping and to unregistered horses and ponies. conditions of the competition to do so. Additionally, an Authorised Agent may For these competitions the prize money value restrictions in Rules 71.3 and 71.4 substitute any horse for which he has Authority to Act under Rule 33.11.3 for are increased from a maximum of £10 to a maximum of £15 for any prize. Prizes an entered horse for which he has Authority to Act, but in this case the horse for local competitions do not count for grading. Competitions in accordance substituted must be ridden by the rider already entered to ride the original entry. with this rule may be held at affiliated or unaffiliated minor shows. 3 The completed substitution form is to be given to the Judge before the start of the competition or is to be handed in when declaring if declarations are required. 2 Local or Area competitions limited to competitors residing within an area that 4 Substitution Forms must be attached to the result sheet if the judge exceeds the 15 miles radius allowed by Rule 78.1 must, if held at an affiliated considers that the substitution is in any way contrary to these rules. show, be confined to members of British Showjumping, riding registered 5 No horse that is already entered in a particular competition may be horses or ponies. Winnings in such competitions count for grading. If such substituted for another horse entered in the same competition except a competition is held at an unaffiliated minor show the prize money must following a change of ownership as provided for in Rule 79.1. conform to Rule 71.3. 6 When the ownership of a horse changes, the right to substitute in respect of any entries of that horse made prior to the receipt of Notice in Writing by the 3 Residential qualifications for local competitions may be claimed only in respect British Showjumping Office in accordance with Rules 22 & 23 remains with the of permanent place of residence physically situated within the county, area or previous owner or his Authorised Agent unless the previous owner gives Notice radius specified in the schedule. in Writing that the horse has been transferred with engagements in which case the right to substitute passes to the new owner or his Authorised Agent 78A Pony Competitions 7 No horse may be substituted in any competition which is not fully eligible and Pony competitions with a rider age restriction to be held under Table A not qualified for that competition unless the schedule specifically states otherwise. against the clock. 8 An Authority to Act is granted under Rule 33.11.3 to enable a bona fide trainer or rider, to whom an owner entrusts his horse, to enter that horse in 79 Entries competitions and to substitute as necessary for other horses in his charge. It Club membership fees for single site shows are permissable, but not is not to be used as a temporary expedient to enable an owner whose horse encouraged; no other premiums or charges, except a surcharge for late has not been accepted for entry in a particular competition to take over the entries (Rule 76.4) may be implemented without the prior written approval entry of another owner who does not wish to compete. of the Board. 5 Refund of Entry Fees 1 Entries must be made in the name of the person in whose ownership the horse 1 Except as stated below, affiliated shows are required to repay 50% of the is registered. In the case of joint ownership, entries may be made in the name entry fees in respect of all entry cancellations which are received by the show or names of any or all of the owners registered as joint owners. Horses and secretary not later than 48 hours before noon of the day on which the first ponies must be entered under the names under which they are registered, affiliated competition of the show is scheduled to start. but horses registered with commercial prefixes or suffixes under Rule 50.7.4. 2 The schedule may state dates and times outside which cancellations by may be entered with or without the prefix or suffix. In the event of a change telephone will not be accepted, provided that the last occasion for accepting of ownership after an entry has been made, such entry may stand provided telephoned cancellations is not earlier than 48 hours before noon of the day the show secretary is informed and Notice in Writing is effected in accordance on which the first affiliated competition of the show is scheduled to start. The with Rules 22 and 23. Entries may also be accepted under the 'Ticket to Ride' schedule may require telephoned cancellations to be confirmed in writing. scheme as detailed under Rule 77.2. 3 In the event that a competition or show is cancelled, competitors are entitled to a full refund of entry fee. Shows that re-schedule their dates (usually due 2 Nomination entries are not allowed at affiliated shows. to adverse weather conditions) should refund entry fees less an administration fee, this fee to be identified in the show schedule. 3 For the first class of every show day no further entries to be accepted after the 4 Repayments will not be made under this rule when the schedule provides for published start time of the class and competitors may not walk the course after 50% or less of the total fees to be paid on entry and the balance on declaration. the published start of the class. 5 Shows are not required to repay a claim by any one competitor amounting to less than £1.50 in respect of cancelled entries relating to any one show day. Pre-entry Drawn Order (for British Showjumping Second Rounds, Regional 6 Any badge or ticket of admission that may have been received and to which Finals and Direct Qualifiers). Entries may possibly be accepted for classes 1 and the competitor is no longer entitled must be returned before any repayment 2 on the day before 9.00a.m. providing that pre-entries for each class are less is made. than 60. (With the exception of County Shows) Any entries taken on the day 7 A veterinary certificate is not required to support any claim made under this rule. must compete first in the drawn order. Once entries reach 60 before 9.00a.m. the class will be closed.

80 81 Section 1 Section 1 Conduct And Discipline 9 Unreasonably refuse to allow a horse or pony which has competed or is about 81 Agreement To Be Bound By The Rules to compete in a showjumping competition to undergo any properly authorised test or examination if requested to do so by an officer or official of British 1 Every member of British Showjumping has, by the completion of his/her Showjumping or the show organising committee. membership application form, agreed to be bound by the Memorandum and Articles of British Showjumping and all rules, regulations and bye-laws made 10 Conduct himself in such a manner that he/she has or may have committed thereunder and has agreed that the decisions of the Board, Disciplinary Panel or has or may have been party or privy to any breach of any provisions of the and other competent authorities of British Showjumping given in accordance Memorandum and Articles of British Showjumping or of any rule, regulation or therewith shall be final and binding upon him/her. bye-law of British Showjumping. A member shall be in breach of this Rule in the event that any person who assists, represents or acts on behalf of or in the World Class Performance Squad riders competing in National competitions and all employment of such member during the course of a show affiliated to British members of British Showjumping competing in International competitions agree to Showjumping, to the FEI or to any foreign national federation, conducts himself/ do so under the jurisdiction of the BEF or in turn the FEI, BOA, IOC and the Sports herself in such a manner that were he/she a member of British Showjumping he Councils of Great Britain. The BEF Rule Book will apply in all such circumstances would himself/herself be in breach of any of the provisions of Rule 82. including the rules for doping and medication control and the BEF rules shall take precedence over the rules of British Showjumping for such purposes. 11 Conduct himself/herself in a manner which in the opinion of British Showjumping is detrimental to the character and/or prejudicial to the interests of It is the responsibility of all members of British Showjumping to familiarise British Showjumping. themselves with the Rules of the BEF, FEI, BOA, IOC and Sports Councils of Great Britain. 12 Unreasonably fail or refuse to assist the Disciplinary Panel, British Showjumping Stewards, Development Officers or the Chief Executive in their investigations of 2 Rules and any documentation approved by The Board, may only be amended if notice complaints of misconduct by members of British Showjumping. has been entered on the British Showjumping website, or sent by e-mail or letter. 13 Make, either orally or in writing, to an officer of British Showjumping or of an 82 Conduct of Members affiliated show, a statement on any matter covered by the rules which he/she No member of British Showjumping shall: knows to be untrue. 1 Conduct himself/herself at a show in a manner which is offensive to the public. 14 Compete as owner or rider or officiate at an unaffiliated show except as 2 Argue at a show with a judge or with a show official or use abusive or threatening provided for in Rule 72.2. language or behave with incivility or contempt towards a judge or show official. 15 Compete as owner or rider in a competition at a British Showjumping affiliated 3 Ill-treat in any way a horse or pony at a show whether inside or outside the arena. show other than a minor competition as defined in Rule 71.4 before all required notification in respect of owner; rider; authority to act; registration; re- 4 Misuse or use excessively a whip or spur (Rules 102.8, 101.9). registration; change of ownership; change of name of horse and/or pony have been effected in accordance with Rules 22 & 23. 5 Deliberately use the action of the bit as a means of punishment and/or misuse any item of saddlery in a manner likely to cause pain or discomfort to the horse or pony. 16 Compete as owner or rider in a competition for which the horse or pony and the rider are not fully eligible, except as provided for in Rule 77.2. 6 Jump or attempt to jump any obstacle in the arena at a show except when actually taking part in a competition or with special permission from the show organising 17 Having indicated his availability for selection for an official British national team, committee and then only provided that neither he/she nor his/hers horse or pony unreasonably fail or refuse to compete in such team if selected. competes in any further competition in that arena during the remainder of the show. 18 Exercise any of the rights or privileges of membership while suspended 7 Allow a horse or pony in the collecting ring or anywhere on or in the vicinity of therefrom (Rule 32), nor assist represent or act on behalf of any other the showground to: member of British Showjumping at a show affiliated to British Showjumping, 1 Be rapped to the FEI or to any foreign national federation while suspended from all rights 2 Jump a pole or obstacle which is held by hand and privileges of membership. 3 Jump an oxer which has the back element lower than the top pole of the front element 19 Compete as rider in any showjumping competition with a Prohibited Substance 4 Jump a fence in the wrong direction. or its metabolite or mark is in his/her system as defined in Rule 98. A rider by becoming a member of British Showjumping is deemed to have agreed: 8 Allow knowingly or otherwise a horse or pony for which he/she is the responsible (a) to be bound and to comply strictly with the BEF (British Equestrian person, to compete in a showjumping competition under the influence of a forbidden Federation) Anti Doping Rules for Human Athletes (without prejudice substance shall be in breach of the British Equestrian Federation (BEF) Equine Anti to any other anti-doping rules applicable to him/her); Doping and Controlled Medication Rules (BEFAR) if the analysis of a sample taken (b) to submit to the authority of the BEF and/or of the UK Anti-Doping from the said horse or pony shows the presence of any prohibited substance. organisation ("UKAD") to apply, police and enforce those Rules;

82 83 Section 1 Section 1 (c) To provide all requested assistance to the BEF and UKAD (as applicable) in 83 The Disciplinary Panel the application, policing and enforcement of those Rules, including (without 1 The Disciplinary Panel of British Showjumping is appointed by The Board to limitation) cooperating fully with any investigation, results, management consider complaints of misconduct by members and if necessary to impose exercise, and/or proceedings being conducted pursuant to those Rules in appropriate penalties. In this context misconduct is defined as failure in the relation to any potential Anti-Doping Rule Violation(s); observance of any provision of the Memorandum or Articles of British Showjumping And except where the FEI has jurisdiction over the potential Anti-Doping or of any lawful rule, regulation or bye-law made by the Board or any other Violation competent authority. Members remain subject to such provisions when participating (d) To submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of any first instance tribunal in any event affiliated to a foreign national federation or to the FEI. convened under those Rules to hear and determine charges and related 2 The Chief Executive will normally appoint at least two members of the issues arising under those Rules; Disciplinary Panel to hear any complaint pursuant to these rules. (e) to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of any appeal tribunal and/or CAS Panel convened under those Rules and determine appeals made pursuant 84 Complaints of Misconduct to those Rules and 1 Any person wishing to make a complaint of misconduct by a member must do (f) not to bring any proceedings in any court or other forum that are so in writing to the Chief Executive. If, after preliminary investigation, the Chief inconsistent with the foregoing submission to the jurisdiction of the Executive considers that a prima facie case of misconduct exists which cannot be first instance tribunal, the appeal tribunal and CAS. dealt with summarily under Rule 91, the Chief Executive may refer the complaint A copy of the Rules can be found on the BEF website at www.bef.co.uk to the Brirtish Showjumping Disciplinary Panel or alternatively the Chief Executive may, in his/her sole discretion, refer the complaint to Sports Dispute Resolution If a rider has a medical condition that requires them to take any Prohibited Panel Ltd./SDRP. Substance, they may be able to obtain a Therapeutic Use Exemption 2 The Chief Executive, or The Board may, at their sole discretion, refer any matter Certificate (TUE). Further information on TUEs can be obtained either which comes to their attention to either the Disciplinary Panel or to the Sports direct from the BEF (www.bef.co.uk) or by contacting British Showjumping Dispute Resolutions Panel (SDRP). International Office. 85 Disciplinary Panel Procedure 20 Allow a stallion for which he/she is responsible as owner, lessee, authorised 1 Notice of the referral of the complaint to the Disciplinary Panel/SDRP will be agent, or rider to attend a show, compete or be prepared to compete, in any sent to the member (the "Respondent") against whom a complaint has been showjumping competition without taking adequate precautions to ensure other made together with details of the nature of the complaint as soon as horses/ponies, competitors and members of the public are not put at risk of practical following the decision to proceed. injury. Also refer to Rule 102.12. 2 British Showjumping will within 14 days of notifying the Respondent of the details of the complaint, provide the Respondent with a Statement of Case 21 Where a member is reported or disqualified more than once within any British setting out: Showjumping season or within any 12 month period under Rule 96, such member The nature of the complaint. shall automatically be referred to the Chief Executive in accordance with Rule 91. Details of any witnesses it intends to rely upon together with any witness statements or full details of the evidence of witnesses to be relied upon. 22 Not advising British Showjumping, in writing, of winnings gained abroad for all Copies of any documents or details of any other evidence it is intended to grades of horses/ponies (Rule 62.4) could have penalties of up to £5,000 imposed. rely upon. 3 The Respondent will, within 21 days of receiving the Statement of Case, submit to British Showjumping a response setting out as fully as possible the Respondent's case together with: Acceptance or denial of all or part of the British Showjumping Statement of Case. Details of any facts, evidence or other matter relied upon. Details of any witnesses it is intended to rely upon together with any witness statements or full details of the evidence of witnesses to be relied upon. Copies of any documents or details of any other evidence it is intended to rely upon. Provide any dates of unavailability of the Respondent or any witnesses in the period of two months from the date of the Response. 4 British Showjumping may, if it so wishes, serve a Reply to any matters raised in the Response and shall do within four days of receipt of the Response. 5 Neither party shall be entitled to submit further written arguments or further evidence after the above time limits unless permitted to do so by the Disciplinary Panel. 6 In the event that the Respondent fails to comply with the above time limits and/or fails to provide dates of unavailability of witnesses and/or fails to deliver a Response, British Showjumping may proceed with the complaint in any event.

84 85 Section 1 Section 1 7 At the conclusion of the above procedure the Chief Executive shall, as soon 87 Powers of the British Showjumping Disciplinary Panel to impose as reasonably practical, fix a date for the hearing of the complaint and Penalties notify the Respondent of the time, date and location of the hearing. The Respondent will, where possible, be given at least 14 days' notice of such If, after considering all the evidence, the Disciplinary Panel decide that the hearing. complaint of misconduct by the Respondent is sustained they are empowered 8 British Showjumping and the Respondent may agree that the matter to impose on such member any one or more of the following penalties: be dealt with in writing and without an oral hearing. In such event the Disciplinary Panel will consider the Statement of Case and Response 1 That the Respondent be reprimanded and cautioned as to his/her future and any evidence or documents provided by either party and will notify conduct. the parties of its decision as soon as reasonably practical. 9 Hearings before the Disciplinary Panel shall be in private. Subject to Rule 2 That the Respondent be suspended from all or any of the rights and privileges 95 the disciplinary process and hearing shall be confidential and all evidence, of membership for a period not exceeding *5 years. The Board has the power to documents, statements or other materials used for the complaint or increase the length of a ban following a request of the Disciplinary Panel. proceedings shall be confidential unless such material is required to be disclosed by law or already in the public domain is required for any appeal. 3 That any horse or pony belonging to and/or being ridden by the Respondent at 10 The Disciplinary Panel shall conduct the disciplinary proceedings in such the time of the misconduct be debarred from competing in any competition at manner as it considers appropriate and in accordance with these Rules shows affiliated to British Showjumping, to a foreign federation or to the FEI for and will act fairly and impartially. In addition, the Disciplinary Panel may, a period not exceeding 12 months and/or be disqualified from the result of any if it considers it appropriate: competition or competitions directly associated with the misconduct. 1 Allow either party to adduce expert evidence and to appoint a joint expert and shall give direction as to how such evidence may be dealt with. 4 That any suspension be suspended for a period of up to two years. If during the 2 Decide upon any procedural or other matters in connection with the period of the suspended suspension the Respondent is found to be in breach complaint or disciplinary process. of the Memorandum or Articles of British Showjumping or of any lawful rule, 3 Order either party to provide documents or further information regulation or bye-law made by the Board or any other competent authority the 11 British Showjumping and the Respondent shall be responsible for their Respondent will be suspended for the period of the original suspension or such own legal costs unless otherwise ordered by the Disciplinary Panel. other period as the Disciplinary Panel may deem to be appropriate. The Disciplinary Panel shall however be entitled to order that all or part of the legal costs incurred by a party should be paid by the other party for such 5 That such member pay a fine of such sum as the Disciplinary Panel shall in their amount as the Disciplinary Panel consider to be reasonable and/or absolute discretion direct giving due regard to the gravity of the misconduct appropriate in the circumstances bearing in mind the seriousness of the and the cost of the hearing. conduct complained of and the conduct of the parties during the course of the disciplinary process. Such costs shall be summarily assessed by the 88.1 Immediate Suspension Disciplinary Panel at the time of the hearing. 1 A member may be suspended from all rights and privileges of membership 12 In the event that the complaint is upheld, the Respondent shall in addition of British Showjumping following conviction in a British Court of Law of any to any costs awarded under Rule 84.11 above pay: equestrian related offence which, in the reasonable opinion of the Chief 1 Expenses incurred by the members of the Disciplinary Panel. Executive, shall bring British Showjumping or equestrian sport in to disrepute, 2 The expenses relating to any hearing, including room hire. pending a full investigation by the British Showjumping Disciplinary Panel. 3 Administrative expenses of British Showjumping limited to £500. Such suspension is to be approved by three members of the Disciplinary The amount of such expenses to be in the sole discretion of the Panel, in writing, and may take effect from the date of conviction. Disciplinary Panel. 2 An Official (Judges, Coaches/Trainers/Stewards, Members of theDisciplinary Panel or Course Builders), may be suspended from all rights and privileges of 86 Rights of Members at Hearings before the Disciplinary Panel membership if charged with any sexual offence relating to children or vulnerable 1.1 A member whose conduct is referred to the Disciplinary Panel may appear young adults pending a full investigation by the Disciplinary Panel and/or the in person with or without legal representation to answer the complaint at a conclusion of any criminal proceedings, such suspension is to be approved by meeting of the Disciplinary Panel and may present evidence and call and examine three members of the Disciplinary Panel in writing. witnesses. If a member fails to appear before the Disciplinary Panel they may reach a decision and impose a penalty in his/her absence. 88.2 FEI Suspensions In the event that a rider/owner receives an FEI suspension such rider/owner will 1.2 A Pony or Pony Associate member must always be accompanied by the adult automatically be suspended from all rights and privileges of membership of responsible in accordance with Rule 33.4 when appearing and an Associate British Showjumping for the same period of time. member may be similarly accompanied by an Adult member of his or her immediate family. 88.3 Cross Discipline Suspensions In the event that a rider/owner receives a suspension from another member body of the British Equestrian Federation such rider/owner will automatically be suspended from all rights and privileges of membership of British Showjumping for the same period of time as the suspension.

86 87 Section 1 Section 1 89 Competitors Reported by Officials/Stewards (i) Within 21 days request that the complaint should be referred to The 1 In addition to the powers of disqualification conferred on him/her by Rule 202 Disciplinary Panel, in which event the Chief Executive must refer the matter and Rule 96, the Official/Stipendiary/Show Steward is authorised to report a to the Disciplinary Panel under Rule 84. For avoidance of doubt the member competitor as to his/her conduct at an affiliated show. All such reports must be is not entitled to request that the matter be referred to SDRP. submitted to the Chief Executive using a British Showjumping Report Slip or in (ii)Agree that the complaint should be dealt with under this rule, in which the following form: event the member should respond to the complaint in writing to the Chief Executive within 21 days. The response should set out in detail any matters “I have to report that at the ...... Show, on...... [date], I had occasion which the member wishes to be taken into account and supply a copy of any to speak to...[name] as to his/her conduct in accordance with Rule 89 and a full relevant documents. report is as follows..." (ii) In the event that no response is received the Chief Executive may proceed to consider the complaint under this rule...... [Signature of Official/Stipendiary/Show Steward]” (iv)If the complaint is to be dealt with under this rule the Chief Executive will consider the complaint and the response and will notify the member "I have to report a serious incident that at the...show, on...[date], I had concerned of the decision with 21 days. occasion to impose a £50 fine to ... [name] as to his/her conduct in accordance with Rule 89 and a full report is as follows..." 4 If the member disagrees with the decision of the Chief Executive either as to the complaint or the penalty imposed he/she must within 14 days of the ...... [Signature of Official/Stipendiary/Show Steward] decision request the Chief Executive to refer the complaint to the Disciplinary Panel. The Disciplinary Panel may for the avoidance of doubt, impose any one 2 On receipt of a second report from a British Showjumping Report Slip in or more of the penalties set out in Rule 87. respect of the same member within a period of three calendar years, the matter will be automatically referred to the British Showjumping Disciplinary Panel. 5 The Chief Executive is empowered to impose any one or more of the following penalties: 90 Notice of Findings, Penalties and Appeals 1 The Chief Executive will notify the complainent and the Respondent, in writing, (i) That such member be reprimanded and cautioned as to his/her future conduct. of the findings of the Disciplinary Panel and/or any penalties imposed as soon (ii)That such member be suspended from all or any of the rights and privileges as reasonable practicable. of membership for a period not exceeding three months by the Chief Executive. The Board has the power to increase the length of a ban following 2 The findings of and penalties imposed by the Disciplinary Panel shall be final a request from the Chief Executive. and binding on all parties in every case, except that the Respondent may appeal (iii) That any horse or pony belonging to and or being ridden by such member at against such decision under Rule 90.3 below. the time of the misconduct be debarred from competing in any competition and shows affiliated to British Showjumping, to a foreign federation or to the 3 Any member whose conduct has been referred to the British Showjumping FEI for a period not exceeding 12 months and/or be disqualified from the result Disciplinary Panel and who is dissatisfied with the decision of the Disciplinary of any competition or competitions directly associated with the misconduct. Panel may, within seven days of the Disciplinary Panel's decision, appeal to (iv) That any suspension be suspended for a period of up to 2 years. If during the British Equestrian Federation's Appeal Committee, subject to the British the period of the suspended suspension a member is found to be in breach Equestrian Federation Terms of Reference. Full details are available from the of the Memorandum or Articles of British Showjumping or of any lawful British Equestrian Federation, National Agricultural Centre, Stoneleigh Park, rule, regulation or bye-law made by the Board or any other competent Kenilworth, Warwickshire, CV8 2RH. Tel: 02476 698871, www.bef.co.uk authority the member will be suspended for the period of the original suspension for such other shorter period as the Chief Executive may deem 91 Summary Powers of the Chief Executive to be appropriate. 1 Where the Chief Executive receives a complaint of misconduct by a member (v) That such a member pay a fine of such sum as the Chief Executive shall in pursuant to Rule 84, which the Chief Executive considers in his/her sole his/her absolute discretion giving direct due regard to the gravity of the discretion should be dealt with summarily, the Chief Executive is empowered misconduct and any evidence of means supplied by the Respondent. to impose one or more of the penalties in clause 5 below, subject to the provisions of this rule. 6 Fines imposed under this rule on an owner, rider or authorised agent will be levied with or without disqualification of the horse or pony concerned from 2 This rule shall only apply to breaches of any competition. If the horse or pony is not so disqualified, any prize money (a) Rules 72 to 79 inclusive won in these circumstances will remain on its grading record. A horse or pony (b) Rules 82.1 to 82.7, 82.9 to 82.18 and 82.20 and 82.22 competing in a class for which it is not eligible will be disqualified from that (c) Rule 100 competition and all monies won will be forfeit. If a competitor, horse or pony qualifies for a further competition as a result of a competition for which he, 3 The Chief Executive shall give notification in writing to a member against whom she or it was not eligible for any reason the qualification will be cancelled, a complaint has been made that the matter will be dealt with under this rule whether or not a fine or penalty has been imposed. Provided the cancellation and will give the member the opportunity to either: of such qualification has been confirmed by the Chief Executive before the normal closing date for the next round of the competition or championship, the

88 89 Section 1 Section 1 qualification will pass to the next eligible competitor, horse or pony, if any. Panel who will investigate it as a complaint of a breach of Rule 82.11. 7 In the event that the Chief Executive considers in his/her discretion that any complaint received is a minor infringement of the rules and considers that it 95 Publication of Findings and Penalties would be inappropriate to either refer the matter to the Disciplinary Panel/ The British Showjumping Disciplinary Panel, or the Chief Executive may at their SDRP or to deal with the complaint under this rule the Chief Executive may absolute discretion publish any disciplinary decision, ruling or direction made issue a Caution/Formal Warning to the member as their future conduct. Any concerning any person or matter in such manner as they/he/she shall think fit such Caution/Formal Warning shall be placed upon the member’s record. whether in the public press circulating throughout or in any part of the United Kingdom, or abroad, and/or on television or sound broadcasting, and/or to and 92 Summary Powers of a Team Manager through any news or broadcasting agency or agent, or otherwise and every The Chef d’Equipe or Team Manager or his/her duly authorised deputy whilst member of British Showjumping shall be deemed to have consented thereto. accompanying members on a course of training or on a tour or team visit (whether or not such course of training or tour or team visit takes place in 96 British Showjumping Stewards Great Britain) shall have power in his/her absolute discretion to regulate, control British Showjumping Stewards are deployed by the Chief Executive on behalf of and/or adjudicate upon the conduct of members on such course of training, the Board. Their duties are to attend shows in order to observe and regulate the tour or team visit and shall have the power to direct that a member shall be conduct of members. A British Showjumping Steward will normally, in the first suspended from competing or taking part in such course of training or in any instance, speak to any member whose conduct he/she has occasion to take note competition taking place on such tour or team visit. of and will explain to such member in what manner his/her conduct falls short of that required by the Rules. In flagrant or repeated instances of misconduct the 93 Indebtedness to British Showjumping British Showjumping Steward will report the circumstances Any member who fails to pay a fine imposed by the Disciplinary Panel, the to the Chief Executive in accordance with Rule 84. FEI or the Chief Executive by the date stipulated or who fails to pay for goods or services supplied by British Showjumping, including the processing of British Showjumping Stewards have the power to disqualify members from a memberships, registrations, etc. or by making such payments by means of a class or from the whole show in respect of misconduct in the Practice Area, cheque or other instrument, including Variable Amount Direct Debit mandate, Collecting Ring or anywhere on the show site. which is subsequently dishonoured, may be notified by the Chief Executive of his/her indebtedness by 1st class letter. If such indebtedness is not fully settled 96.3 Regulation of Judges/Officials by the date stipulated or within 30 days of the despatch of such notification, 1 Judges/ Officials are subject to appointment and regulation by British the member shall automatically be suspended from all rights and privileges Showjumping through the Procedure for Appointment of Judges and the Show of membership of British Showjumping and no further transactions will be Affiliation Process. processed on their behalf until such time as payment is received. In the case of Company membership liability for such debts incurred will be the responsibility 2 In the event that a Judge/Official is in breach of these rules or any provision of the registered Company agent and/or the rider. The Chief Executive shall relating to the show affiliation procedure, the Chief Executive may suspend the notify the member accordingly and promulgate the suspension in any of British Judge/Official pending an investigation and/or suspend the rights and privileges Showjumping's publications or websites. Should the member concerned dispute of membership of the Judge/Official pending an investigation. the facts of such indebtedness and the Chief Executive fail to resolve such dispute the matter may be reported to the British Showjumping Disciplinary Panel who will 97 Forbidden Substances – Horses/Ponies* investigate it as a complaint of a breach by the member of Rule 82.11. Equine Anti-Doping and Controlled Medication 94 Indebtedness to Affiliated Shows Each person who becomes a member of British Showjumping agrees to be If a member fails to make payment or makes payment to an affiliated show bound by the British Equestrian Federation (BEF) Equine Anti-Doping and in respect of entry fees or stabling by cheque or other instrument which is Controlled Medication Rules (“BEFAR”) which are specifically incorporated by subsequently dishonoured, the show secretary may report the name and reference in and form part of the British Showjumping Rule Book. Copies of address of such person, together with the names of the horses and the names BEFAR can be found on the British Equestrian Federation website at and addresses of the owners whose fees the dishonoured instruments were www.bef.co.uk and will be supplied to a member in paper format on request. intended to cover. The report must be made in writing to the Chief Executive Copies of the Equine Prohibited Substances List are available at www.bef.co.uk. and must itemise the amount of outstanding fees. On receipt of such notice the Chief Executive shall notify the said member of his indebtedness by Accordingly, by becoming a member such person shall be deemed to have 1st class mail. If such indebtedness is not fully settled through the British agreed amongst other things: Showjumping Office within 30 days of the date of despatch of the Chief Executive’s notification, the member shall automatically be suspended from all (a) to be bound by and to comply strictly with BEFAR; rights and privileges of membership of British Showjumping until such time as (b) to submit to the authority of the BEF and/or of British Showjumping to payment is received. The Chief Executive shall notify the member accordingly apply, police and enforce BEFAR; and promulgate the suspension in any of British Showjumping's publications or (c) to provide all requested assistance to the BEF and British Showjumping website. Should the member concerned dispute the facts of his indebtedness (as applicable) in the application, policing and enforcement of BEFAR, and the Chief Executive fail to resolve the matter to the satisfaction of those including (without limitation) cooperating fully with any investigation, results concerned, the matter may be reported to the British Showjumping Disciplinary management exercise, and/or proceedings being conducted pursuant to

90 91 Section 1 Section 1 BEFAR in relation to any potential Anti-Doping or Controlled Medication to participate in interactive discussions and share information on particular top- Rule Violation(s); ics using a wide variety of social media. However, members’ use of social media And except where the FEI has jurisdiction over the potential Anti-Doping or can pose risks to British Showjumping’s confidential and proprietary informa- Controlled Medication Violation; tion, and reputation, and can jeopardise its compliance with legal obligations. (d) to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of any BEF first instance Hearing 2 As such, all members must comply with the requirements of this Rule at all Body convened under BEFAR to hear and determine charges and related times, including whenever they use any form of social networking websites issues arising under BEFAR; that now exist or may exist in the future, including but not limited to Facebook, (e) to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of any Sports Resolution UK Panel LinkedIn, Twitter, Wikipedia, Flickr, MySpace, Tumblr, Pinterest, Google+ and convened under BEFAR to hear and determine appeals made pursuant to YouTube, and whenever they participate in, submit or respond to any internet BEFAR; and postings, including blogs and wikis (together, “Social Media”), however the (f) not to bring any proceedings in any court or other forum that are same are accessed, in each case using any device existing now or in the future. inconsistent with the foregoing submission to the jurisdiction of the BEF 3 Failure by a member to comply with the provisions of this Rule may result in first instance tribunal, and Sports Resolution UK. British Showjumping taking disciplinary action against that member in accordance with these Rules. Civil and/or criminal proceedings could also be brought 98 Prohibited Substances and Prohibited Methods – Humans against members for breach of this Rule where applicable. It is forbidden for a rider to compete while under the influence of any Prohibited 4 British Showjumping may require members to remove postings, comments or Substance. The BEF and member bodies are signatories to the UK Anti Doping any other submissions made using Social Media that are deemed to constitute a Organisation (UKAD) and the World Anti Doping Code. breach of this Rule. Failure to comply with such a request may in itself result in disciplinary action. The list of Prohibited Substances (the Prohibited List) can be found at 5 British Showjumping reserves the right to monitor, intercept and review, without www.wada-ama.org further notice, social media postings and activities that include references to it and/or its members, to ensure that its Rules are being complied with and for Beware, medications to treat the following conditions may contain Prohibited legitimate business purposes. All members consent to such monitoring by their Substances: Asthma, coughs/colds, diarrhoea, hay fever, haemorrhoids, pain/ agreeing to abide by these Rules. inflammation. 6 In their use of the internet and all Social Media, members of British Showjumping must do the following: Many prescription and over-the-counter medicines and supplements contain 1 not post any threatening, derogatory, obscene, indecent, seditious, offensive, Prohibited Substances. Inform your doctor or pharmacist of the need to take pornographic, abusive, disparaging, racist, discriminatory, menacing, inflam- only those substances that are permitted. If in doubt regarding any medication matory, blasphemous, or defamatory statements or material, including, but or supplement, contact UK Sport: not limited to, statements or material concerning: (i) British Showjumping; Warning (ii) members or former members of British Showjumping; A rider is responsible for any Prohibited Substance found in his/her system. The (iii) sponsors of British Showjumping; and presence of a Prohibited Substance constitutes a doping violation. See Rules 82.19 (iv) affiliates and stakeholders of British Showjumping; and 82.20. 2 not make any statements that could directly or indirectly damage the name or reputation of British Showjumping; 99 Safeguarding Children 3 make it clear in social media postings that they are speaking on their British Showjumping places the highest priority on safety and enjoyment, and own behalf and that, where they disclose their membership of British recognises that it has a duty of care towards young people and vulnerable Showjumping, their views do not represent those of British Showjumping; and adults within the sport. 4 not use British Showjumping logos, brand names, slogans or other trade- marks, or post any of its confidential or proprietary information without As such British Showjumping fully accepts legal (Childrens Acts 1989 and 2004) the prior written permission of British Showjumping. and moral obligation to provide a duty of care, to protect all children (and 7 British Showjumping will fully comply with any: vulnerable adults) and safeguard their welfare, irrespective of age, disability, 1 law; gender, racial origin, religious belief and sexual orientation. N.B. The Children's 2 request by any governmental or other regulatory authority; or Act 1989 does not apply in Scotland. See Section headed Child Protection 3 order by a court or other authority of competent jurisdiction, that requires relating to Scotland. British Showjumping to disclose the identity or location of any member posting any material in breach of the requirements of this Rule. British Full details are contained in the British Equestrian Federation's (BEF) Showjumping may share a member’s personal information with the police publication "Safeguarding and Protecting Children: Policy and Procedures" or any other governmental authority if it is asked to do so in connection and is available from the BEF, National Agricultural Centre, Stoneleigh with the investigation of suspected illegal activities. Park, Kenilworth or on the BEF website: www.bef.co.uk or contact British Showjumping's Lead Welfare Officer. 100 Social Media 1 British Showjumping recognises that the internet provides unique opportunities

92 93 British Showjumping Code Of Conduct Annex A

Section 1 For The Welfare Of The Horse Section 1 British Showjumping expects all those involved in showjumping to adhere 3 Events must not prejudice horse welfare to the following Code of Conduct and to acknowledge and accept that at (a) Competition areas all times the welfare of the horse must be paramount and must never be Horses must only be trained and compete on suitable and safe surfaces. All subordinated to competitive or commercial influences. obstacles must be designed with the safety of the horse in mind. (b) Ground surfaces 1 At all stages during the preparation and training of competition horses, welfare All ground surfaces on which horses walk, train or compete must be must take precedence over all other demands. designed and maintained to reduce factors that could lead to injuries. (a) Good horse management Particular attention must be paid to the preparation, composition and Stabling, feeding and training must be compatible with good horse upkeep of surfaces. management and must not compromise welfare. Any practices that (c) Extreme weather could cause physical or mental suffering, in or out of competition, will Competitions must not take place in extreme weather conditions if the not be tolerated. welfare or safety of the horse may be compromised. Provision must be (b) Training methods made for cooling horses quickly after competing in hot or humid conditions. Horses must only undergo training that matches their physical capabilities (d) Stabling at events and level of maturity for their respective disciplines. They must not be Stables must be safe, hygienic, comfortable, well ventilated and of sufficient subjected to any training methods which are abusive or cause fear or for size for the type and disposition of the horse. Clean, good quality and which they have not been properly prepared. appropriate feed and bedding, fresh drinking water, and washing-down (c) Farriery and tack water must always be available. Foot care and showing must be of a high standard. Tack must be designed (e) Fitness to travel and fitted to avoid the risk of pain or injury. After competition a horse must be fit to travel. (d) Transport During transportation, horses must be fully protected against injuries 4 Every effort must be made to ensure that horses receive proper attention and other health risks. Vehicles must be safe, well ventilated, maintained after they have competed and that they are treated humanely when their to a high standard, disinfected regularly and driven by competent staff. competition careers are over. Competent handlers must always be available to manage the horses. (a) Veterinary treatment (e) Transit Veterinary expertise must always be on site or on call at an event. If a horse All journeys must be planned carefully and horses allowed regular rest is injured or exhausted during a competition, the competitor must dismount periods with access to food and water. and a veterinarian must check the horse. (b) Referral centres 2 Horses and competitors must be fit, competent and in good health before Wherever necessary, the horse should be collected by ambulance they are allowed to compete. and transported to the nearest relevant treatment centre for further (a) Fitness and competence assessment and therapy. Injured horses must be given full supportive Participation in competition must be restricted to fit horses and treatment before transport. competitors of proven competence. (c) Competition injuries (b) Health Status The incidence of injuries sustained in competition should be monitored. No horse showing symptoms of disease, lameness or other significant Ground surface conditions, frequency of competitions and any other risk ailments or pre-existing clinical conditions should compete or continue to factors should be examined carefully to indicate ways to minimise injuries. compete when to do so would compromise its welfare. Veterinary advice (d) Euthanasia must be sought whenever there is any doubt. If injuries are sufficiently severe the horse may need to be euthanized by a (c) Medication veterinarian as soon as possible on humane grounds and with the sole aim Abuse of medication is a serious welfare issue and will not be tolerated. of minimising suffering. After any veterinary treatment, sufficient time must be allowed for full (e) Retirement recovery before competition. Every effort should be made to ensure that horses are treated (d) Surgical procedures sympathetically and humanely when they retire from competition. Any surgical procedures that threaten a competing horse’s welfare or the (f) British Showjumping urges all those involved in equestrian sport to attain safety of other horses and/or competitors must not be allowed. the highest possible levels of education in their areas of expertise relevant (e) Pregnant/recently foaled mares to the care and management of the competition horse. Mares must not compete after their fourth month of pregnancy or with foal at foot. This Code of Conduct for the Welfare of the Horse may be modified from time (f) Misuse of aids to time and the views of all are welcomed. Particular attention will be paid to Abuse of a horse using natural riding aids or artificial aids (e.g. whips, spurs new research findings and British Showjumping encourages further funding and etc.) will not be tolerated. support for welfare studies.

94 95 Section 2 Section 2

Jumping And Judging Turnout 101 Dress 1 Competitors must at all times wear correct riding clothes complete with jackets, as specified in Rule 101.3, whenever they enter the arena. Jewellery worn anywhere on the body can increase the risk of injury and competitors are strongly recommended to remove all jewellery.

2 Long Hair: In the interest of safety, long hair should be tidy and secured appropriately.

3 Hats: All riders must wear protective headgear, which includes a retaining harness secured to the shell at more than two points. Such headgear must be worn with the chinstrap properly adjusted and fastened, when jumping in the arena, the practice area and the collecting ring. See Rule 267.

It is mandatory for all members to wear a protective helmet manufactured to EN1384, ASTM F 1163, PAS 015 or SNELL E2001 with Kite Mark or SEI or such other suitable protective headgear as offers a similar or higher level of protection and is at least that of EN1384, ASTM F 1163 or PAS 015. Hats or helmets requiring separate covers must be worn with a peaked cover. AD When registered colours are worn the hat should reflect the same colour(s). British Showjumping shall not suffer any liability (whether for death or personal injury or for any consequential or indirect loss suffered) in relation to the protective helmets worn by riders and in particular but without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing any failure by riders to wear protective helmets to the above standards.

Jackets: the following are permitted: Traditional style tailored jackets in dark colours (black, navy, green, brown, burgundy, grey or red) with the exception of British Team colours (see below). Riders may apply to the National Sport Committee to register alternative, single colours. Traditional style tailored hacking jackets. New styled jackets consisting of one or two base colours with piping in a different colour must be approved by British Showjumping. No other rider can ride in jackets of the same colours which have already been registered and no rider, owner or sponsor may register more than one set of colours. Up to three sponsor logos can appear on the right hand sleeve, all three to be contained with in a space of 14 x 6cms and one sponsor logo on the breast pocket (approximately 3 x 4cms). The British Showjumping logo will appear on all left hand jacket sleeves supplied by British Showjumping to licensed companies in colours red, white and blue. Rider's full names may appear on the back of the jacket in upper and lower case letters, using the type face Cosmos Light and letters to be 4cms in height. New styled jackets must be fully zipped up during competition. Currently, the only approved New Style jackets are manufactured by John Whitaker International. Members of the Armed Forces or Police Force may wear their uniforms however, headgear must conform as above.

96 97 Section 2 Section 2

6 When shows issue numbers to competitors the correct numbers must be worn N.B. Jackets of the following description are reserved for the members when taking part in competitions. of the British Nations Cup Team or Championship Team. • Dark blue with a Red Collar and White Piping 7 Competitors are required to parade mounted and properly dressed to receive • Union Flag positioned on the breast pocket area their awards. Failure to do so may incur disqualification (Rule 202.2). Show • Red collar with white piping Organisers to use their discretion as to the requirement for a mounted • Red trim above pockets presentation for Single Phase and Two Phase competitions and decision • Brass buttons to be announced prior to start of competition.

No jackets, other than as detailed above, may be worn in the arena 8 Competitors are not permitted to carry or wear any form of advertising material at an affiliated show, for example: while in the arena, except for logos and names in accordance with Rules 101.3 New styled jackets that DO NOT have the British Showjumping badge and 102.9 and sashes presented in the arena at the same time or as leading on the left hand sleeve. horse or rider indicators. Traditional tailored jackets with sponsor logos on the sleeve of the jacket or names on the back. 9 Spurs Any jacket in the colours reserved for members of the British Nations Cup 1 Spurs of excessively severe design are not to be worn. Such designs include Team or Championship Team or with a Union Flag on the breast pocket area spurs with necks in excess of 3cms long, spurs with necks set on the inside of unless sanctioned by an Official Representative the heel, spurs with rowel diameters in excess of 1cm, spurs with roughened In hot weather competitors may be permitted to compete without jackets, or cutting edges, serrated spurs, with or without necks. at the Judges' discretion, but they must wear white shirts with either long or short sleeves,. No braces, and ties must be firmly secured, also when in the 2 Spurs are only to be worn in the traditionally correct manner, with the curve Collecting Ring and walking the course. of the neck of the spur directed downwards.

Shirts: Only white or pastel coloured shirts with white collars and ties or hunting 3 The misuse of spurs is an offence under Rule 82.4, but riders must also take stocks. Ladies may wear white or pastel coloured showjumping shirts with high care that the manner in which they use their spurs does not offend the public white collars, but without a stock or tie. However, coloured ties or stocks may contrary to Rule 82.1. be worn with hacking jackets. Pony members who are also members of The Pony Club may wear Pony Club ties regardless of the colour of their jackets. 4 In pony competitions, only blunt spurs or with plastic roller balls on the end Shirts must be properly done up at all times. may be worn. The overall length not to exceed 1.5cms. Pointed, sharp and rowelled spurs are forbidden in these competitions. Breeches/Jodhpurs: Breeches or Jodhpurs must be white, pale yellow or fawn in colour. 5 Spurs made of plastic are not allowed, however, metal spurs with a plastic ball on the end are allowed. Boots: Traditional style riding boots must be in plain black or black with mahogany or patent tops or plain brown or brown with patent tops or plain 102 Saddlery and Equipment navy blue or navy blue with mahogany or patent tops. 1 No item of saddlery or equipment is to be misused. Traditional style leather jodhpur boots in plain black, brown or navy blue may be worn by Pony riders. 2 Saddles must be worn. Traditional style leather jodhpur boots in plain black, brown or navy blue may be worn with plain black, brown or navy blue leather 'gaiters' cut in the 3 The only martingales permitted in the arena are standing and/or running traditional riding boot style with black or brown jodhpur boots, respectively, martingales. A standing martingale may only be attached to the cavesson but not when red coats are worn. part of a noseband fitted above the bit. Only running or standing martingales Pony riders may also wear plain black, brown or navy blue half chaps with plain may be used on ponies anywhere on the show site. black, brown or navy blue jodhpur boots, respectively. 4 A gag snaffle may be used. A Market Harborough rein may be used, but Gloves: Optional only with a plain snaffle, not a gag (plain snaffle which has a single joint in the middle, is of eggbutt or loose ring sides and has a smooth flat surface Body Protectors: Optional, including air bag style. (therefore can be metal/vulcanite/rubber etc.). All other running or check reins and reins acting through sheaves or pulleys are prohibited in the arena. Not Permitted: Polo neck sweaters, chaps and half chaps, except Pony riders may wear half chaps. 5 The use of string, fine wire, twine or cord in or around a horse’s or pony’s mouth is forbidden. Properly constructed tongue guards, which are detached from the 5 If shows permit, a competitor to be accompanied when walking the course reins and bit, are permitted. the individual concerned must be tidily dressed when walking the course and in the collecting ring. 6 Blinkers or any attachment to the horse/pony or the bridle which may affect

98 99 Section 2 Section 2 the animal's field of vision is prohibited. Sheepskin may be used on the cheek 10 Rule 102 applies in full whenever a horse is being ridden in the arena, including pieces of the bridle providing the sheepskin does not exceed 3cms in diameter parades, prize giving, etc. Draw reins or rugs may only be worn under these measured from the animal's face. circumstances with the special permission of the Judge.

7 The following additional restrictions apply to pony competitors only: Correctly fitted standing and running martingales only to be used (can be used together). Any type of running reins, Market Harborough reins, hackamores, bitless bridles and combination bits are not permitted in the arena, practice area or anywhere in the immediate vicinity of the showground.

8 No rider may carry, use or permit to be used a whip greater than 75cms or less than 45cms in length overall nor one that is weighted or with a hard point at the end in the arena, the collecting ring or anywhere in the immediate vicinity of the showground. No substitute for a whip may be carried in any competition. A whip, if carried, should be carried at all times in the hand. The whip should be used NO MORE THAN three times after entering the arena. The arm should not come above the shoulder and the whip should hit (behind the saddle) the rump of the horse/pony and not the flanks. The definition of usage of whip is when the rider takes his/her hand off the reins to use the whip. However, if the Judge feels there is mis-use of the whip in the arena, in the Collecting Ring or anywhere in the immediate vicinity of the show ground, at the Judge’s discretion, the competitor may be disqualified. A horse/pony that is marked as a result of the use of the whip is considered excessive and misuse. Pony Riders may not hit their pony before the start of the course and may be eliminated for doing so at the Judge’s discretion.

9 Advertising and Publicity on Competitors and Horses 1 Except as stated in Rules 101.3 and 102.9 competitors may wear the identification (name and/or logo) of the manufacturer of clothing equipment or, as an alternative, that of a sponsor as outlined below:

2 Identification of the Manufacturer While present in the competition arena and during the prize-giving ceremonies the identification of the manufacturer of the clothing and equipment may appear only once per item and may appear on a surface area not exceeding 8x6cms square for both clothing and equipment. If the manufacturers of clothing and equipment act as sponsors, the provisions under Rules 101.3 and 102.9.3 apply.

3 Identification of Sponsors While present in the competition arena and during the prize-giving ceremonies the name and/or logo of the individual's sponsor(s) may appear on a surface area not exceeding:

– 200cm2 on each side of the saddle cloth. – 8x6cm only once on jackets or top garments at the height of breast pocket. – 3cms in height and 5.5cms in width on shirt collars. – no longer than 25cms vertically and 5cms wide on hard hats.

4 No advertisement or publicity other than logos defined in Rules 101.3 and 102.9.1 above may be displayed on any competitor while present in the competition arena or during the performance. However, competitors inspecting the course may wear the logo of their sponsor within a frame not exceeding 400cm2 on the front and back of their top garments and within a frame not exceeding 50cm2 on head gear.

100 101 Section 2 Section 2 11 In the interests of safety, the stirrup iron and the stirrup leather (this also applies 4 Judges are responsible for returning completed result sheets to the British to safety stirrups) must hang freely from the bar of the saddle and the outside Showjumping office, Stoneleigh/Meriden. of the flap. There must be no other restrictions or attachments of any kind. The rider must not directly or indirectly tie or attach any part of his/her body to the 5 British Showjumping reserves the right to appoint a nominated Judge saddlery, with the exception of the inflatable body protectors that are required to a show at their discretion with minimum judges expenses to be borne to be attached to the 'D' ring of the saddle. by British Showjumping.

12 Stallions must be properly restrained. When being led, they must be led from a bit, 112 Time Keepers with a leadrope of a minimum length of 2.5m to include a chain of approximately The Time Keeper operating the automatic timing equipment 0.50m attached to the bit. A British Showjumping stallion disc must be displayed must be a member of the Judges Panel or Time Keepers Panel. and clearly visible on both sides of a stallion's bridle(s) at all times at shows. Stallions In a class that requires a Two Star Judge, either a Time Keeper, must not be left tied to a lorry or trailer or any other vehicle. Stallions, when lunged or One or Two Star Judge must operate the timing. must have the lunge line attached to the bit but need not have the chain attached. 113 Course Designers/ Builders In addition to the two stallion discs, a length of white ribbon with the British 1 A listed Course Designer/Builder must be employed for all affiliated Showjumping logo on to be worn in the tail of stallions at all times when competitions. (See Rule 34.5). attending an affiliated show. British Showjumping Stipendiary/Stewards, Judges, Development Officers and 2 Course builders are not allowed to ride in a competition for which they have Show Organisers have the jurisdiction to disqualify any stallion from the show, designed the course. if, in their opinion, it is behaving in such a way likely to cause accident and/or injury to other horses/ponies, competitors, their associates or any member of the 114 Responsibility public. Should this occur the animal should be returned to its stable or horsebox 1 The course builder is responsible for designing the course, supervising the building immediately and may be asked to leave the show site. It is the responsibility of the obstacles (including the practice obstacles) and measuring the course. of the owner and rider to ensure their stallion is properly restrained in that any When the course is ready in all respects he/she must report to the Judge. stallion leaving its lorry or stables must wear a bridle at all times. 2 It is the responsibility of the Judge to inspect the obstacles and to satisfy 13 Fetlock boots on horses and ponies (brushing boots, fetlock boots) with rigid himself/herself that the course is in accordance with the conditions of the or semi-rigid plastic or foam inserts concealed or not concealed underneath competition and has been correctly measured. The Judge has the sole the inner lining are not permitted to be used anywhere on the showground. responsibility for the conduct of the competition and may direct the Course Failure to comply will incur disqualification. Builder to make any alterations to the course which he/she considers necessary. Officials 120 Arena The arena must be enclosed, except for the entrance and exit, by rope or other 111 Judges suitable material. 1 Unless special permission has been obtained from the Chief Executive or Registrar of Judges, at least two judges from the British Showjumping panel PRACTICE of judges, one of which may be an Associate Judge, must adjudicate in every competition held at an affiliated show. 121 Practice Area At least one Two Star Judge is required to Judge the following competitions 1 A practice area must be provided in close proximity to the competition arena. Classes of £1,000 First Prize or over. Where two or more showjumping competitions are scheduled to take place Second Round or Direct Qualifiers for HOYS or RIHS. concurrently in separate arenas, a separate practice area must be designated National Finals organised by British Showjumping. for each arena. Practice areas and collecting rings must be enclosed. Water Jump: in a class that requires a Two Star Judge, if a water jump is used, a One or Two Star Judge must officiate at this obstacle. 2 Lunging of horses must not take place in the practice area in such a manner and Timing: in a class that requires a Two Star Judge, either a Time Keeper, or One at such times as to interfere with competitors warming up their horses. Practice or Two Star Judge must operate the timing. area to be used solely for the purpose of warming up and not for standing around holding horses. 2 If a water jump is included in the course a Panel Judge or Associate Judge must be appointed to judge this obstacle. (Rule 254.1). 3 Ponies can only be ridden by Pony and Pony Associate members eligible for In a class that requires a Two Star Judge, if a water jump is used, a One or Two Pony classes. Star Judge must officiate at this obstacle. 122 Practice Obstacles 3 The show organising committee shall nominate one Panel Judge to act as 1 The Course Builder is responsible for ensuring that a minimum of one upright chairman of the Judges for the duration of the show. The duties of the chairman and one spread obstacle is provided in each practice area. These obstacles are of the judges are to assist and advise the show organising committee on all intended for warming up purposes prior to competing and must be constructed aspects of showjumping. in the usual manner. They are not to be used for prolonged schooling by

102 103 Section 2 Section 2 OBSTACLES IN THE SCHOOLING AREA 7 Examples of practice fences that are not allowed: Warm-up before competition Authorised OBSTACLES IN THE SCHOOLING AREA Warm-up before competition Unauthorised

10CM

not at walk

244.2.2 244.2.2

max. 120cm

max. 1.00 max. 1.00 max. 1.00 244.2.1 244.2.1 always at equal distance

max. 120 120cm

min. 2.50 min. 3m min. 3m

not at walk not at walk pas au pas pas au pas

*Horse 1.20m Max Pony 1.00m Max

104 105 Section 2 Section 2 OBSTACLES by the position of the obstacle on the ground, the maximum dimensions laid down will not be considered as having been exceeded, but the permitted 131 Structure and Appearance tolerance is 5cm maximum in the ring or the practice area.

1 Obstacles should be inviting and varied in their overall shape and appearance. 134 Maximum Heights in the First Round Obstacles, unless permanent, must be such that they can be knocked down, 1 In Sections 3 and 4, 80% of every course must be built to the upper height limit. while not being so light that they fall at the slightest touch nor so heavy that they may cause a horse to fall. For all affiliated competitions, the top pole to be 2 The obstacles in preliminary competitions that qualify for a final competition at the wooden not plastic and all plastic poles used underneath the top element (pole) same show may be built to heights determined by the prize money for the final. must be weighted. The minimum face width of a show jump is two metres. 3 In Top Score or Accumulator competitions the height of the Joker may exceed 1 Planks must not be used in the following positions: the appropriate height in the table by 15cm (but see Rule 135.4). 1 The rear element of a triple bar. 2 The rear element of an ascending or true oxer. 4 Obstacles should be set at heights lower than maximum if the state of the 3 The top of the centre element of a triple bar. ground warrants it.

2 Gates must not be used in the following positions: 135 Heights in Jump-Off 1 The rear element of a triple bar. 1 In principle, jump-off courses for all classes up to and including, 1.30m to 2 The rear element of an ascending or true oxer. be increased by 10cm from the upper height limits set in first rounds, unless 3 The centre element of a triple bar. exceptional circumstances require otherwise. Courses above 1.30m to be increased by a minimum of 5cm. For age classes see Rules of Competition. 132 Cups Poles and other elements must be supported in cups. The depth of the cup 2 The heights of the obstacles must remain unchanged from those in the previous must not exceed one half of the diameter of the element it supports and its round or jump-off if the horses or ponies to jump-off have all incurred faults in radius must be greater than the radius of the element. Shallow or flat cups that round or jump-off. must be used for planks and gates. Shallow cups must also be used in pony competitions for any obstacle the face of which exceeds 3.65m. All cups must 3 The height of any obstacle in a jump-off must not exceed the height of the have rounded edges. highest obstacle in the previous round or jump-off by more than 10cm. The A cup fitting other than a safety cup must be fixed to its support in a manner that height of each individual obstacle should not be increased by more than this it cannot slide down if knocked. Safety cups approved by the FEI must be used amount in each jump-off, except when obstacle numbers 1 and/or 2 in the first on the back and centre of spread fences in the jumping arena. Safety cups on the round are to be jumped in later sequence in the jump-off. middle or back element of practice fences are mandatory in the warm up arena. 4 The maximum height for any obstacle in any competition for ponies is 1.50m 133 Dimensions and must not be exceeded at any time. This includes the height of the Joker in 1 Definitions Top Score or Accumulator competitions (Rule 273). 1 Ground Line: The horizontal line at ground level at or vertically below the front edge of the first element of the obstacle. Table 135 2 Centre Line: The horizontal line at ground level at right angles to the centre of the ground line. Height Conversion Table – Metres to Feet and Inches

3 Face: The horizontal measurement parallel to the ground line between the Metres Feet/Inches Metres Feet/Inches Metres Feet/Inches inner edges of the wings, supports or flags. 0.50 1' 7 1/2 1.10 3' 7 1/2" 1.70 5' 7" 4 Spread: The horizontal measurement at right angles to the ground line between 0.55 1' 9 1/2" 1.15 3' 9 1/2" 1.75 5' 9" the front edge of the first element and the rear edge of the last element. 0.60 1' 11 1/2" 1.20 3' 11" 1.80 5' 11" 0.65 2' 1 1/2" 1.25 4' 1" 1.85 6' 1" 5 Height: The vertical measurement between the centre line and the highest 0.70 2' 3 1/2" 1.30 4' 3" 1.90 6' 3" point of the obstacle above it (e.g. the height of an obstacle that comprises 0.75 2' 5 1/2" 1.35 4' 5" 1.95 6' 5" two crossed poles is taken at the cross). 0.80 2' 7 1/2" 1.40 4' 7" 2.00 6' 6 1/2" 0.85 2' 9 1/2" 1.45 4' 9" 2.05 6' 8 1/2" 2 Units 0.90 2' 11 1/2" 1.50 4' 11" 2.10 6' 10 1/2" Metric units are used throughout these rules. The limits on the height and 0.95 3' 1 1/2" 1.55 5' 1" 2.15 7' 1/2" spread of obstacles laid down in the rules must be observed with the greatest 1.00 3' 3 1/2" 1.60 5' 3" 2.20 7' 2 1/2" care. However, if it should happen that a maximum dimension has been 1.05 3' 5 1/2" 1.65 5' 5" 2.25 7' 4 1/2

marginally exceeded as a result of the material used for construction and/or 2.30 7' 6 1/2

106 107 Section 2 Section 2 Table 136 7 No substitute such as sand or sawdust may be used for water. Grade/Category Water Jump Triple Bar Other Obstacles 8 One or two poles in the same vertical plan may be placed between the take off JA 3.70m 1.75m 1.40m element and the landing marker. With no pole or one pole it must be judged as Pony Open 3.70m 1.45m 1.30m a Water Jump. With two poles it may be judged as a water jump or judged as a JC 3.70m 1.45m 1.30m normal spread obstacle. The course plan must be marked accordingly. If there Not exceeding 138cms 3.35m 1.30m 1.15m are more than two elements, either in the same or in a seperate vertical plane the obstacle is judged as a normal spread obstacle and not as a water jump Not exceeding 128cms 3.00m 1.20m 1.05m (Rule 254.6). One element such as a small wall may be placed behind the take off element. There may not be more than 30cm (1') between the back of the 136 Maximum Spreads take off element and the next element when this is not a pole. 1 The spread of triple bar obstacles must not exceed 2.20m. No other obstacles may exceed 2.00m in spread, except the water jump. 9 When the conditions of the competition stipulate a water jump must be included, no additional element is allowed between the take off element and the 137 Combinations lath, tape or strip, except for Area Trials, International Trials and when special 1 A combination is a series of obstacles to be taken in succession separated by competitions specify otherwise. intervening distances not exceeding l2m measured at ground level from the rear of one obstacle to the ground line of the next. A double combination comprises 140 Hedge two such obstacles. A treble combination comprises three such obstacles. 1 A hedge may be used as a spread obstacle, but it must have at least two poles on the take off and one on the landing side which are clearly visible 2 A combination, the sides of which are enclosed between obstacles or which is a so that the height and spread of the obstacle cannot be mistaken. Bullfinches permanent feature of the arena such as a “table” or a “devils dyke” is known as are not allowed. a closed combination and must be designated as such on the course plan. Any combination that is not so designated is an open combination. In permanent 2 Hedges not exceeding 1m in spread with one or more single poles directly feature closed combinations, the distance between successive obstacles may over them may be used as vertical obstacles. exceed 12m, provided the obstacles are contained within the boundary of the permanent feature. 142 Flagging, Course It is not mandatory, other than for water jumps and practice obstacles, to 3 Except in Grades A,B and A&B competitions judged under Table C, in open flag fences. When fences are flagged they are to be jumped in one direction combinations the distance between obstacles must permit at least one non- only with red and white flags used as defined in Rules 122.5 and 139. Elements jumping stride. faultable are those that lie within the flags. 139 Water Jump 143 Directional Flags 1 The four corners of the water jump must be marked with flags not less than Compulsory turning points must be flagged with red and/or white flags and 1.50m in height above ground level. marked on the course plan, as defined in Rules 122.5 and 139. Failure to pass on the correct side of a directional flag incurs elimination. 2 The face of the water jump must always be greater than the spread. COURSES 3 A take-off element such as a brush or small wall not exceeding 70cm must be used to form the ground line of the water jump or the ground line may be 151 Course Plan defined by a board not less than 125mm (at the edge of the water). The ground 1 A plan of the course, including details of the jump-off course or courses and the line must not be shorter than the face. If a board is used it must be secured to distance and time allowed, must be displayed in the collecting ring at least 30 prevent it from moving. minutes before the start of the competition. An identical plan is to be provided for the Judge. 4 A white lath, tape or plasticine strip between 5cm and 7cm wide and no shorter than the face must be laid on the landing side touching the edge 2 A dotted line on the course plan indicates an optional track that may be followed of the water but not in it. without penalty. A full line indicates a mandatory track which must be followed.

5 The spread of the water jump from the ground line to the far edge of the 152 Start and Finish lath, tape or strip on the landing side must not exceed the face. In Grade C 1 The start and finish line must be a minimum of six metres and maximum competitions the spread must not exceed 3.65m. In pony competitions the of 25 metres from the first and last fence. spread must not exceed the distances in Table 136. 2 The start and finish lines must each be defined by two flags or markers. 6 A water jump or ditch made of concrete must be lined with matting and/or other suitable material extending the full face dimension and at least 1m from the edge of the water on the landing side, to minimise the risk of injury.

108 109 Section 2 Section 2 153 Number of Obstacles 156 Walking the Course 1 The course for the first round of a competition under Table A or Table C must 1 It is the responsibility of the Judge to walk the course before the start of the comprise at least seven obstacles clearly numbered in the sequence in which competition and to inspect the obstacles. Should he/she consider any alteration they are to be jumped. In this context, a combination is to be numbered as one to be necessary, he/she will instruct the course builder accordingly. obstacle and each obstacle comprising the combination must be lettered A, B, C, etc. on the course plan. 2 Competitors are to be allowed to walk the course dismounted before the start of the competition. Once the competition has started, competitors who enter 2 Alternative obstacles are allowed and must be marked with the same number the ring dismounted may be eliminated at the discretion of the Judge (Rule and indicated on the course plan (Rule 257). 222). Competitors may be allowed to walk the course before the start of a second or subsequent round or jump-off only if the track has been substantially 154 Jump-Off Course altered by the resiting of obstacles. For the first class of every show day 1 The course for a jump-off must comprise at least six obstacles (5 indoors), no further entries to be accepted after the published start of the class and except in Table A6 competitions (see Rule 192A). The obstacles retain the same competitors may not walk the course after the published start of the class. numbers as for the first round, but only the obstacles designated for the jump- off on the course plan are to be jumped and they are to be jumped in the order 157 Representations by Competitors about the Course so designated, which need not be the same order as in the preceding round. 1 If, when walking the course, a competitor considers that any aspect of the course is contrary to the rules for the competition, he/she should represent 2 If one or more combinations were included in the first round, at least one his/her concern to the Judge, who should then consult the Course Builder and combination must be included in the jump-off. The distances between obstacles decide whether or not any alteration to the course should be made. If any such forming part of a combination must not be altered, but an obstacle forming alteration is made, it must be drawn to the attention of all competitors, and, if part of a combination may be removed. necessary, the course plan must also be altered.

3 The shape, type and colour of the obstacles in a jump-off must not be altered 2 A competitor who alters any obstacle on the course may be disqualified at the and no new obstacles may be introduced, except as provided for in Rules 154.5 Judge’s discretion. and 192A.7. 158 Course Incorrectly Erected 4 Obstacles not included in the course should be blanked off, but failure to blank Once the signal to start has been given, if the competitor jumps the course as set off an obstacle will not preclude the elimination of a competitor for jumping an his/her score for that round is valid notwithstanding that one or more obstacles may obstacle not forming part of the course (Rule 256.2). subseqently be found to have been incorrectly erected, but see also Rule 243.

5 At least one extra obstacle, which was not included in the first round, may be 159 Resiting Obstacles included in the jump-off (Rule 154.1 applies). This obstacle must not be unusual Obstacles may be resited (before the finish of the round) during the course in character and must conform to the height and spread restrictions applicable of a competition, if in the opinion of the Judge a deterioration in the state of to other obstacles included in the jump-off. It must be separately numbered and the going or other special circumstances necessitate such action. Obstacles erected before the start of the competition and should be blanked off during that cannot be resited, such as water jumps, ditches or permanent obstacles the first round (Rule 154.4 applies). Competitors will not be permitted to walk must be taken out of the course. The scores of all previous competitors the course a second time before the jump-off. penalised during the same round at such obstacles must be adjusted by cancelling faults, time faults and time penalties incurred thereat. 155 Measuring the Course All eliminations will, however, stand. 1 The course is to be measured by following the track that would be taken by a careful rider who would not wish to take chances by cutting corners. The jump- 161 Timing off course and/or courses are to be separately measured in the same manner. Please see table on following page. The speed for all jumps off should be the same as the speed in the first round. 2 If the Judge considers that the course has been incorrectly measured and/or that the time allowed is in error, having due regard to the speed laid down for 162 Time Allowed the competition, he/she may, in his/her absolute discretion, after consultation 1 The time allowed in competitions judged under Table A is calculated by the Judge with the Course Designer, amend the time allowed; providing not more than by dividing the length of the course as measured (Rule 155.1) by the speed required five horses have completed the course without a refusal and without departing as laid down in the competition conditions. The time allowed is expressed as whole unduly from the track. If this procedure is invoked during the first round of a seconds, fractions of a second being rounded up to the nearest whole second above. competition, the time allowed for the jump-off must be carefully checked and if there is any possibility that it may be in error, the jump-off course must be 2 The time allowed for the first round and for each jump-off must be stated on remeasured before the start of the jump-off (Rule 162.3). the course plan.

3 No competitor or other person has the right to demand the remeasurement 3 The time allowed may only be altered in accordance with Rule 155.2. of the course or alteration of the time allowed. 4 Times allowed for various speeds and lengths of course are shown in Table 162.

110 111 Section 2 Section 2 SPEED TABLE 325 350 375 400 All Senior competitions above 1.10m (but see Table A4) 163 Time Limit The time limit is twice the time allowed for competitions judged under Table A INDOORS AND OUTDOORS ✔ and two minutes for competitions judged under Table C. Failure to complete Competitions 1.10m and below ✔ the course within the time limit incurs elimination. (but see Table A4) Grade A and Grade A & B (but see Table A4) 164 Competitor’s Time OUTDOORS ✔ 1 The clock is started immediately the competitor crosses the starting INDOORS ✔ line, unless the countdown rule is applied, in the correct direction and Grade B and Grade B & C is stopped immediately the competitor crosses the finishing line having INDOORS & OUTDOORS ✔ jumped all the obstacles. IT and AT ✔ Certain Specified Competitions ✔ 2 The clock may also be stopped and restarted under certain circumstances during the course of a round (Rules 245, 251.4, 253.2, 253.3, 254.3 & 265.3). 1.30m & 1.40m Qualifiers The period during which the clock remains stopped under such circumstances OUTDOORS ✔ is known as 'Interrupted Time'. Interrupted Time is not allowed or extended INDOORS ✔ solely for the purposes of authorised assistance (Rules 261.2). National Amateur Qualifiers INDOORS AND OUTDOORS ✔ 3 The competitor’s time for a round is the elapsed time from starting to finishing minus interrupted time (if any) plus time penalties (if any). Table A4 - Grade A or Grades A & B or Open Competition OUTDOORS ✔ 4 The Time Judge is responsible only for recording the elapsed time and INDOORS ✔ interrupted time. The award and addition of time penalties (Rule 182.3) and the Competitions 1.15m & below calculation and award of time faults (Rule 182.2) are the responsibility of the INDOORS ✔ Judge. Time penalties are not to be included in the time displayed on the timing equipment or on the public timing display. OUTDOORS ✔ 164.1a 45 Second Countdown Ponies The use of the 45 second countdown is required (not mandatory for JA and Open Competitions over 1.20m Club competitions). OUTDOORS ✔ After the bell has been rung, the competitor must cross the starting line in INDOORS ✔ the correct direction within 45 seconds; the automatic timing equipment JA and Open competitions 1.20m or below must show a count down from 45 seconds on the scoreboard or other OUTDOORS ✔ or ✔ display beside the arena, clearly visible for the competitor. If the competitor All other Pony Competitions has not crossed the starting line in the correct direction when the 45 seconds OUTDOORS ✔ expire, the time of the round will start at that moment. The competitor is NOT INDOORS ✔ eliminated if he/she does not cross the starting line within the 45 seconds. Once the bell has been sounded for the competitor to start his/her round, the NOTE: If the outdoor arena is 75m x 45m (or equivalent square area) or less the class Ground Jury has the right to interrupt the 45 seconds countdown, as a result of to be run at 25mpm less than the normal speed but nothing less than 325 mpm. unforeseen circumstances. If the indoor arena is 60m x 24m (or equivalent square area) or less the class to be run at 25mpm less than the normal speed but nothing less than 325mpm. 165 Timing Equipment 1 Automatic timing must be used in all competitions in which time is a deciding factor and/or in which faults are awarded for exceeding the time allowed. Systems capable of recording l/100th of a second may be used if available. If a public display system capable of recording only 1/10th of a second is in use, competitors’ times must be recorded to the same standard.

2 In a timed jump-off and in all competitions in which time is the deciding factor the designated person must operate a stopwatch in addition to the automatic timing. In competitions in which the first prize is £1,000 or more or in the event of failure of the automatic timing, and in the absence of a field timing judge, the designated person must be placed with a flag, at the starting and the finishing line, to signal the crossing of a competitor. The time taken by the competitor to complete the round is to be registered at the Judges Box. A designated person must operate a stopwatch other than the designated person controlling the automatic timing.

112 113 Section 2 Section 2 TABLE 162

TIME ALLOWED IN SECONDS AT VARIOUS SPEEDS 3 In the event of failure of automatic timing capable of recording 1/100th of a second, all times already taken during a round by such equipment must be Distance 300m 325m 350m 375m 400m rounded down to the nearest 1/10th of a second below, so that they can be Metres per min. per min. per min. per min. per min. fairly compared with the times taken by stopwatch. 250 50 47 43 40 38 260 52 48 45 42 39 270 54 50 47 44 41 Communications 280 56 52 48 45 42 171 The Bell 290 58 54 50 47 44 300 60 56 52 48 45 For the purposes of these rules 'the bell' shall mean any bell, whistle, horn, hooter or other distinctive sound signal used to communicate with the 310 62 58 54 50 47 competitors and “ringing the bell” shall mean the sounding of any such signal. 320 64 60 55 52 48 330 66 61 57 53 50 172 Ringing the Bell 340 68 63 59 55 51 The bell is rung 350 70 65 60 56 53 360 72 67 62 58 54 1 To instruct competitors walking the course to leave the arena. 370 74 69 64 60 56 2 To give the signal to start. 380 76 71 66 61 57 3 To stop a competitor during the course of his/her round. 390 78 72 67 63 59 4 To give the signal to a competitor to continue his/her round. 400 80 74 69 64 60 5 To eliminate a competitor. 6 To disqualify a competitor. 410 82 76 71 66 62 7 To retire a competitor. 420 84 78 72 68 63 430 86 80 74 69 65 173 Public Address 440 88 82 76 71 66 The public address system is not to be used to caution or admonish competitors. 450 90 84 78 72 68 If such action is necessary, the competitor should be requested to report to the 460 92 85 79 74 69 judges’ box. 470 94 87 81 76 71 480 96 89 83 77 72 174 Collecting Ring 490 98 91 84 79 74 It is essential to the smooth running of any show that voice communication is 500 100 93 86 80 75 established and maintained between the judges’ box and the collecting ring. (See also Rule 121.2). 510 102 95 88 82 77 520 104 96 90 84 78 530 106 98 91 85 80 Scoring 540 108 100 93 87 81 550 110 102 95 88 83 181 Competition Categories 560 112 104 96 90 84 Showjumping competitions are judged and scored in a number 570 114 106 98 92 86 of different ways, which fall into the following categories: 580 116 108 100 93 87 590 118 109 102 95 89 1 Competitions under Table A 600 120 111 103 96 90 2 Competitions under Table C 610 122 113 105 98 92 3 Special Competitions 620 124 115 107 100 93 630 126 117 108 102 95 640 128 119 110 103 96

114 115 Section 2 Section 2 182 Table A 4 Competitors are placed in each round or jump-off according to their total 1 Faults faults in that round or jump-off and faults are not carried forward to the next Jumping Faults are incurred for errors made during a round as indicated jump off. in the rules listed: 5 In the event of equality of faults for second or inferior placings in a round or Rule Faults jump-off not against the clock those placed equal will divide the prize money. 1 Knock Down 211 4 6 In the event of equality of faults and time in a round or jump-off against the 2 Disobedience 212 4 or Elimination clock, those placed equal will divide the prize money. 3 Fall 213 Elimination 7 In a competition in which a set number will qualify for a subsequent 4 Water Jump 254 4 competition, in the event of equality of both faults and time for the lowest qualifying position, those with equality for this position will all qualify. 2 Time Faults In all rounds under Table A, ponies and horses, one Time Fault is incurred for each commenced second in excess of the time allowed. (See Rule 162). TABLE 191

3 Time Penalties Table First Round First Jump-off Second Jump-off Time Penalties are incurred when an obstacle is displaced as the result Al Not against the clock. Not against the clock. Not against the clock. of a disobedience on the following scale: Those placed first Those placed first Those placed first equal equal qualify for the equal qualify for the divide the prize money. 1 At a single obstacle, at the first obstacle of an open or closed jump-off. second jump-off. combination or at subsequent obstacles of a closed combination 6 seconds A4 Against the clock. 2 At the second obstacle of an open combination 6 seconds Competitors placed on faults and time. 3 At the third or subsequent obstacles of an open combination 6 seconds A6 Not against the clock. Not against the clock. Those jumping clear Those placed equal Time penalties are added to the time taken to complete the round before the in the first round go divide the prize money calculation of any time faults (Rule 182.2). immediately to the jump-off in accordance with section of the course. Rule I92A.5 and 6. A7 Those placed first equal Against the clock. 183 Table C qualify for the jump-off. Competitors placed on 1 Faults and time faults are not incurred under Table C. faults and time. A8 Those placed first Those placed first equal 2 Time penalties of four seconds are incurred for each knock down and for equal qualify for the qualify for the second jump landing in the water or on the tape of the water jump. First disobediences first jump-off. off. Other competitors during the round are not penalised. Other competitors placed placed according to their according to their penalties. penalties and time. 184 Special Competitions A9 The best five scores or, if necessary, Against the clock. The rules for scoring and the methods for determining the results of special all clear rounds qualify for the Competitors will start in competitions are laid down in the rules for each such competition and must second round. In the event of reverse order or merit or the be printed in full in the schedule if not included in the Rule Book. equality, faults and time will slowest four faulter will go decide, ie the fastest four faulters first, the fastest clear last. will qualify. All scores in the first RESULTS round will be carried forward to the second round. Other 191 Results under Table A competitors placed according to their penalties and time. 1 In competitions judged under Table A competitors are placed according to the following priorities: AlO Those placed first equal Against the clock. qualify for the jump off. Competitors placed on 1 By total faults, which are calculated by adding together for each competitor faults and time. his/her faults and his/her time faults for the round. The competitor with the lowest total faults is placed highest. 2 By total faults and time. In the first round against the clock or in a jump-off against the clock, competitors with equality of faults are placed according to their times (Rule 164.3). 3 In the event of equality of faults for first place in a round or jump-off not

against the clock only those sharing first place qualify for the next jump-off, if any, as indicated in Table 191.

116 117 Section 2 Section 2 192A Table A6 192E Table A10 1 In competitions judged under Table A6 the course is divided into two In the first round the second half of the course to be built 5-10cm higher than sections. The first section is judged under Table A, not against the clock, the first half (except only 5cm for all National Amateur classes, Senior classes but with a time allowed. 1.10m and below and Pony classes 1.00m and below). In the event of equality of penalties for first place, there will be one jump-off against the clock, other 2 If a competitor incurs any jumping or time faults over the first section a bell competitors are placed according to their penalties and time in the first round, will be sounded to indicate that they must leave the arena immediately on and the jump-off course will be 5-10cm higher (except only 5cm for all National completion of the first section. Amateur classes, Senior classes 1.10m and below and Pony classes 1.00m and below) than the second half of the first round. 3 Competitors with a clear round over the first section must go on immediately to the second or jump off section of the course. The competitor then jumps the 193 Table C jump off section which is judged under Table A not against the clock. 1 The Time Penalties incurred are added to the time taken for the first and only round and competitors are placed in accordance with their resulting total time. 4 No penalties are incurred for disobediences between the finish of the first section and the start of the jump-off section. 2 In the event of equality of total time for any placing, those placed equal will divide the prize money. 5 In the event of equality of faults over the jump-off section of the course the prize money will be divided. 194 Table AC Competitions confined to horses in Grades A and/or B may be judged under 6 In the event of the number of competitors who reach the jump-off section of Table AC. The first round of such a competition is judged under Table A, not the course being insufficient to fill the prize list, the additional places will be against the clock. In the event of equality of faults for first place, competitors decided on faults over the first section prizes being divided as necessary. placed equal will jump-off under Table C.

7 The course for the jump off will be four or five obstacles of which at least three 195 Competitor riding all horses qualified for the Jump-Off or four of the obstacles are to be additional and not included in the first round. A competitor will not be required to jump-off against himself/herself when he/ The double or treble included in the jump off must have formed part of the first she is riding all the horses qualified for the jump-off. In these circumstances the round. The first round may not include more than nine numbered obstacles. competitor may nominate the order in which the horses are finally placed. In the absence of such nomination the horses will be placed equal first. However, should a double clear qualification be required then they must jump off. 192B Table A7 In the event of equality of penalties for first place, there will be one jump-off 195A Double Clear Qualification against the clock. Other competitors are placed according to their penalties To obtain a double clear qualification, even if the horse/pony is the only and time in the first round. clear round, it must jump a jump-off round and jump clear to gain a double clear round. 192C Table A8 196 Competition Abandoned For competitions over one round and two jumps off, the time to be taken into If the Judge decides that the competition must be abandoned as the result of consideration in each round in order to determine placings and qualifying special circumstances, such as weather, going, fading light, etc., the result of positions in the event of equality of faults. All those placed equal first go the class will be declared from all those competitors who have competed in the forward to the first jump-off. All those then placed equal first qualify for the class at the point the class is abandoned. This will be done in accordance with second jump-off. the rules of the competition being jumped and rule 76.6 (if applicable). All those competitors declared to start in the current round and who have not jumped at 192D Table A9 Two Round Competition the point the class is abandoned will have their entry fee for the class refunded. The best five scores, or all clear rounds, will go forward to the second round, (Any qualification will be referred to the British Showjumping Chief Executive). which will be against the clock. In the event of equality, faults and time will decide i.e. the faster four faulters will qualify. All scores in the first round will be 197 No competitor completing the Course carried forward to the second round. Competitors in the second round will start If no competitor completes the course for the first round, or for the first section in the reverse order of merit or the slowest four faulter will go first, the faster under Table A6 or Two Phase the Judge will declare the competition null and void. clear last. If necessary, those who do not reach the second round, faults and time in the first round will determine their placings. 198 Objections 1 An objection to the result of any showjumping competition may be made only If a competitor withdraws from the second round he/she will not be replaced by the owner, his/her authorised agent or the rider of a horse competing in and he/she will receive the placing from the first round, however he/she will be that competition or by an official of the show or of British Showjumping. placed after those who compete in the second round. At least five prizes have to be awarded. 2 An objection that is based on the eligibility of a horse or rider to compete must be made in writing to the Chief Executive. The Chief Executive will

118 119 Section 2 Section 2 inform the owner or authorised agent responsible for the horse against which 12 Height Objections the objection has been lodged of the details of the objection and will take 1 When an objection is made against the height of an animal that has into consideration any written representation received from such owner or a measurement certificate issued by the Joint Measurement Board Ltd. authorised agent. Should he/she decide the objection is sustained the Chief the rules of the scheme require the following procedure to be carried Executive will disqualify the horse and take action in accordance with Rule 63. out by the objector: All concerned will be informed in writing of the Chief Executive’s decision. 2 When an objection is made under Rule 42.1(i), against an animal the Objector must inform The Joint Measurement Board Limited, P.O. Box 322, Horley, 3 An objection that is based on the judging of the competition must be made in Surrey, RH6 0WS of the Objection by first class letter within 21 days of the writing and lodged with the show secretary or such other show official as the class. Details of the animal's name, the class and show involved and the name schedule may direct within 30 minutes of the competitors leaving the arena and address of its owner must be included together with the fee (JMB Rule following the presentation of awards. The objection must be accompanied by a 26.4 refers). The identity of the objector will not be disclosed. cash deposit of £100 or such sum as the schedule may direct. 3 When an objection is made against the height of an animal which does not have a measurement certificate issued by the Joint Measurement Board Ltd. 4 The decision of the Judges as to what actually happened during the the procedure laid down by the show organising committee for objections is competition cannot be overruled. However, the Judges may, in the light of to be followed. evidence presented to them, reconsider their decision, but the final decision in such cases rests with the Judges alone. 13 Representations to the Judge may only be made by members of British Showjumping. A member who wishes to make a representation must not 5 Upon receipt of a written objection and deposit lodged, the Chairman of interrupt or distract the attention of the Judge and must wait until the Judge Judges should adjudicate whenever possible. If this is not possible, the signifies that he/she is ready to hear the representation. objection should immediately be referred to the British Showjumping Office for consideration by the Chief Executive. 14 The cost of any FEI re-measurement to be borne by the owners of the animals. The deposit is forfeited unless the objection is upheld or it is decided that there were good and reasonable grounds for the lodging of an objection. Should an objection be upheld in relation to the result of a class, the deposit Elimination, Disqualification, Retiring & Withdrawing will be refunded and the results will be amended accordingly. Unless the objection is upheld, there is no appeal from such a decision. 201 Elimination 1 Elimination is the penalty for infringing certain rules, as summarised in Table 6 The objection panel must allow the objector to put his case to them verbally 201. and/or in writing and to call and examine witnesses in support of his objection. The owner, rider and/or authorised agent responsible for the horse objected to 2 Unless otherwise stated in the conditions for the competition, all competitors and the Judges must be heard in like manner. eliminated are placed equal in the round or jump-off in which the elimination occurred immediately below the competitors who completed the round or 7 The objection panel may overrule the Judges and uphold the objection if they jump-off, but above those who retired.(see Rule 76.15) decide that the Judges’ decision is contrary to the rules for the competition as laid down in the British Showjumping Rules Book and/or the schedule. 3 A competitor who is eliminated must leave the arena and take no further part in the competition, unless the conditions for the competition state otherwise. 8 The decision of the Judges as to what actually happened during the competition cannot be overruled. The objection panel may invite the Judges 4 Before leaving the arena after being eliminated as the result of a refusal or in the light of evidence presented to them to reconsider their decision, but the run-out the competitor may make up to two attempts to jump any single final decision in such cases rests with the Judges alone. obstacle in the arena in the direction indicated on the course plan.

9 If the objection is overruled, the objector’s deposit is forfeited to the show. 5 Where a horse/pony is considered to be out of control and a danger to If the objection is upheld the deposit must be returned to the objector. themselves, other competitors and members of the public anywhere on the show site, the Judge or British Showjumping Stipendiary/Steward or 10 The decision of the objection panel must be conveyed on conclusion of Development Officer has the discretion to eliminate from the class/show. the hearing to all concerned, including the Show Secretary, the Judges, the objector, the owner, rider, and/or authorised agent responsible for the horse objected to and all witnesses who have given evidence.

11 Objections decided under Rules 198.2 or 198.7 may be reviewed by the British Showjumping National Sport Committee, which may overrule the decision of the Chief Executive or the objection panel if in the opinion of the Committee, the decision is contrary to the Rules for the competition.

120 121 Section 2 Section 2 Table 201 202 Disqualification 1 The Judge at his/her discretion may disqualify a competitor from a Elimination competition for: i) failing to parade mounted and properly dressed for the presentation of Rule No. Infringement awards (Rule 101.7). 122.5 Jumping The Practice Fence in the wrong direction. Show Organisers to use their discretion as to the requirement for a mounted 143 Failure to pass on the correct side of directional flags. presentation for Single and Two Phase competitions and their decision to be 163 Exceeding the Time Limit. announced prior to the start of the competition. 192A.4 Failing to start the jump-off section of a competition under ii) altering an obstacle on the course (Rule 157.2). Table A6 within 45 seconds. iii) misusing the whip (Rule 102.8). 212.2 Second disobedience during the course of a round anywhere on the course. 212.6.3 Failure to re-attempt an obstacle after a run-out. 2. A competitor who is disqualified must leave the arena immediately and forfeits 213.3 First fall of horse and/or rider in the arena prior to commencing all prizes, rosettes, awards and qualifications to which he/she might otherwise the round and during the course of a round anywhere on the course. be entitled. The result of the competition will be amended accordingly. 234.1 Crossing the starting line prematurely and attempting to jump or jumping an obstacle. 3. The decision of any Judge to disqualify a member from the show, 244.2 After being stopped by the Judge or stopping voluntarily, continuing competition or further show pursuant to Rule 96 is final, save where before the bell. Rule 96.2.8 and Rule 82 applies. 251.4 Re-attempting an obstacle, which has been disturbed, before the bell. 251.8 Failing to re-attempt an obstacle following a first disobedience. 4 Except as stated in Rule 202.5, the Judge is not empowered to disqualify a 252.2 Leaving a closed combination by the wrong route. competitor on the grounds of ineligibility for the competition. In all such cases, 253.1 Failure to re-attempt all obstacles of an open combination. the matter must be referred after the show to the Chief Executive, who will, if 256.1 Jumping an obstacle in the wrong order or in the wrong direction. necessary, take action in accordance with Rule 84 or Rule 91. 256.2 Jumping an obstacle that does not form part of the course. 257 Attempting an alternative obstacle before the bell when the other obstacle 5 The Judge may disqualify a competitor if he/she is fully satisfied that the has been disturbed as the result of a disobedience. competitor is not a member of British Showjumping is currently suspended 258 Failing to jump the next obstacle within 45 seconds. from the competitive rights of membership (Rule 32.3). A report must be made 263 Knocking the timing equipment. to the Chief Executive who may take further action in accordance with Rule 84. 264 Improperly leaving the arena. 265.1 Failing to cross the finishing line mounted. 203 Retiring 266 Failing to leave the arena mounted and by the designated exit, unless injured. 1 A competitor who has started his/her round may retire without completing 267 Loss of hat. the course for any of the following reasons: 276.7 Failing to jump all the obstacles in a Take Your Own Line competition or 1 Safety. jumping any obstacle more than once. 2 Fitness of horse or rider. 282.3 Failing to pass the baton during a Relay competition. 3 Failure of saddlery or equipment. 282.5 Failing to recover a dropped baton during a Relay competition. 4 Severity of the obstacles. 283.5 Rescuer failing to continue the course from the next obstacle following an 5 Deterioration of the going. error in a Rescue Relay competition. 6 When he has no chance of winning a prize.

Elimination At The Judges' Discretion If in the opinion of the Judge, a horse or rider is unfit to compete, the Judge may prevent the competitor from starting or may curtail their round. Rule No. Infringement 102.8 Using whip prior to commencement of the course. 2 A competitor who decides to retire must signal his intention to the Judge by 222 Unauthorised access to the arena. raising his hand or whip. 231.5 Starting out of order. 233.1 Failure to enter the arena mounted and through the designated entrance. 3 Standards 233.3 Failure to enter the arena within one minute of being called. 1 The Judge may introduce a standard at any time after the number of 234.4 Failure to commence the round within 45 seconds after the bell. competitors who have completed the course exceeds the number of prizes 242.1 Ignoring the bell when required to stop during a round. (including additional prizes awarded in accordance with Rule 76.5). 261.1 Receiving outside assistance. 2 In competitions judged under Table A, the standard will be set in the form of 267 Jumping any obstacle without the chin strap correctly fastened. a number of faults which must not be less than the score of the competitor who would receive the lowest prize if no further competitors were to complete the course after the introduction of the standard. Provided this criterion is maintained, the standard may be reduced progressively during the course of the competition.

122 123 Section 2 Section 2 3 In competitions judged under Table C, the standard will be set as a time one as a brush or small wall, between the major elements of a spread obstacle, second in excess of the total time of the competitor who would receive the incurs no penalty, unless the brush or filler is higher than the major elements, lowest prize if no further competitors were to complete the course after the notwithstanding that it stands in a separate vertical plane. introduction of the standard. 4 In a qualifying competition in which the number to qualify or to receive qualifying points exceeds the number of prizes, care must be taken not to prejudice the qualification by the premature introduction of a standard. 5 Standards should not normally be introduced in pony competitions nor in competitions confined to horses that have not won £100 or to those which have not won any lesser amount. A standard of less than 8 faults must not be introduced in such competitions under Table A. 6 Once a standard has been introduced the Judge will retire any competitor as soon as his score or time exceeds the standard.

4 In the absence of a standard, the Judge may at his/her discretion retire any competitor who has no chance of winning a prize and whose continued presence in the arena is holding up the progress of the competition unduly. In example A, the wall is considered to be in the same vertical plane as the poles 5 Before leaving the arena, a competitor who retires or is retired following a above it. In examples B and C, it is not. refusal or run-out, may make up to two attempts to jump any single obstacle in the arena in the direction indicated on the course plan. 3 Penalties for knock downs are only incurred in respect of obstacles that are 204 Withdrawing knocked down as a direct result of having been jumped in the correct order 1 A competitor who has indicated his/her intention to compete by declaring or and provided the obstacle has started to fall before the competitor crosses by giving his /her number to the collecting ring steward or who has qualified the finishing line. to start in the next round or jump-off of a competition may withdraw before starting, provided he informs the Judge of his/her intention to do so. 4 Touches and displacements, in whatever direction, do not count. If the Judge is in doubt he/she should give the benefit of his/her doubt to the competitor. 2 Competitors who withdraw from a jump-off are placed after those who are eliminated or retire during that jump-off, except in the Puissance and Six Bar 5 The competitor cannot be penalised for more than one knock down per competitions (Rules 278.5 & 279.8). attempt no matter how much of the obstacle is knocked down.

205 Reports 6 FEI Safety Cups are mandatory as per Rule 132. The name of any competitor who retires in accordance with Rule 203.1 or withdraws from a second round or jump-off in accordance with Rule 204.1 and the names of his/her horse and of the horse’s owner are to be recorded by the Judge on a 212 Disobediences separate report and send to British Showjumping at Meriden. 1 The following are considered as disobediences and are penalised as such:

Errors 1 Refusals 2 Run Outs (including jumping the wing) 211 Knock Down 3 Resistances (including halts) 1 An obstacle is considered to have been knocked down when through the fault 4 Circles of the horse or rider: 5 Passing outside the flags or markers of the finishing line.

1 The whole or any part of it falls, even if the part which falls is subsequently 2 Under Table A, the first disobedience during each round anywhere on the arrested in its fall before reaching the ground. course incurs 4 faults, the second such disobedience incurs elimination. Under 2 At least one of its ends no longer rests on any part of its support. Table C, first disobedience is not penalised, but the second disobedience during 3 Any arrangement, including a wing or support intended to maintain the each round anywhere on the course incurs elimination. stability of the obstacle and forming an integral part of it falls; or the pillars or wings of a wall placed inside the flags (if used) falls. 3 Disobediences during interrupted time are not penalised.

2 When an obstacle, or part of an obstacle, is composed of several elements 4 The following are not considered to be disobediences: placed one on top of the other and in the same vertical plane, the knock down of the top element alone is penalised. A lower element is not deemed to be in 1 Circling after a disobedience to get into position to re-attempt the obstacle. the same vertical plane unless its front edge lies in the same vertical plane as 2 Approaching an obstacle at an angle and/or turning sharply to attempt the front edge of the top element. Knocking down an intermediate filler, such it without going past it.

124 125 Section 2 Section 2 5 Refusal Access To The Arena 1 It is a refusal when a horse stops or fails to take off at an obstacle, whether or not the obstacle is knocked down or displaced. 221 Authorised Access 2 It is a refusal if the horse, in stopping, slides through the obstacle and knocks Competitors are only allowed to enter the arena under the following it down. It is for the Judge to decide that this has happened and if so to ring circumstances: the bell. If the bell is not rung, the competitor must continue, having been penalised for a knock down only. 1 To walk the course dismounted (Rule 156.2). 3 Stopping in front of an obstacle without knocking it down, followed immediately by a standing jump is not penalised as a refusal. 2 When called to commence their round.

6 Run Out 3 When called to parade before or after a competition for ceremonial, prize 1 It is a run out when the horse or any part of the horse passes to one side of giving, publicity or other special purposes. the obstacle to be jumped and in so doing crosses the extended line of the ground line of the obstacle, unless Rule 151.2 applies. 4 To lead another compe titor into the arena (Rule 233.2). 2 It is also a run out if the horse jumps the wing of the obstacle, whether or not the wing is knocked down. 5 To render authorised assistance (Rules 261.2, 261.3). 3 Following a run out the rider must return and attempt the obstacle again. Failure to do so incurs elimination. 6 With special permission of the Judge.

7 Resistance 1 It is a resistance when the horse for whatever reason ceases to go forward, 222 Unauthorised Access halts, rears, turns on the spot or steps back, even if this occurs as the result of 1 Infringements of Rule 221 may incur elimination at the discretion of the Judge. deliberate action by the rider (for example halting to adjust saddlery or hat). 2 Uninterrupted resistances are penalised as a single disobedience but if after 2 A member of British Showjumping who enters the arena without authorisation retaking the track the horse again resists this is penalised as a separate may also be found in breach of Rule 82.11 and his/her conduct may be reported disobedience. to the Chief Executive who may initiate disciplinary proceedings.

8 Circle It is a circle if the competitor deviates from the course as set out on the course Starting plan and in so doing crosses over his/her previous track. Following a circle, any further circles made without retaking the track are not penalised but if after 231 Order Of Starting retaking the track, the competitor again circles this is penalised as a separate 1 In British Showjumping Second Rounds and Direct Qualifiers and in single disobedience. round competitions (i.e. Table C or A4) in which time is the deciding factor, the order of starting must be drawn. This also applies to the warm up class 213 Fall preceeding the allocated British Showjumping Second Round or Direct 1 One fall eliminates horse and rider. The rider may not attempt another fence Qualifier. See Rule No. 290.14. At the discretion of the show organising but must leave the arena immediately, mounted or dismounted. committee the order may also be drawn for other competitions. In the event that the order is drawn for competitions under Table A8 or Table A7 it is not 2 A rider is considered to have fallen when, either voluntarily or involuntarily, he/ necessary to make another draw for the jump off. Where there is more than she is separated from his/her horse, which has not fallen, in such a way that one competition for the same category of horses requiring a drawn order at he/she touches the ground or finds it necessary, in order to get back into the the same show, the drawn order for the first competition must be rotated by saddle, to use some form of support or outside assistance. If it is not clear that a minimum of five places for each subsequent competition or a fresh draw the rider has used some form of support or outside assistance to prevent his/ made. her fall, the benefit of doubt must be given to the rider. 2 When time is the deciding factor, the order of starting in a jump-off must A horse is considered to have fallen when the shoulder and quarters have be drawn by the Judge immediately before the jump-off, unless Rule 231.1 touched the ground or the obstacle and the ground. applies and provided the judges are satisfied that the original draw has been made satisfactorily. A minimum of five minutes must be allowed between the 3 The first fall of horse and/or rider after entering the arena and before announcement of the drawn order and requiring the first competitor to enter completing the course incurs elimination in any competition. the arena for the jump-off.

214 Dismounting 3 When the order of starting has been drawn, a competitor may only compete A competitor who dismounts for any reason, from entering the arena until out of order by special permission of the Judge. When time is the deciding going through the finish, (for example, to pick up a dropped whip, adjust factor the Judge will not normally allow a competitor to start in a later position saddlery, etc.) will be eliminated. in the order from that in which he was originally drawn.

126 127 Section 2 Section 2 4 When late entries are accepted after the order has been drawn, the order in Stopping During A Round which they are to start must be drawn separately and they must start before all entries in the original drawn order. 241 Signal To Stop 5 Starting out of order may incur elimination at the Judge’s discretion. If for any reason a competitor must be stopped by the Judge during the course of a round due to circumstances over which the competitor has no control (for 232 Rate of Starting example, an obstacle blown down or not re-erected in time) the bell will be 1 If the Judge is dissatisfied with the rate at which competitors are presenting rung. themselves to start in a competition for which the starting order has not been drawn, he will issue one public warning to competitors. After an interval of 5 242 Ignoring The Bell mins the three minute public warning must be enforced. At the end of a three 1 If the competitor ignores the bell and continues his round, the Judge minute interval he/she will declare the competition closed. must decide whether to eliminate him or whether in view of any special circumstances he should not be penalised. 2 The result will be taken from those who have completed the competition; if none, the Judge will declare the competition null and void. 2 If the competitor is not eliminated for ignoring the bell, all faults and penalties incurred after the bell was rung will be included in his/her score. 233 Entering the Arena 1 Competitors must enter the arena mounted and through the designated 243 Stopping Voluntarily entrance. Failure to do so without prior permission of the Judge may incur 1 A competitor who decides that he/she cannot continue his/her round because elimination at the Judge’s discretion. the course is obstructed or because an obstacle is incorrectly erected may stop voluntarily at that obstacle and signal to the Judge by pointing clearly with his 2 Competitors may be led into the arena by an assistant who may be whip or hand at the obstruction or obstacle concerned. mounted or on foot. The assistant must leave the arena immediately the competitor is inside. 2 The bell will be rung and the obstruction, if any, will be removed and/or the obstacle will be checked and if necessary re-erected. 3 Failure to enter the arena within one minute of being called upon to do so incurs elimination at the Judge’s discretion. 3 The competitor will not be penalised unless the Judge decides that the course was not obstructed or that the obstacle was correctly erected, in which case the competitor will be penalised as for a disobedience. 234 Commencing the Round 1 The starting line may be crossed and recrossed while waiting for the starting 244 Continuing after stopping bell. Crossing the starting line before the starting bell and then jumping or 1 A competitor who is stopped by the Judge or who stops voluntarily in attempting to jump the first obstacle, without first recrossing the starting line accordance with Rule 241 or Rule 243 must not continue his/her round after the bell, incurs elimination. until the bell is rung again to instruct him/her to do so.

2 Crossing the starting line in the wrong direction is not penalised provided 2 Continuing before the bell and/or continuing from a point nearer to the next it is subsequently recrossed before attempting the first obstacle in the obstacle or to the finishing line than the point at which he pulled up incurs direction indicated on the course plan. elimination.

3 The round commences, when, following the starting bell, the mounted competitor first crosses the starting line in the direction indicated on the course 245 Stopping and restarting the Clock plan but the time might start earlier if the 45 second count down rule is applied. The clock is stopped when the competitor pulls up and is restarted once the bell is rung at the moment the horse/pony leaves the ground at the obstacle 4 Failure to commence the round within 45 seconds of the starting bell incurs where the competitor pulled up. While the clock is stopped, the normal rules elimination at the Judge’s discretion unless the count down system is being used. for interrupted time apply. In the case of a competitor who stops voluntarily in accordance with Rule 243, the Judge may at his/her discretion deduct the appropriate seconds from the competitor’s time to compensate for any delay in stopping the clock. 246 Restarting the Whole Course 1 Only in very exceptional circumstances (for example, the failure of both automatic timing and stop watch) will a competitor who has been stopped be allowed or required to start the whole course again. If in such circumstances he/ she does start the whole course again, his/her previous score will be disregarded.

2 A competitor who has completed the course under Table A against the clock and who is required to restart because his/her time has not been taken may

128 129 Section 2 Section 2 TABLE 253 elect not to do so, in which case he/she will be placed immediately below any competitor with whom he/she would otherwise be placed equal on faults alone. Error Time Penalties Penalties At Obstacles Obstacle A disturbed by disobedience 6 seconds Obstacle A knocked down or disturbed 6 seconds 251 Penalties At Obstacles Under Table A followed by disobedience at Obstacle B 1 A knock down incurs four faults. without disturbing Obstacle B Obstacle B disturbed by disobedience 6 seconds 2 A fall at an obstacle anywhere on the course during the round incurs elimination. regardless of state of Obstacle A Obstacle A and/or B knocked down or 6 seconds 3 A disobedience at an obstacle incurs four faults for the first disobedience disturbed followed by disobedience at anywhere on the course during the same round and elimination for the second Obstacle C without disturbing Obstacle C such disobedience. Obstacle C disturbed by disobedience regardless of state of Obstacles A and B 6 seconds 4 Disturbing the obstacle as the result of a disobedience. Similar errors with disobedience between any further obstacles of the combination 6 seconds i) a disobedience that disturbs the obstacle, including the displacement of a lower element, such that the obstacle must be re-erected and/or checked incurs a 6 second time penalty. 253 Penalties at Open Combinations Under Table A ii) the bell is rung and the clock is stopped immediately. 1 Each obstacle of an open combination is judged as a single obstacle, but following a disobedience all obstacles of the combination must be re-attempted iii) if, as a result of a disobedience, a competitor displaces or knocks down any in the correct order and faults and time penalties are cumulative over each obstacle or a flag defining the limits of the water jump and where the nature obstacle at each attempt. Failure to re-attempt all obstacles incurs elimination. of the obstacle is changed by knocking down the flag, the bell is rung and the clock is stopped until the obstacle has been re-built. When the obstacle 2 If there is a disobedience at obstacle B or subsequent obstacles of a has been re-built the bell is rung to indicate that the course is ready and that combination without disturbance of that obstacle and any of the previous the competitor can continue the round. The competitor is penalised for a obstacles have been disturbed and require re-erection or checking, the refusal and a time correction of 6 seconds is added to the time taken by the procedures for ringing the bell and stopping the clock in Rule 25l.4 must competitor to complete his/her round. The clock is re-started at the moment be applied. when the horse leaves the gound at the obstacle where the refusal occurred except if a disobedience where the knock-down occurs at the second or 3 Time penalties in open combinations are incurred in accordance with Table 253. subsequent part of a combination then the clock is restarted when the horse leaves the ground at the first element of the combination. TABLE 254

iv) re-attempting the obstacle before the bell has been rung a second time Error Faults incurs elimination. 1 Landing with one or more feet on the 4 v) circling after the bell to start is not penalised. lath, tape or strip 2 Landing with one or more feet in the water 4 252 Penalties at Closed Combinations Under Table A 3 Knocking down the single element (if any) placed 4 1 Each obstacle of a closed combination is judged as a single obstacle. (Rule 251) between the take off element and the lath or strip (Rule 139.8) without landing in the water or on 2 If, having jumped the first obstacle horse and/or rider leave the enclosure of the the lath, tape or strip closed combination by any route other than jumping the remaining obstacles of 4 Exiting at the side of the obstacle between Penalised as a the combination in the correct order they incur elimination. the corner flags with or without any of the run out only above errors 5 Knocking down or displacing the take off Not penalised element without a disobedience and without any of the errors 1 to 4

254 Penalties at the Water Jump Under Table A 1 The water jump must not be judged from the judges box. A separate water jump judge must sit or stand in the vicinity of the water jump where he/she can see clearly the lath, tape or strip on the landing side.

130 131 Section 2 Section 2 2 Faults at the water jump are incurred in accordance with Table 254. A maximum 257 Penalties at Alternative Obstacles of 4 faults is incurred for any combination of errors l to 3 as overleaf. Where alternative obstacles are provided and marked as such on the course plan (Rule 153.2), attempting the alternative obstacle following a disobedience 3 Disobediences at the water jump are penalised by faults, elimination and/or 6 at the other obstacle is permitted. However, if the first obstacle attempted is seconds time penalty as for single obstacles. The obstacle has been disturbed if disturbed as the result of a disobedience, the procedure in Rule 251.4 must the take off element, single pole or any of the flags have been knocked down or be followed and attempting either obstacle before the bell to restart incurs displaced and the procedures in Rule 251.4 must be applied if this occurs as the elimination. result of a disobedience. 258 Failing to Jump the Next Obstacle within 45 Seconds 4 The water jump judge must use a distinctive signal to inform the judge’s box if A competitor who fails to jump the next obstacle on the course within 45 4 faults has been incurred and a separate distinctive signal if there has been a seconds, excluding interrupted time, incurs elimination. disobedience.

5 The water jump judge is to keep a written record of the competitors penalised Other Penalties at the water jump, showing the penalties incurred. 261 Outside Assistance 6 A water jump with more than two poles placed between the take off element 1 At any time after the signal to start has been given any outside assistance to and the lath, tape or strip, will be judged as a normal spread obstacle whether a competitor by voice, signs, electronic, training device or remote assistance, it has or has not a lath placed on the landing side. Knocking down any element except as listed below, whether solicited or not, which in the opinion of the of such an obstacle including the take-off element incurs 4 faults and displacing Judge might improve the competitor’s performance, incurs elimination at the any element as the result of a disobedience incurs a 6 second time penalty. Judge’s discretion. Landing in the water or on the lath, tape or strip is not penalised. 2 The following acts of assistance are not penalised at any time: 1 Medical or veterinary assistance. 255 Penalties at Obstacles Under Table C 2 Assistance given in the prevention of danger to competitors or public. 1 Obstacles are judged under Table C in the same manner as they are judged 3 Picking up and handing back to a mounted competitor his/her spectacles. under Table A, except that 4 seconds time penalty is incurred for each knock down and/or for one or more of errors 1 to 3 in Table 254 at the water jump 263 Knocking the Timing Equipment and that first disobediences anywhere on the course during the round are not A horse or rider coming into contact with the automatic timing equipment penalised (Rules 183, 251, 254). before, during and after their round, including interrupted time, incurs elimination, except as a result of contact with the cable only. 2 Time penalties for disturbing an obstacle as the result of a disobedience are incurred on the same scale as under Table A, in addition to time penalties 264 Improperly Leaving the Arena incurred under Rule 255.1. A competitor/horse leaving the arena before the completion of his/her round, including prior to starting, will be eliminated. 256 Jumping the Wrong Course 1 Jumping or attempting to jump an obstacle in the wrong order or in the wrong 265 Finishing direction as indicated on the course plan or omitting an obstacle included on 1 To complete the course, the competitor must cross the finishing line mounted the course plan incurs elimination. in the correct direction. Failure to do so incurs elimination.

2 Jumping or attempting to jump an obstacle which does not form part of 2 Passing outside the finishing line flags or markers is penalised as a run out and the course, whether before starting, after finishing or during a round incurs the competitor must return to pass between them in the correct direction if elimination except that after crossing the finishing line in indoor arenas only, not eliminated for a second disobedience. jumping one additional obstacle which is sited within 10m (11 yds) of the finish is not penalised. 266 Leaving the Arena Having completed the course the competitor must leave the arena mounted 3 The term 'jumping an obstacle, in the context of Rules 256.1 and 256.2, includes and by the designated exit. Failure to do so incurs elimination, except in cases passing over or through the site of an obstacle which has been knocked down resulting from injury to horse or rider. or demolished. 267 Chin Strap Jumping or attempting to jump any obstacle or passing through the finish without a chinstrap correctly fastened incurs elimination unless the Judge decides that the competitor was so far committed to jumping the obstacle at the moment when the chin-strap came undone that he/she could not be expected to pull up before attempting the obstacle. See Rule 101.3 and 212.7.1.

132 133 Section 2 Section 2 International Rules International Shows CSI General Union Flag Badges And Saddlecloths 1 International shows (CSIs) are conducted in accordance with FEI Statutes, 1 Only riders selected to represent Great Britain at an official CSIO or General Regulations and Sport Rules (see www.horsesport.org). Championship (Senior, Young Rider, Junior, Children, Pony or Veteran (Ambassadors) are entitled to wear the Union Flag badge with a plain 2 Applications to run International shows must be submitted to the International background on the breast pocket of their jackets. Office of British Showjumping by the 15th September of the year preceding the show. Application forms available from British Showjumping International Office. 2 Members of an Official Senior British Nations Cup or Championship Team are entitled to wear the Union Flag badge, with a red background. The entitlement Age of Competitors for FEI Competitions to wear this badge is permanent. 1 Competitors may take part in FEI Competitions and FEI Championships for Young Riders from the beginning of the year they reach the age of 16 until the 3 Members of an Official British Young Rider Nations Cup or Championship Team end of the year they reach the age of 21. are entitled to wear the Union Flag badge, with a pale blue background, on their jackets for a period of two years following their last appearance on the Team. 2 Competitors may take part in FEI Competitions and FEI Championships for Juniors from the year they reach the age of 14 until the end of the year they 4 Members of an Official British Junior Nations Cup or Championship Team reach the age of 18. are entitled to wear the Union Flag badge, with a white background, on their jackets for a period of two years following their last appearance on the Team. 3 Competitors may take part in FEI Competitions and FEI Championships for Children from the year they reach the age of 12 until the end of the year they reach the age of 14. 5 Members of an Official British Childrens Nations Cup or Championship Team are entitled to wear the Union Flag badge, with a dark blue background, on their 4 Competitors may take part in FEI Competitions and FEI Championships for jackets for a period of two years following their last appearance on the Team. Pony riders from the year in which they reach the age of 12 until the end of the year they reach the age of 16. 6 Members of an Official British Pony Nations Cup or Championship Team are entitled to wear the Union Flag badge, with a yellow background, on their 5 From the year in which they reach their 16th birthday, Juniors and Young Riders jackets for a period of two years following their last appearance on the Team. may take part in certain international competitions for Seniors with the express permission of the British Equestrian Federation (BEF). 7 Members of an Official British Veteran (Ambassadors) Nations Cup or Championship Team are entitled to wear the Union Flag badge, 6 The following may compete as a Veteran (Ambassadors) Rider in international with a dark green background, on their jackets. The entitlement to Veteran (Ambassadors) competitions: wear this badge is permanent. i. Ladies from the year in which they reach their 45th birthday and gentlemen 8 Union Flag saddlecloth badges may only be worn by selected Team members from the year in which they reach their 49th birthday. Riders may not have during official Nations Cup and Championship competitions. participated in jumping competitions for senior riders at CSI2* shows and upwards in the current year. 9 Members riding at a CSI are not eligible for a Union flag badge or saddlecloth. ii. International Veteran (Ambassadors) competitions are open to riders who, in 10 Members selected for Home Pony may wear a pin badge and saddlecloth the current year, have not taken part in any competition where the first round badge with a St George/St Andrew Cross or Welsh Dragon. However, these exceeds 1.30m. may not be worn in subsequent competitions. FEI Registration of Horses and Riders British Team Jacket 1 All horses and riders competing at International Shows in the UK and overseas 1 Members selected for an official Senior British Nations Cup Team will be entitled must be registered with the FEI through the British Showjumping. Details and to wear a British Team Jacket. registration forms available from the British Showjumping International Office.

2 The British Team jacket is navy blue with a red collar, piped white. These colours FEI Passports are registered with the FEI as the official British Team colours and therefore 1 Horses competing at any level overseas, anywhere in the world must have must not be re-produced. an official, valid FEI Passport or a National Passport approved by the FEI and accompanied by an FEI Recognition Card. Details and application forms 3 Only official British Team sponsor logos can be worn on the British Team available from the British Showjumping International Office. Jacket. Individual rider sponsors logos are not permitted. 2 Horses competing at a CSI1* or 2* show in the UK will not require an FEI Passport. They will however be identifiable by way of a valid national passport, be registered with British Showjumping and the FEI and meet the FEI requirement for equine influenza vaccination.

134 135 Section 2 Section 2 Age of Horses 3 All riders competing at the Irish Home Pony will be expected to contribute £50 1 Horses entered for the Olympic Games and FEI World Championships must be each towards Chef d’Equipe expenses. at least 9 years of age. 4 Team members selected to compete at the English, Welsh and Scottish Home 2 Horses entered in Regional Games, Continental Championships and World Cup Pony will be expected to contribute £25 each towards Chef d’Equipe expenses. Finals must at least 8 years of age. Horses entered for CSIO3* - 5* events must be at least 7 years of age. However competitions limited to the participation of 5 All riders and ponies authorised to compete at the Irish Home Pony will need to six year old horses may be held at these events. Horses entered for CSIO1* – 2* become members of Showjumping Ireland. All ponies need to be microchipped. and CSI1* – 2* events must be at least six years of age. Authorisation for Pony Competitions Authorisation to compete overseas 1 Any rider wishing to be considered for International selection or authorisation 1 All horses and riders wishing to compete abroad, including riders receiving to compete abroad on 138cms and/or 148cms ponies must have passed the personal invitations, in international competitions must apply to the British Two Star level, including the additional units, of the Pony Five Star Performance Showjumping International Office for authorisation. Selection policies are Award, details of which can be downloaded from the British Showjumping available on the British Showjumping website and from the International Office. website.

2 Horse/rider combinations will only be authorised to compete abroad at the 2 Riders who are authorised to compete at a CSIP will be expected to contribute level at which they are consistently/successfully competing in the UK. £50 each towards Chef d’Equipe expenses.

3 All applications for authorisation will be considered by the World Class Performance Manager on a case by case basis. Authorisation may be withdrawn if the Team Manager deems the entry to be inappropriate.

4 British riders may only be entered into international competitions by the British Showjumping International Office. Riders must comply with the Rules of the BEF and the FEI; see websites www.bef.co.uk and www.horsesport.org

Competing in Foreign National Competitions 1 If a British rider wishes to compete in or is invited to compete in a foreign national competition he/she is (unless they are a Competitor Living Abroad see 2) required under FEI Regulations to obtain written permission from the BEF this is known as a “Guest Licence”. Please contact the British Equestrian Federation for further information.

2 A Competitor Living Abroad is a rider who spends more than six months a year outside the UK but in the relevant country. In the event that such a rider wishes to compete in a national competition in that country the rider should apply for a Guest Licence from the National Federation of that country.

Prizes Graded in International Competitions 1 Prize money won in international age classes will be awarded notional prize money in accordance with Table 67.1.

2 A maximum fine of £5,000 will be imposed on riders who do not advise British Showjumping of winnings attained when competing abroad. Prize money won by Grades B and C horses and Grade JC ponies, in Open competitions will be awarded Notional Prize money in accordance with Table 67.1.

Home Pony 1 Riders wishing to be considered for Home Pony Teams must have passed the Two Star level, including the additional units, of the Pony Five Star Performance Award. Details can be downloaded from the British Showjumping website.

2 The country of residence is the country the rider will represent, regardless of birth place, i.e. if you live in Wales you must represent the Welsh Team.

136 137 Sponsors

138 139 Section 3 Section 3 Section 3 270 Milton Championship for 5 Year Old Horses 1 Entry qualifications: For registered horses aged 5 years old as at 1st January Rules for Special Competitions in the current year to be ridden by Adult, Associate and Pony Associate members. Breeding papers are mandatory and must be submitted to the 268 Scheduling British Showjumping office at the time of registration.

1 Special competitions should normally be scheduled by reference to 2 Table A, over two rounds of eight fences, not against the clock, but with a time the Rule number in this section. Where the rules for a special competition allowed. Only those horses that jump clear in the first round compete in the allow alternative conditions, the alternative to be followed must be stated second round. In the event there are no clear rounds those equal on the lowest in the schedule. faults will go forward to the second round.

2 Unless otherwise stated in the special competition rules, the general rules for 3 Speed: 325m per minute jumping and judging in Section 2 apply to special competitions. If there is any Course Designer: Median or above conflict between the rules in Section 2 and those in Sections 3 and 4, the latter take precedence when judging special competitions. 4 Please see Senior Course Specifications Tables

3 If it is intended to depart in any way from the rules, this must be clearly stated 5 Direct entry at the British Showjumping/Scope Festival of Showjumping in the draft schedule (Rule 75.1). Approval of such variations from the rules will be at the discretion of the Chief Executive and the National Sport Committee. 6 Prize Money to be graded: Notional – £12, £10, £8, £6, £4, £2

4 Sweepstake – as Rule 76.7 with reference to Rule 76.6.5. 271 4 Year Old Classes

269 Olympic Star Spotters Competition for 6 Year Old Horses 1 Entry qualifications: For registered horses aged 4 years old as at the 1st January in the current year 1 Entry qualifications: For registered horses aged 6 years old at the 1st January in the current year to be ridden by Adult, Associate or Pony Associate Members. 2 Table A, over one or two rounds, not against the clock. All clears or double Breeding papers are mandatory and must have been submitted to the British clears to share equal 1st place. Showjumping office at the time of registration. 3 Speed: 325m per minute 2 Table A, over two rounds of eight fences, not against the clock, but with a time Course Designer: Associate or above. allowed. Only those horses which jump clear in the first round compete in the second round. In the event there are no clear rounds those equal on the lowest 4 Course: Fences not to exceed 1.00m in the First Round. faults will go forward to the second round. Please see Course SpecificationsTables

3 Speed: 350m per minute. 5 Direct entry at the British Showjumping/Scope Festival of Showjumping. Course Designer: Associate or above. 6 Prize money to be graded. Notional – £10, £8, £6, £4, £2, £1. 4 Please see Senior Course Specifications Tables Note: Prize money for the Style & Performance element of the Championship 5 Prize money to be graded: Notional – £15, £12, £10, £8, £6, £4. will not be graded.

140 141 Section 3 Section 3 272A National Under 16 Championship for the Wales & West Trophy 273 Top Score

1 Entry qualifications: For registered horses in Grades B & C to be ridden by Pony 1 The order of starting must be drawn. Associate members who have never represented their country as a member of an Under 18 European Showjumping Team 2 Each obstacle is clearly marked with a number of points from 10 to 120 according to its difficulty. Water jumps and combination obstacles are 2 Table: A7 or Two Phase not allowed.

3 Speed: 350m per minute 3 The time allowed is 60 seconds in an outdoor arena and 45 seconds Course Designer: Assistant or above in an indoor one.

4 Please see Young Rider Course SpecificationTable 4 The round starts when the competitor crosses the starting line in either direction. 5 Direct entry at the British Showjumping/Scope Festival of Showjumping 5 The competitor jumps what obstacles he/she chooses and may do so in 6 Prize Money to be graded: Notional: Grade B horses £45,£35,£25,£15,£12,£10 either direction. Grade C horses £30,£20,£15,£12,£10,£8 or as schedule if prize money stated is less than Notional. 6 The competitor scores the number of points allotted to each obstacle provided it is jumped clear. No points are scored for an obstacle knocked down (Rule 211).

272B National Under 18 Championship 7 An obstacle that is knocked down or displaced for any reason is not rebuilt. This includes the displacement of a lower element in the same vertical plane. 1 Entry qualifications: Horses in Grades A & B to be ridden by Associate or Pony Associate members. 8 Each obstacle may be jumped twice to score. Jumping, voluntarily or otherwise, an obstacle for the third or subsequent time or jumping or passing through an 2 Table: A8. obstacle already knocked down or displaced, including the displacement of a lower element, does not incur elimination but scores no points. 3 Speed: 375m per minute Course Designer: Median or above 9 Disobediences are not penalised since they decrease the time available in which to score. Following a disobedience a competitor may either attempt the same 4 Please see Young Rider Course SpecificationsTable obstacle again or proceed to the next obstacle of his/her choice. A second or subsequent disobedience does not incur elimination but the Judge may retire a 5 Direct Entry at the British Showjumping/Scope Festival of Showjumping competitor if it becomes apparent that repeated disobediences have destroyed all chance of the competitor featuring in the prize list. 6 Prize Money to be graded: Notional: Grade B horses £45,£35,£25,£15,£12,£10 Grade C horses £30,£20,£15,£12,£10,£8 10 The bell is rung as soon as the time allowed is reached. The competitor must then cross the finishing line in either direction to allow his/her time to be or as schedule if lower Actual, as per schedule. recorded. If he/she does not cross the finishing line, he/she is placed last of the competitors with the same number of points.

11 The number of points allotted to the last obstacle jumped clear will be included in the competitor’s score provided the horse has already started to take off at the moment when the time allowed is reached.

12 Jumping an additional obstacle or obstacles after the bell has been rung is not penalised.

13 An additional obstacle may be included in the course, to be known as the Joker. The Joker must be built as an upright (not a spread) obstacle and should be significantly higher than the other obstacles (Rules 134.3, 135.4). The Joker may be jumped twice to score. If jumped clear, 200 points are added to the score, but if the Joker is knocked down 200 points are deducted from the score.

14 In the event of equality of points, time decides.

142 143 Section 3 Section 3 274 Accumulator reaches the speed section and in the event of equality of points over the power section, there will be a jump-off over the speed section to decide the winner. 1 The order of starting must be drawn. 276 Take Your Own Line 2 This competition takes place over 6, 8 or 10 obstacles which are progressively more difficult. No combination obstacles are allowed. The progressive difficulty 1 The starting order must be drawn. is not solely due to the height and spread of the obstacles, but also to the difficulty of the track. 2 The competition is judged under Table C.

3 Speed 375m per minute in outdoor arenas, 350m per minute in indoor arenas. 3 The obstacles are numbered for judging purposes only. The competitor may Ponies 350m per minute indoors and outdoors. jump them in any order and in either direction. Water jumps and combinations are not permitted. 4 Points are awarded as follows: 1 point for obstacle No. 1 cleared, 2 points for No. 2, 3 points for No. 3 etc with 4 The starting and finishing lines may be crossed in either direction. total of 21, 36 or 55 points. No point is awarded for an obstacle knocked down. Faults other than knock-downs are penalised as for Table A and any of these 5 Following a disobedience at an obstacle the competitor is not required to re- faults, including time faults, are converted into points and deducted from any attempt the same obstacle immediately, unless it has been disturbed, in which jumping points scored. case the procedure in Rule 251.4 must be applied.

5 In the event of equality of points for first place, there will be a jump-off against 6 A second or subsequent disobedience does not incur elimination, but the Judge the clock over a shortened course, over obstacles that may be increased in height may retire a competitor if it becomes apparent that repeated disobediences and/or spread. The obstacles in the jump-off must be jumped in the same order have destroyed all chance of the competitor featuring in the prize list. as in the first round and retain their respective points allotted in the first round. 7 Failure to jump all the obstacles designated on the course plan or jumping 6 This competition may also take place directly against the clock. any obstacle more than once incurs elimination.

7 For the last obstacle of the course, an alternative obstacle may be provided, of which one part may be designated the Joker. The Joker must be more difficult 277 Fault and Out than the alternative obstacle and carry double points. If the Joker is knocked down, the points must be deducted from the total. 1 The starting order must be drawn.

2 Combinations are not allowed. 275 Power and Speed 3 3 points are scored for each obstacle jumped clear and one point is scored 1 The starting order must be drawn. for each obstacle knocked down.

2 The course is divided into two sections. The first or power section consists of 4 As soon as the competitor makes any error that normally incurs a penalty under five to seven obstacles of progressively increasing severity designed to test Table A, the bell is rung to terminate the round. power and precision at each obstacle individually. This section is jumped as an Accumulator competition in accordance with Rule 274 not against the clock 5 If the error was a knock down, the competitor must then cross the finishing with a time limit of two minutes. line in either direction and the clock is then stopped.

3 On completion of the power section the bell will be rung if the competitor has NOT 6 In the event of any other error the round is terminated immediately and the scored the maximum possible number of points over this section. The competitor time is not recorded. must then retire. If the bell is not rung, the competitor proceeds straight to the second, or speed, section of the course. This consists of six to eight obstacles to be 7 This competition may be organised in two ways: jumped under Table A4 or Table C. Speed 400m per minute outdoors and 350m per minute indoors. Ponies, 350m per minute indoors and outdoors. Either a set number of obstacles with a time limit of two minutes.

4 The start and finish must be indicated separately for each section. Finish of If the competitor completes the course without error the clock is stopped power section to be start of speed section. Automatic timing is only obligatory when the competitor crosses the finishing line. for the speed section. Or alternatively: 5 The competition is decided by faults and time over the speed section. In the event of insufficient competitors reaching the speed section, minor placings are decided 8 Time allowed by the highest number of points scored over the power section. If no competitor

144 145 Section 3 Section 3 1 This competition may also be scheduled with a time allowed, which should 279 Six Bars not exceed 90 seconds in outdoor arenas nor 60 seconds indoors. 2 If the competitor makes an error before the time allowed is reached, Rules 1 The course for this competition comprises six vertical obstacles placed in a straight 277.4 to 277.6 apply. line with two non-jumping strides between each obstacle. In indoor arenas the first 3 If the competitor completes the course without error within the time allowed two obstacles may be placed on one straight line and the last four obstacles on a he/she may continue to jump the course a second time until he/she makes an different straight line. The top element of each obstacle must be a pole. error or until the time allowed is reached. 4 When the time allowed is reached the bell is rung and the competitor must 2 No obstacle may be set at a lower height than the obstacle preceding it. then cross the finishing line in either direction. 5 The competitor will be awarded points for the last obstacle jumped provided 3 The competition is judged under Table A not against the clock with a time limit the horse has already started to take off at the moment when the time of two minutes. allowed is reached. 4 In the event of a disobedience, the competitor must restart the course at the 9 Competitors are placed on points. In the event of equality of points, competitors obstacle where the error occurred, but may make his/her approach at an angle who completed the course and those whose rounds terminated following a from outside the space between the obstacles and is not required or allowed to knock down are placed on points and time above those competitors whose take any of the previous obstacles again. rounds terminated with any other error, who are placed equal. 5 If an obstacle is disturbed as the result of a disobedience, the procedure in Rule 251.4 must be applied, but no time penalty is incurred. 278 Puissance 6 In the event of equality of faults for first place there will be up to four successive 1 This competition takes place over an initial course of 4 to 6 large single obstacles. jumps-off not against the clock. The first jump-off must be over all six obstacles, but the course may be reduced progressively for each further jump-off to a minimum 2 The competition is judged under Table A, not against the clock, with a time limit of three obstacles by removing in succession first, second and third obstacles. of two minutes. 7 The Judge at his/her discretion may terminate the competition after the third 3 In the event of equality of faults for first place, there will be up to four successive jump-off. In the event of equality of faults in the final jump-off competitors are jumps-off, not against the clock, over two obstacles only, which must be a wall placed equal and divide the prize money. and a spread obstacle (not a water jump). After the first round an optional obstacle must be provided in the arena which the competitor may attempt to 8 Competitors who withdraw from or retire during a jump-off are placed equal jump once in each jump-off at his/her discretion. Errors at this obstacle are not with those who are eliminated in the same jump-off (Rules 203, 204). penalised. Not allowed for ponies. 4 The Judge at his/her discretion may terminate the competition after the third jump-off. In the event of equality of faults in the final jump-off competitors are placed equal and divide the prize money.

5 Competitors who withdraw from or retire during a jump-off are placed equal with those who are eliminated in the same jump-off (Rules 203, 204).

Not allowed for ponies.

146 147 Section 3 Section 3 280 Knock Out TABLE 280

1 This competition takes place as a knock-out tournament in which two competitors at a time compete over separate courses simultaneously. Seed Seed 2 The competition is judged under Table C, but with time penalties of two (16 starters) (8 Starters) seconds instead of four seconds (see also Rule 280.5). (1) (1) 3 The two courses are set side by side in the same arena and may either be (16) identical or built as mirror images of each other. The design of courses for this (8) competition requires special skill and should not be attempted for the first time (8) without consulting an experienced course builder. This competition is (9) not allowed in arenas in which the dimensions are less than 60mx24m. (5) (5) 4 The start must be supervised by a separate judge who will ensure that both (12) competitors make a simultaneous start. Choice of course will be decided (13) between the two competitors by the starting judge tossing a coin. (4) (4) 5 Each course should preferably be timed with separate automatic timing, if this (3) is available. If not, the competition must be judged under Table A, an extra judge (3) must stand in line with the finish and this judge’s decision of the winner from (14) each pair of competitors, if equal on faults, shall be final. (6) (6) (11) 6 Obstacles disturbed or knocked down as the result of a disobedience will not be re-erected or adjusted and will be penalised as knock downs. (7) (7) (10) 7 The winner from each pair of competitors proceeds to the next round of the competition as indicated in Table 280, until the final pair of competitors meet (15) (2) in the last round to decide the winner of the competition. (2) 8 In the event of equality between a pair of competitors, they will jump again against each other. 281 Team 9 The first round of this competition requires either 16 or 8 competitors. The schedule must state how these competitors are to be selected, which may 1 This competition is for teams of three or four competitors as stated be as a result of a draw or based on the results of a qualifying competition or in the schedule. competitions. In the latter case the competitor may ride the horse on which he/ she qualified or, if he/she so wishes, may substitute in accordance with Rule 79.3. 2 It may be judged under Table A over two rounds, not against the clock, Competitors may be seeded in the tournament draw on their qualifying results as followed by one jump-off against the clock; or under Table A7. indicated in Table 280. Rule 288 should not be used as a qualifying competition for the Knock Out – if a single qualifying competition is required, 3 The team order of starting must be drawn. The first competitor from each team it should normally be scheduled under Table C. then starts in the position drawn by his/her team, the second competitor from the team drawn first following the first competitor from the team drawn last and so on.

4 The faults of the best three competitors in the team in each round are added together to determine the team score for the round. In competitions over two rounds each team’s score for the first round is added to its score for the second round.

5 In the event of equality of team scores for first place or a qualifying place after two rounds (one round if the competition is judged under Table A7) the teams sharing first place will jump-off against the clock.

148 149 Section 3 Section 3 6 Except as stated in Rule 281.8 below, all members of a team may take part in the 283 Rescue Relay jump-off whether or not they have competed in the previous round. The faults of the best three competitors in the team are added together to determine the 1 This competition is for teams of two competitors. team score for the jump-off. In the event of equality of team scores for any place in the jump-off, the times of the three competitors with the fewest faults in each 2 Points are scored in accordance with Rule 277 (Fault and Out). The order team are added together to decide the result on time. of starting must be drawn.

7 A competitor who is eliminated or retires is awarded 20 faults plus the faults of 3 The time allowed is two minutes in an outdoor arena, 90 seconds indoors. the worst horse in any team to complete the course during the same round and may start in the next round or jump-off. The elimination of more than one team 4 Both members of the team enter the arena together. The first competitor member eliminates the team. crosses the starting line and jumps the course until he/she makes an error, continuing to jump the course a second time if still clear as in Rule 277.8.3. 8 A competitor who is disqualified (Rule 202) cannot be included in the team score for the round in which he is disqualified and he may take no further part 5 As soon as the competitor makes an error the bell is rung. The other team in the competition. If the disqualification reduces the team to less than three member (the rescuer) must take over and continue the course at the next competitors, the team is eliminated and takes no further part in the competition. obstacle beyond the point at which the error occurred. Failure to do so incurs elimination. 9 If a team cannot improve its placing in any round or jump-off after the team’s third competitor has completed the course the fourth competitor of the team 6 Each team member continues to rescue the other whenever an error is made. may be withdrawn from that round or jump-off. A competitor who is withdrawn may still take part in a subsequent round or jump-off. 7 At the end of the time allowed the bell is rung and the competitor who is then jumping must cross the finishing line. Failure to do so incurs the elimination of the team. 282 Baton Relay 8 The competition is decided on points. In the event of equality of points time 1 This competition is for teams of two or more competitors as stated in the between the first competitor crossing the starting line and the last competitor schedule. crossing the finishing line after the time allowed has been reached decides.

2 The competition is judged under Table C and the starting order must be drawn. 284 Table A Handicap 3 All members of the team enter the arena together. The first competitor jumps the course and having jumped the last obstacle passes the baton (or whip) to 1 This competition is confined to any one of the following pairs of grades the next member of the team, who then jumps the course and so on. Failure to or categories. pass the baton incurs elimination. 1 Grade A and Grade B 4 If a competitor makes an error for which the normal penalty is elimination, the bell 2 Grade A and Grades B&C is rung and the next member of the team takes over the baton and completes the 3 Grades A&B and Grade C course before starting his/her own round. If the last competitor in the team makes 4 Grade B and Grade C such an error, the first member of the team takes over and so on. 5 Grade JA and Grade JC 6 Grade JA and Grades JC&JD 5 If the baton is dropped, the competitor must dismount (without penalty) recover 7 Grade JC and Grade JD the baton and remount before continuing his/her round or passing the baton to 8 148cms and 138cms the next member of the team. Failure to do so incurs elimination. *9 138cms and 128cms 10 7 & 8 Year Old Handicap Horse Championship 6 The first competitor only of each team is required to cross the starting line and the last competitor only of each team to cross the finishing line. * Riders of 128cms ponies walk the course and then complete the course, including the jump off. Once the course has been altered for 138cms ponies 7 The team time is the time from the first competitor crossing the starting line riders of 138cms ponies walk the course and then complete the course, to the last competitor crossing the finishing line minus interrupted time plus including the jump off. time penalties. Should there be no clear rounds from the lower height ponies, those equal will not jump off, until and if necessary, after the higher height ponies have jumped. The course will be altered as and when necessary.

150 151 Section 3 Section 3 2 The course for the first round is set in accordance with Rule 134 with the 286 Two Phase Competition maximum height of the obstacles appropriate to the prize money and to the lower grade or category to which the competition is confined. Time allowed and time limit – First and Second Phase This competition comprises two phases run without interruption, the finishing 3 All competitors in the lower grade or category jump the first round. All obstacles line for the first phase being identical with the starting line for the second phase. on the course are then raised by 5cms to 10cms and competitors in the higher The first phase under Table A not against the clock with a time allowed and the grade or category then jump the first round. second phase under Table A with a time allowed and against the clock. The first phase is a course of 7 to 9 obstacles. The second phase takes place over four to 4 The height of jump-off for the lower grade or smaller pony should not be altered six obstacles. Competitors penalised in the first phase are halted by ringing the from the height of fences for the higher grade or bigger pony first round. The bell after they have jumped the last obstacle or when the time allowed or time height of jumps for the higher grade or bigger pony shall be raised by the same limit for the first phase has been exceeded. Competitors not penalised in the proportion as the lower grade or smaller pony jump off. If the competition is run first phase continue the course, which finishes after crossing the second phase under Table A8, the procedure is repeated. finishing line. The penalty for exceeding the time allowed is one penalty for each second or fraction of a second. Competitors are placed according to penalties 5 In handicap competitions restricted to heights of ponies the course builder will and time in the second phase. Should no competitor, or not enough competitors alter the course distances accordingly. complete Phase One to fill the awards the first phase placings will be split by the time taken for the round. Competitors stopped after the first phase may only be 6 When time is the deciding factor, the order of starting must be drawn separately placed after competitors who have taken part in both phases. A competitor who for each grade or category. does not complete the first phase is not eligible for an award or qualifying place.

7 Competitors in the higher grade or category are not allowed to walk the course Speed to be included see Rule 161. after the competition has started. National Qualifying competitions – when Two Phase is used for qualifying competitions, this must be properly identified in the show schedule. Competitors 285 Two Fence Challenge who do not jump clear in the first phase will not qualify for National Qualifiers. The first phase must include a minimum of eight numbered fences. The second 1 To be jumped over a maximum of five rounds. phase must include a minimum of six numbered fences (four indoors) with at least five (four indoors) additional obstacles. The height of the additional 2 When the competitor has any fault they leave the arena. obstacles should be set higher than those set for the first phase.

Scoring is: NOTE: Only 50% of classes scheduled to run on any one day may be held Two Phase Jumping fence clear 2 points or Single Phase.

Knocking down fence 1 point This only applies to National qualifying competitions.

Refusal 0 points 287 Single Phase Competition 3 The competition finishes either: Table A – both sections When all competitors have faulted or Faults to be accumulated over both sections

At the end of the fifth round. First and Second section with a time allowed and time limit. Second section against the clock Winner or winners are those with the most points. Equal points means equal placings. The competitor will jump the whole course unless they are eliminated

Not allowed for ponies. Number of fences: 5-7 fences in each section (maximum 12 fences overall). 12 numbered fences are mandatory for qualifying competitions

The second section must include at least five additional obstacles. The height of the second section should be set higher than those set for the first section.

Speed to be included see Rule 161.

NOTE: Only 50% of classes scheduled to run on any one day may be held Two Phase or Single Phase. This only applies to National qualifying competitions.

152 153 Section 3 Section 3 288 Preliminary Competition to be used to reduce 289B 11 Years and Under the number of starters in a main competition 1 Entry Qualifications: To be stated in the schedule as either 1 Entry qualifications: To be stated in the schedule. (a) For registered ponies not exceeding 128cms to be ridden by 2 Table A4 Pony Members born on or after 1 January 2002.

3 Speed: as per Rule 161 (b) For registered ponies not exceeding 138cms to be ridden by Pony Members born on or after 1 January 2002. 4 Course: The aim in designing the course should be to achieve the number of clear rounds required to go forward to the main competition and should 2 Table: A, over two rounds, not against the clock. All double clear rounds to demand careful, accurate jumping rather than speed. share equal first place. N.B. Refer to Rule 78A

5 Qualifies for: Main competition 3 Speed: 325m per minute Course Designer: Assistant or above 6 Numbers to qualify: The following formula is to be used where x is the appropriate number required in the main competition, as stated in the schedule. 4 Course: Fences not to exceed 0.90cms in the First Round The horses to qualify are decided on faults and time down to xth place. If more than one horse is placed equal on faults and time in xth place, all horses sharing 5 Special Consideration: Total prize money may not exceed £75 this place will qualify. All clear rounds will qualify even if this increases the number of qualifiers above x. 289C National 128cms Championship 7 Prizes: Separate prize money must be offered for competitions held under this rule, to be distributed on the result as determined under Table A4. 1 Entry qualifications: To be stated in the schedule

8 Schedule: The following is an example of how a preliminary competition held 2 Table: A7. in accordance with this rule should be scheduled: “The Smith and Jones A & B Preliminary Competition for horses in Grades A & B. British Showjumping Rule 3 Speed: 325m per minute 288. Approximately 20 horses will qualify to compete in class 10, the Smith and Jones A & B Competition, in the main arena.” Course Builder: Assistant or above. Fences should commence at 1m with a maximum of 1.10m leaving progression between to the discretion of the Course Builder. 289A 10 Years and Under NOTE: This class is a direct entry at British Showjumping/Scope Festival of 1 Entry Qualifications: To be stated in the schedule as either: Showjumping and requires no pre qualification.

(a) For registered ponies not exceeding 128cms to be ridden by Pony Members born on or after 1 January 2003. 289D National 138cms Championship

(b) For registered ponies not exceeding 138cms to be ridden by Pony Members 1 Entry qualifications: to be stated in the schedule born on or after 1 January 2003. 2 Table: A7. 2 Table: A, over two rounds, not against the clock. All double clear rounds to share equal first place. N.B. Refer to Rule 78A 3 Speed: 325m per minute Course Builder: Assistant or above 3 Speed: 325m per minute Course Designer: Assistant or above NOTE: This class is a direct entry at British Showjumping/Scope Festival of Showjumping and requires no pre qualification. 4 Course: Fences not to exceed 0.90cms in the first round

5 Special Consideration: Total prize money may not exceed £75

154 155 Section 4

qualify for to twelve First the final, qualifiers must jump clear in the firstround qualify for to twelve First the final, qualifiers must jump clear in the firstround qualify for to twelve First the final, qualifiers must jump clear in the firstround

Second Rounds - Finals Rounds Second qualify for to twelve First the final, qualifiers must jump clear in the firstround

First six to qualify. Qualifying qualify. six to First September period – 1st and 31 August yearly. First six to qualify. Qualifying qualify. six to First September period – 1st and 31 August yearly. First six to qualify. Qualifying qualify. six to First September period – 1st and 31 August yearly.

Qualification Period Qualification Rounds and Second First six to qualify. Qualifying qualify. six to First September period – 1st and 31 August yearly. Championships First five will qualify for the British Showjumping/ Scope Festival Scope for the British Showjumping/ will qualify five First Show. the Horse of Year will qualify for three First Festival for the British Showjumping/Scope qualify five First Show the Horse of Year qualify for two First Festival British Showjumping/Scope qualify for to Ten Festival qualify British Showjumping/Scope to Ten Championships First five qualify for the The British Showjumping/ Scope Festival Scope The British Showjumping/ for the qualify five First Show. the Horse of Year qualify for two First First five qualify for the The British Showjumping/Scope Festival The British Showjumping/Scope for the qualify five First Festival British Showjumping/Scope The Show Horse of the Year qualify for two First Festival British Showjumping/Scope The

AD Entry Qualifications - 30 April inclusive. Qualifying period – 1 May rounds. the second qualify for double clears to Four - 30 April inclusive. Qualifying period – 1 May - 30 April inclusive. Qualifying period – 1 May rounds. the second qualify for double clears to Four - 30 April inclusive. Qualifying period – 1 May rounds. the second qualify for double clears to Four rounds. the second qualify for double clears to Four Entry Qualification Qualifying period – 1 June –31 May inclusive. rounds. the second qualify for double clears to Four Qualifying period – 1 June –31 May inclusive. inclusive. May Qualifying period – 1 June –31 – 30 April Inclusive. Qualifying period - 1 May rounds. the second qualify for double clears to Four – 30 April Inclusive. Qualifying period - 1 May rounds. the second qualify for double clears to Four Four double clears to qualify for the second rounds. rounds. the second qualify for double clears to Four

1.10m 1.10m

1.00m 0.90m 0.80m Height

1.20m

1.00m 1.10m Height 0.90m For registered horses to be ridden by members excluding the top 150 on the top members excluding be ridden by horses to registered For British Showjumping Riders Ranking List assigned for the qualifying period. for assigned Riders Ranking List British Showjumping Riders are not eligible if they have jumped on any team GBR in the last five years. five GBR in the last team jumped on any have not eligible if they Riders are For registered horses to be ridden by members excluding the top 250 on the top members excluding be ridden by horses to registered For British Showjumping Riders Ranking List assigned for the qualifying period. for assigned Riders Ranking List British Showjumping years. five GBR in the last team jumped on any have not eligible if they Riders are For registered horses to be ridden by members excluding the top 450 on the top members excluding be ridden by horses to registered For British Showjumping Riders Ranking List assigned for the qualifying period. for assigned Riders Ranking List British Showjumping Riders are not eligible if they have jumped on any team GBR in the last five years. five GBR in the last team jumped on any have not eligible if they Riders are Entry Qualifications

For registered horses to be ridden by members excluding the top 450 on the top members excluding be ridden by horses to registered For British Showjumping Riders Ranking List assigned for the qualifying period. for assigned Riders Ranking List British Showjumping Riders are not eligible if they have jumped on any team GBR in the last five years. five GBR in the last team jumped on any have not eligible if they Riders are Entry

Not to exceed £500 exceed Not to

£299 exceed Not to £174 exceed Not to Not to exceed £99 exceed Not to Entry

£599 exceed Not to

£174 exceed Not to £299 exceed Not to Not to exceed £99 exceed Not to Amateur National National Amateur Amateur National National Amateur Amateur National National Amateur Amateur National Championship Qualifier

Championship Qualifier Championship Qualifier

Amateur National Championship Round Qualifier - First Foxhunter Foxhunter

Newcomers Discovery Qualifications Competitions British Novice Pony

Foxhunter Foxhunter

Discovery Newcomers British Showjumping Quick Qualification Table Quick Qualification British Showjumping Senior QualificationsCompetitions British Novice Championship Qualifier

156 157 Section 4 Section 4 SECTION 4 9 Lost Direct or Second Round qualifications, due to elapsed membership and/or registration or exceptional circumstances as deemed by the Chief Executive, may be bought back at a cost of £200 per qualification. However, reinstatement will only be actioned following receipt of appropriate fee and the membership and/or Qualifying Competitions registration being updated.

290 Qualifiers However, if the registration or membership lapses are longer than the 40 day grace all original disciplinary procedures must be followed and no 'Buy Back' 1 In all competitions in this section of the Rule Book that qualify for further rounds is allowed. or finals, the courses must be built strictly to the specifications laid down in the rules. The heights and spreads must not be exceeded and may be reduced only in 10 No additional National qualifiers to be organised without the approval of the the event of adverse weather conditions or going and then by not more than 10cms Board (See Rule 75.5). Areas and Regions to be encouraged to run their own in height or 15cms in spread. Special or unusual obstacles, “Devil’s Dykes”, “Derby series, but these may only be held within the designated Area or Region. Banks” etc, not specified in the rule for the competition must not be included in the course for direct qualifiers or Second Round competitions qualifying for the 11 A horse/pony who does not complete the first round of a competition is not Horse of the Year Show, Royal International Horse Show, Hickstead, Olympia or the eligible for an award or qualifying place. Please also refer to Rule 76.15. Festival of Showjumping. All courses for Second Round competitions in this section must be built by Panel Course Builders. (See Rule 34.5). 12 If the Judge's instruction to continue is not followed by competitors, no trophy will be awarded and the competitors will each only receive the prize 2 In certain qualifying competitions judged under Tables A1, A6, A7, A8, A9, A10, money and the lowest placing for which they would have jumped off. There Single Phase and Two Phase, (see 290.5 below) but NOT under Table A4, the will be no qualifying place. specification for each competition sets the minimum standard required to qualify. 13 Notwithstanding the individual qualification for competitions detailed in these 3 It is the responsibility of the Judge to ensure that the course is built to the rules, wild cards may be issued by The Show Organisers for some Finals/ standard specified in the rules for the competition. Nevertheless, if through any Championships held at The Festival of Showjumping. error or unforeseen circumstance it is subsequently found that the course as jumped had not been built correctly, this will not invalidate any qualifications 14 All Pony and Senior British Showjumping Second Rounds, Regional Finals and obtained as a result of the competition. Direct Qualifiers will be Pre-entry and Drawn Order, along with the first warm up class of the day. 4 Competitors in qualifying competitions will be placed for prize money in However, entries may possibly be accepted for classes 1 and 2 on the day accordance with Rules 191 to 194. In qualifying competitions judged under Table before 9.00am providing that pre-entries for each class are less than 60 (with A7, in the event of equality of both faults and time for the lowest qualifying the exception of County Shows). Any entries taken on the day must compete position, those with equality for this position will all qualify. first in the drawn order. Once entries reach 60 before 9.00am the class will be closed. 5 In qualifying competitions, with the exception of National Amateur First Qualifiers must be held no later than the second class of the day, unless Rounds, judged under single phase or two phase, the first section of the course dispensation is given by British Showjumping. is to be regarded as the initial course and the second section as the jump-off against the clock for the purpose of this rule. 15 Clear Round jumping classes will not be permitted on a day that any Second Round or Direct Qualifier is scheduled. (Seniors only) including Blue Chip and 6 In qualifying competitions judged under Tables A6, A8 and A9 and A10, in the Scope qualifiers. event of equality of faults and time for the lowest qualifying position, those placed equal for this position will all qualify. Competitors will be placed for prize money in accordance with Rules 191.3 to 191.5.

7 In qualifying competitions judged under conditions other than Tables A6, A7, A8, A9, A10, single phase and two phase, the method of determining the qualifiers must be stated in full in the rules for each competition.

8 The owner of a horse or pony that qualifies for a Second Round or his or her authorised agent will be notified by the British Showjumping Office of the qualification, which will enable him/her to compete in the designated number permitted of allocated Second Round qualifiers. For Regional Finals, tickets will be given and qualified horses may attend two Regional Finals, the owners and one other.

158 159 Section 4 Section 4 Adult Qualifying Competitions 292 Area Trial

291 International Trial 1 Entry qualifications: Horses in Grades A & B to be ridden by Adult, Associate 1 Entry qualifications: Horses in Grades A and B to be ridden by Adult, Associate or Pony Associate members. This competition may not be restricted to invited or Pony Associate members. This competition may not be restricted to invited riders or limited to less than 40 entries. riders or limited to less than 40 entries. 2 Table: A9. 2 Table: A9. 3 Speed: 400m per minute. 3 Speed: 400m per minute. Course Designer: Advanced. Course Designer: Advanced. 4 Please refer to the Senior Course Specification Tables. 4 Please refer to the Senior Course Specification Tables. 5 Numbers to qualify: Points will be awarded to riders placed 6th= or higher in 5 Numbers to qualify: Points will be awarded to riders placed 6th= or higher in International Trials on the following scale; riders placed equal will share equally International Trials on the following scale; riders placed equal will share equally the total points attributable to the combined placings (for example, four riders the total points attributable to the combined placings (for example, four riders placed 4th equal receive 8+4+2+0 divided by 4 = 3.5 points each). placed 4th equal receive 16+8+4+0 divided by 4 = 7.0 points each). 1st 64 points 1st 128 points 2nd 32 points 2nd 64 points 3rd 16 points 3rd 32 points 4th 8 points 4th 16 points 5th 4 points 5th 8 points 6th 2 points 6th 4 points Points are awarded to each rider as the result of his/her best six results on Points are awarded to each rider as the result of his/her best six results on points in Area Trials held during the qualifying period. points in IT's held during the qualifying period. Visiting members are eligible to compete in Area Trials, but will not be awarded Visiting members are eligible to compete in IT competitions, but will not be points. For the purposes only of calculating points, the placings of Visiting awarded points. members will be disregarded and points will be awarded to the remaining competitors according to their adjusted placings once this has been done. For the purposes only of calculating points, the placings of Visiting members will be disregarded and points will be awarded to the remaining competitors SPECIAL NOTE: These Trials will have a minimum 1st prize of £1,000. according to their adjusted placings once this has been done. 6 Sponsorship: Shows to which Area Trials have been allocated make their own SPECIAL NOTE: These Trials will have a minimum 1st prize of £2,000 and be built to arrangements. Area Trials are not to be amalgamated with other qualifying full International standard and require the approval of the National Sport Committee. competitions except with the special approval of the Chief Executive.

6 Sponsorship: Shows to which International Trials have been allocated make their 7 Special considerations: Area Trial competitions should be held in their entirety own arrangements. International Trials are not to be amalgamated with other in the main ring of the show. Only in very exceptional circumstances would qualifying competitions except with the special approval of the Chief Executive. consideration be given to shows that have applied to hold the competition in their second ring. Preliminary competitions in accordance with Rule 288 will no 7 Prize money to be graded: Actual, as schedule. longer be permissible in Area Trial competitions.

8 Special considerations: Only one IT should be allocated per Area unless Judges, in consultation with the course builder, have the authority to reduce the specifically authorised by the Chief Executive. IT competitions should be speed from 400m per minute to 375 or 350m per minute should the conditions held in their entirety in the main ring of the show. Only in very exceptional warrant it. circumstances would consideration be given to shows that have applied to hold the competition in their second ring. Preliminary competitions in accordance with Rule 288 will no longer be permissible in IT competitions.

Judges, in consultation with the course builder, have the authority to reduce the speed from 400m per minute to 375 or 350m per minute should the conditions warrant it. N.B. Saddlery/Tack to conform to FEI Rules & Regulations. FEI Anti Doping regulations will apply.

160 161 Section 4 Section 4 299 National 6 Year Old Horse Championship which must include the highest placed 7-year-old horse i.e. if the highest placed 7-year-old horse is placed lower than fourth it will take a qualifying 1 Entry qualifications: For registered horses aged 6 years old at the 1st position and those placed first, second and third will qualify, disregarding January of the qualifying year to be ridden by Adult, Associate and Pony those that have already qualified. In addition the first two horses from the 7 Associate members. BREEDING PAPERS ARE MANDATORY AND MUST BE Year Old Championship at the British Young Horse Championships will qualify, LODGED AND APPROVED BY BRITISH SHOWJUMPING AT THE TIME OF disregarding those already qualified. REGISTRATION. 7 Sponsorship: Shows to make their own arrangements for sponsorship 2 Table: A (Three rounds). Not against the clock. (Total prize money £1,000).

3 Speed: 350m per minute. 8 Prize Money: £300, £225, £175, £100, £70, £50, £40.

Course Designer: Advanced. Entry Fee: £40.

4 Please refer to the Senior Course Specification Tables. N.B. Show Organisers - this class must not start before 10.30am or be scheduled later than the second class of the day. The first two classes 5 Qualifies for: National 6 Year Old Horse Championship at the British must be pre-entered and drawn order. Showjumping/Scope Festival. This class must be supported with a National 1.30m or National 1.40m – 6 Numbers to qualify: All treble clears. minimum first prize £300.

7 Sponsorship: Shows to make their own arrangements for sponsorship. 301 National 1.40m Open 8 Prize Money: £300, £225, £175, £100, £70, £50, £40, £40. Prize money to be graded: Notional £15, £12, £10, £8, £6. 1 Entry qualifications: For registered horses to be ridden by Adult, Associate and Pony Associate members. 9 Entry Fee: £40. 2 Table: A10. N.B. Show Organisers: This class must not start before 10.30am or be scheduled later than the second class of the day. First class must be a suitable warm up 3 Speed: 350m per minute (Indoors). class. Both classes must be pre-entered and drawn order. Preferably a multi-day 375m per minute (Outdoors). show with warm up the day before. Course Designer: Median or above.

300 British Showjumping Talent Seeker 2013 Incorporating the 4 Please refer to the Senior Course Specification Tables. 7 Year Old Horse Championship 5 Qualifies for: 1.40m Grand Prix at the British Showjumping/Scope Festival. 1 Entry qualifications: For registered horses in Grades B&C as at 1st January 2013 and all 7-year-old horses born in 2006, irrespective of grade, to be 6 Numbers to qualify: Two double clears to qualify. Also any two double ridden by Adult, Associate and Pony Associate members. BREEDING PAPERS clears from any International Trial or Area Trial or classes 1.40m or above ARE MANDATORY AND MUST BE LODGED AND APPROVED BY BRITISH in the qualifying period, will qualify for this Final at the British Showjumping/ SHOWJUMPING AT THE TIME OF REGISTRATION. Scope Festival.

2 Table: A10. 7 Sponsorship: Shows to make their own arrangements for sponsorship.

3 Speed: 350m per minute. 8 Prize money to be graded:

Course Designer: Advanced. NOTE: Minimum first prize of £250 to be awarded for this competition.

4 Please refer to the Senior Course Specification Tables.

5 Qualifies for: The Talent Seekers Championship to be held at Horse of the Year Show 2013. The highest placed 7-year-old horse in the Final will be the winner of the 7-year-old Horse Championship and will receive a bonus prize of £1,000.

6 Numbers to qualify for the Horse of the Year Show: Four horses will qualify,

162 163 Section 4 Section 4 304 National B & C Handicap Championship 306 National 1.30m Open

1 Entry qualifications: For registered horses in Grades B or C to be ridden 1 Entry qualifications: Open to registered horses to be ridden by Adult, by Adult, Associate or Pony Associate members. (Rule 284.1.4). Associate and Pony Associate members.

2 Table: A7. 2 Table: A7, Two Phase (Rule 286A) or Single Phase (Rule 287).

3 Speed: 350m per minute (indoor). 3 Speed: 350m per minute (Indoors). 350m per minute (outdoor). 375m per minute (Outdoors).

Course Designer: Up to £200 first prize – Associate or above Course Designer: Up to £200 first prize – Associate or above. Over £200 first prize – Median or above Over £200 first prize – Median or above.

4 Please refer to the Senior Course Specification Tables. 4 Please refer to the Senior Course Specification Tables.

5 Qualifies for: British Showjumping/Scope Festival. 5 Qualifies for: The British Showjumping/Scope Festival.

6 Numbers to qualify: Two Double Clears to qualify (subject to revision). 6 Numbers to qualify: Two double clears to qualify.

7 Sponsorship: Shows to make their own arrangements for sponsorship 7 Sponsorship: Shows to make their own arrangements for sponsorship.

8 Prize money to be graded: (Minimum first prize £75) Notional – £45, £35, £25, Note: Minimum first prize of £150 to be awarded for this competition. £15, £12, £10 or as schedule if prize money stated is less than Notional. 310 The Horse and Hound Foxhunter – First Round 305 Speedi-Beet Horse Of The Year Show Grade C Championship 1 Entry qualifications: Horses in Grade C that have not won a total of £600 1 Entry qualifications: For registered horses Grade C as at 1st April of the current to be ridden by Adult, Associate or Pony Associate members. year, to be ridden by an Adult, Associate or Pony Associate Member. 2 Table: A7 (*see Note A). 2 Table: A7. 3 Speed: 350m per minute (indoor). 3 Speed: 350m per minute. 350m per minute (outdoor).

Course Designer: Advanced. Course Builder: Assistant or above.

4 Please refer to the Senior Course Specification Tables. 4 Please refer to the Senior Course Specification Tables. A water tray or water type jump compulsory being minimum spread 1.20m 5 Qualifies for: Horse of the Year Show – Grade C Championship Final. (4ft), maximum spread 3m (10 ft) outdoors 2.75m (9ft indoors) with at least two poles over and a water jump type take off element in front must be in all 6 Numbers to Qualify: Three, disregarding those already qualified. outdoor Foxhunter First Round Competitions.

7 Sponsorship: Shows to make their own arrangements for sponsorship. 5 Qualifies for: The Horse and Hound Foxhunter Second Round Qualifying period 1 June - 31 May inclusive. 8 Prize Money: Minimum first prize £300. 6 Numbers to qualify: Those horses that jump a clear round in the First Round, The class must not be limited to less than 80 entries prior to the entries closing followed by a clear round in the jump-off, in at least four Horse and Hound date. It is at the show's discretion after the close of entry date and must be Foxhunter First Round competitions in any qualifying period will qualify to scheduled as the second class of the day. The first two classes of the day must compete in a Second Round, irrespective of their placings for prize money be pre-entered and drawn order. in those competitions, which will be determined by the normal Table A rules Competitors must be able to compete in the above qualifier plus one other (Rule 191). Horses in the class must go into the jump off and go clear to gain warm-up class without being charged a membership fee if applicable. its double clear round qualification.

The winner of a particular First Round Foxhunter competition will not automatically qualify solely as a result of that competition.

164 165 Section 4 Section 4 7 Sponsorship: Horse & Hound provide the winner's rosette. Each 312 EquestrianClearance.com Senior Newcomers – First Round show to make its own arrangements for sponsorship of prize money. 1 Entry qualifications: For registered horses in Grade C that have not won a total 8 Prize Money to be graded: Notional – £30, £20, £15, £12, £10, £8. of £300 to be ridden by Adult, Associate or Pony Associate members.

*Note A: Table A7 may be changed to Two Phase or Single Phase in exceptional 2 Table: A7 (*see Note B). circumstances and/or if there are 40 entries or more. If run as a Two Phase or Single Phase, the first round must be timed, requiring suitable equipment and 3 Speed: 325m per minute (indoor). three timing heads. 325m per minute (outdoor).

The first round/phase must include a minimum of eight numbered fences. Course Builder: Assistant or above.

The second phase must include a minimum of six numbered fences with at least 4 Please refer to the Senior Course Specification Tables. five additional obstacles. The height of the additional obstacles should be set higher than those set for the first phase. 5 Qualifies for: EquestrianClearance.com Senior Newcomers Second Round. Qualifying period 1 June - 31 May inclusive. Should the Judge find it necessary to alter to Two Phase or Single Phase rules a full written report must be submitted to the office. 6 Numbers to qualify: Those horses which jump a clear round in the First Round, followed by a clear round in the jump-off, in at least four EquestrianClearance. *Note B: Dispensation is given to run a First Round Foxhunter/Grade C. This com Senior Newcomers First Round competitions in any qualifying period, will Class requires only one prize fund but a mandatory 1.20m Open or above must qualify to compete in a EquestrianClearance.com Senior Newcomers Second be scheduled. The Foxhunter/1.20m can still be scheduled, however, in the event Round, irrespective of their placings for prize money in those competitions, of 30 starters or more, the competition would be split into two, unless there are which will be determined by the normal Table A rules (Rule 191). four or fewer in the Foxhunter when the class will be run as an Open, but any To obtain a double clear qualification, even if the horse is the only clear round, double clear gained by a Foxhunter horse to count towards qualification for it must jump a jump-off round and jump clear to gain a double clear round. Foxhunter Second Rounds. Horses may compete in one section only. If there is only one Foxhunter horse in the class it must go in to the jump off and go clear The winner of a particular EquestrianClearance.com Senior Newcomers First to gain its double clear round qualification. Round competition will not automatically qualify solely as a result of that competition.

311 The Horse and Hound Foxhunter – Second Round 7 Sponsorship: EquestrianClearance.com will provide the winner's rosette. Each show to make its own arrangements for sponsorship of prize money. 1 Entry qualifications: There will be ten Second Round competitions. Qualified horses are eligible to be entered and to compete in any four of the ten Second 8 Prize Money to be graded: Notional - £25, £20, £15, £12, £10, £8 Round competitions (subject to revision). *Note A: It is permitted, in a pure Progressive Schedule only, to run a First 2 Table: A8. Round EquestrianClearance.com Senior Newcomers in conjunction with a 1.10m Open. However, in the event of 30 starters or more, the competition must be 3 Speed: 350m per minute. split into two. Horses may compete in one Section only. Horses in the class must go in to the jump off and go clear to gain its double Course Designer: Advanced. clear round qualification. *Note B: Table A7 may be changed to Two Phase or Single Phase in exceptional 4 Please refer to the Senior Course Specification Tables. circumstances and/or if there are 40 entries or more. The first round/phase must include a minimum of eight numbered fences. 5 Qualifies for: Horse of the Year Show & The British Showjumping/Scope Festival. The second phase must include a minimum of six numbered fences with at least 6 Numbers to qualify: The first two horses, disregarding those already qualified, five additional obstacles. The height of the additional obstacles should be set will qualify for the Horse of the Year Show. higher than those set for the first phase. The first five, disregarding those already qualified, will qualify for the British Should the Judge find it necessary to alter to Two Phase or Single Phase rules Showjumping/Scope Festival, plus those horses that jump clear in all three a full written report must be submitted to the office. rounds of a Senior Foxhunter Second Round.

7 Sponsorship: Rosettes kindly sponsored by Horse & Hound. Each show to make its own arrangements for sponsorship of prize money.

8 Prize money to be graded: Notional - £40, £30, £20, £15, £12, £10.

166 167 Section 4 Section 4 313 EquestrianClearance.com Senior Newcomers – Second Round 8 Prize Money to be graded: Notional – £20, £15, £12, £10, £8, £6

1 Entry qualifications: For registered horses that have qualified to compete by 315 Tri-Zone Airlite Discovery Championship – Regional Final jumping double clear rounds in at least four EquestrianClearance.com Senior Newcomers First Round competitions in accordance with Rule 312.6. 1 Entry qualifications: For registered horses that have qualified to compete There will be ten Second Round competitions. Qualified horses are eligible to by jumping double clear rounds in at least four Tri-Zone Airlite Discovery be entered and to compete in any four of the ten Second Round competitions. Championship First Round competitions in accordance with Rule 314.6, to be ridden by Adult, Associate or Pony Associate members placed 100th or below 2 Table: A8. on the British Showjumping Riders Ranking List as at 31st December assigned for the qualifying period. 3 Speed: 350m per minute. There will be twelve Regional competitions (subject to revision). Qualified Course Designer: Advanced. horses are eligible to be entered and to compete in their own Regional Final plus one other. 4 Please refer to the Senior Course Specification Tables. 2 Table: A8. 5 Qualifies for: Horse of the Year Show & The British Showjumping/Scope Festival. 3 Speed: 325m per minute. 6 Numbers to qualify: The first two horses, disregarding those already qualified, will qualify for the Horse of the Year Show. Course Builder: Median or above. The first five, disregarding those already qualified, will qualify for the British Showjumping/Scope Festival, plus those horses that jump clear in all three 4 Please refer to the Senior Course Specification Tables. rounds of a Senior Newcomers Second Round. 5 Qualifies for: The British Showjumping/Scope Festival. 7 Sponsorship: Rosettes kindly sponsored by EquestrianClearance.com. Each show to make its own arrangements for sponsorship of prize money. 6 Numbers to qualify: 1 with up to 25 starters 2 with 26 to 50 starters 8 Prize money to be graded: Notional - £30, £20, £15, £12, £10, £8. 3 with 51 or more starters

Plus those horses that jump clear in all three rounds of a Discovery Regional 314 Tri-Zone Airlite Discovery Championship – First Round Final competition.

1 Entry qualifications: For registered horses which have not won a total of £175 7 Sponsorship: Rosettes kindly sponsored by Tri-Zone Airlite. Each show may to be ridden by Adult, Associate or Pony Associate members. make its own arrangements for sponsorship of prize money.

2 Table: A7 or Two Phase (Rule 286A) or Single Phase (Rule 287). 8 Prize Money to be graded: Notional – £25, £20, £15, £12, £10, £8.

3 Speed: 325m per minute. 316 KBIS Insurance British Novice Championship Course Builder: Assistant or above First Round 4 Please refer to the Senior Course Specification Tables. 1 Entry qualifications: For registered horses in Grade C that have not won a total 5 Qualifies for: Tri-Zone Airlite Discovery Championship Second Round. of £100 to be ridden by Adult, Associate or Pony Associate members. Qualifying period yearly 1 May -30 April inclusive. 2 Table: A7, Two Phase (Rule 286A) or Single Phase (Rule 287). 6 Numbers to qualify: Those horses that jump a clear round in the first round, followed by a clear round in the jump-off, in at least four First Round competitions held in any 3 Speed: 325m per minute. qualifying period, will qualify to compete in two Regional Finals, irrespective of their placings for prize money in those competitions, which will be determined by the Course Builder: Assistant or above. normal Table A rules (Rule 191). Horses in the class must go in to the jump-off and go clear to gain its double clear round qualification. The winner of a particular First 4 Please refer to the Senior Course Specification Tables. Round competition will not automatically qualify solely as a result of that competition. 5 Qualifies for: KBIS Insurance British Novice Championship - Second Round. 7 Sponsorship: Tri-Zone Airlite provide the first rosette. Each show may make its Qualifying period yearly May 1 - April 30 inclusive. own arrangements for sponsorship of prize money.

168 169 Section 4 Section 4 6 Numbers to qualify: Those horses which jump a clear round in the first round, Dodson & Horrell British Showjumping National followed by a clear round in the jump-off, in at least four KBIS Insurance British Amateur Championships Novice First Round competitions held in any qualifying period will qualify to compete in two KBIS Insurance British Novice Regional Finals, irrespective of First round competitions to be held from September 1 - August 31 (qualifying their placings for prize money in those competitions, which will be determined period yearly 1 September - 31 August inclusive). There will be no restriction on by the normal Table A rules (Rule 191). the number of First Round competitions held. Second Round competitions at Horses in the class must go in to the jump off and go clear to gain its double each height will be allocated in each Region (subject to revision) and will run clear round qualification. from September to the middle of November. Qualified competitors are eligible to be entered and compete in any of the allocated Second Rounds. The Finals The winner of a particular KBIS Insurance British Novice competition will be held mid-November/beginning December. will not automatically qualify solely as a result of that competition. 318 Dodson & Horrell National Amateur Championship 7 Sponsorship: First rosette kindly sponsored by KBIS Insurance Qualifier – First Round 8 Prize Money to be graded: Notional - £15, £12, £10, £8, £6, £4 or as schedule 1 Entry Qualifications: For registered horses to be ridden by Adult, Associate or Pony if prize money stated is less than notional. Associate members excluding the top 450 on the British Showjumping Riders Ranking List assigned for the qualifying period (1 August 1 - 31 July). Riders who have ever competed as a team member of any Senior International Team (Nations 317 KBIS Insurance British Novice Championship Cup, World European Championships and Olympic Games) are not eligible. Regional Final Pony riders, Children, Juniors and Young Riders who have ever competed in 1 Entry qualifications: Registered horses that have qualified to compete by Nations Cup/International Team Events and European Championships in the jumping double clear rounds in at least four KBIS Insurance British Novice last five years are not eligible (excluding Veteran Teams). Championship First Round Competitions in accordance with Rule 316.6 to be ridden by Adult, Associate or Pony Associate members placed lower than 100th 2 Table: A7, Two Phase or Single Phase. on the British Showjumping Riders Ranking List as at December 31 assigned for the qualifying period. 3 Speed: 325m per minute indoor and outdoor.

There will be twelve Regional Final competitions (subject to revision). Course Designer: Assistant Course Builder or above. Qualified horses are eligible to be entered to compete in their own Regional Final plus one other. 4 Please refer to the Senior Course Specification Tables.

2 Table: A8. 5 Qualifies for: 90cms National Amateur Second Rounds. Qualifying period yearly 1 September - 31 August inclusive. 3 Speed: 325m per minute. 6 Numbers to Qualify: First six to qualify. Qualification will not pass down the line Course Designer: Median or above. and qualifiers must jump clear in the first round in a First Round competition held between the qualifying period of 1 September and 31 August yearly. 4 Please refer to the Senior Course Specification Tables. 7 Sponsorship: 5 Qualifies for: The British Showjumping/Scope Festival. 8 Prize money to be graded. £1 notional if double clear is jumped. 6 Numbers to qualify for: 1 with up to 25 starters. 2 with 26-50 starters. NOTE: This competition may only be scheduled at Amateur and Intro Shows 3 with 51 or more starters. and the maximum first prize is £25.

Plus those horses that jump clear in all three rounds of a British Novice Regional Final competition. 319 90cms Dodson & Horrell National Amateur Championship Qualifier Second Round 7 Sponsorship: Rosettes kindly sponsored by KBIS Insurance. Each show may make its own arrangements for sponsorship of prize money. Second Rounds will be allocated at least one per Region.

8 Notional Prize Money to be graded: £20, £15, £12, £10, £8, £6. 1 Entry Qualifications: For registered horses to be ridden by Adult, Associate or Pony Associate members excluding the top 450 on the British Showjumping Riders Ranking List assigned for the qualifying period (1 August - 31 July).

170 171 Section 4 Section 4 2 Table: A7. 321 Dodson & Horrell 1.00m National Amateur Championship Qualifier – Second Round 3 Speed: 325m per minute indoor and outdoor. 1 Entry Qualifications: For registered horses to be ridden by Adult, Associate or Course Designer: Median Course Designer or above. Pony Associate members excluding the top 450 on the British Showjumping Riders Ranking List assigned for the qualifying period (1 August - 31 July) 4 Please see Senior Course Specifications on Page 177. 2 Table: A7. 5 Qualifies for 90cms National Amateur Final. 3 Speed: 325m per minute indoor and outdoor or above. 6 Numbers to Qualify: First twelve horse/rider combinations to qualify (subject to revision), qualifiers must jump clear in the first round. Course Designer: Median Course designer or above.

7 Sponsorship: Each show to make its own arrangements for sponsorship 4 Please see Senior Course Specifications on Page 178. of prize money. 5 Qualifies for: 1.00m National Amateur Final. 8 Prize Money to be graded. £1 Notional if double clear is jumped. 6 Numbers to Qualify: First twelve horse/rider combinations to qualify NOTE: The minimum first prize is £25. (subject to revision) qualifiers must jump clear in the first round.

7 Sponsorship: Each show to make its own arrangements for sponsorship 320 Dodson & Horrell National Amateur Championship of prize money. Qualifier – First Round 8 Prize money to be graded. £1 Notional if double clear is jumped. 1 Entry Qualifications: For registered horses to be ridden by Adult, Associate or Pony Associate members excluding the top 450 on the British Showjumping NOTE: The minimum first prize is £30 – maximum first prize £50. Riders Ranking List assigned for the qualifying period (1 August - 31 July). Riders who have ever competed as a team member of any Senior International Team (Nations Cup, World European Championships and Olympic Games) are 322 Dodson & Horrell National Amateur Championship not eligible. Qualifier – First Round Pony riders, Children, Juniors and Young Riders who have ever competed in Nations Cup/International Team Events and European Championships in the 1 Entry Qualifications: For registered horses to be ridden by Adult, Associate or last five years are not eligible (excluding Veteran Teams). Pony Associate members excluding the top 250 on the British Showjumping Riders Ranking List assigned for the qualifying period (1 August - 31 July). 2 Table: A7, Two Phase or Single Phase. Riders who have ever competed as a team member of any Senior International Team (Nations Cup, World European Championships and Olympic Games) are 3 Speed: 325m per minute indoor and outdoor. not eligible. Pony riders, Children, Juniors and Young Riders who have ever competed in Course Designer: Assistant Course Builder or above. Nations Cup/International Team Events and European Championships in the last five years are not eligible. (Excluding Veteran Teams) 4 Please refer to the Senior Course Specification Tables. 2 Table: A7, Two Phase or Single Phase. 5 Qualifies for: 1.00m National Amateur Second Rounds. Qualifying period yearly 1 September - 31 August inclusive. 3 Speed: 325m per minute indoors and outdoors.

6 Numbers to Qualify: First six to qualify. Qualification will not pass down the line Course Designer: Assistant Course Builder or above. and qualifiers must jump clear in the first round, in a First Round competition held between the qualifying period of 1 September and 31 August yearly. 4 Please refer to the Senior Course Specification Tables.

7 Sponsorship: 5 Qualifies for: 1.10m National Amateur Second Rounds. Qualifying period yearly 1 September - 31 August inclusive. 8 Prize Money to be graded. £1 Notional if Double Clear is jumped. 6 Numbers to Qualify: First six to qualify. Qualification will not pass down the line NOTE: This competition may only be scheduled at Amateur, Progressive and and qualifiers must jump clear in the first round, in a First Round competition Intro Shows and the maximum first prize is £50. held between the qualifying period 1 September and 31 August yearly.

172 173 Section 4 Section 4 7 Sponsorship: 6 Numbers to Qualify: First six to qualify. Qualification will not pass down the line and qualifiers must jump clear in the first round, in a First Round competition 8 Prize money to be graded. Notional £20, £15, £12, £10, £8, £6. held between the qualifying period of September 1 and August 31 yearly. NOTE: This competition may be scheduled at Amateur and Progressive Shows and the maximum first prize is £50. 7 Sponsorship:

323 Dodson & Horrell 1.10m National Amateur Championship 8 Prize Money to be awarded; Notional £30, £20, £15, £12, £10, £8. Qualifier – Second Round NOTE: This competition may only be scheduled at Amateur, Progressive and 1 Entry Qualifications: For registered horses to be ridden by Adult, Associate or Advanced Shows Pony Associate members excluding the top 250 on the British Showjumping Riders Ranking List assigned for the qualifying period. 325 Dodson & Horrell 1.15m National Amateur Championship Qualifier – Second Round 2 Table: A7. 1 Entry Qualifications: For registered horses to be ridden by Adult, Associate or 3 Speed: 325 mpm indoor and outdoor. Pony Associate members excluding the top 150 on the British Showjumping Riders Ranking List for the assigned qualifying period (August 1 - July 31). Course Designer: Median Course Designer or above. 2 Table: A10. 4 Please refer to the Senior Course Specification Tables. 3 Speed: 325 mpm indoor and outdoor. 5 Qualifies for: 1.10m National Amateur Final. Course Designer: Median Course Designer or above. 6 Numbers to Qualify: First twelve horse/rider combinations to qualify (subject to revision) qualifiers must jump clear in the first round. 4 Please refer to the Senior Course Specification Tables.

7 Sponsorship: Each show to make its own arrangements for sponsorship of prize 5 Qualifies for: 1.15m National Amateur Final. money. 6 Numbers to Qualify: First twelve horse/rider combinations to qualify (subject 8 Prize money to be graded. Notional; £20, £15, £12, £10, £8, £6. to revision) qualifiers must jump clear in the first round.

NOTE: The minimum first prize is £40. 7 Sponsorship: Each show to make its own arrangements for sponsorship of prize money.

324 Dodson & Horrell National Amateur Championship 8 Prize money to be graded: Notional; £30, £20, £15, £12, £10, £8. Qualifier – First Round NOTE: The minimum first prize is £50. 1 Entry Qualifications: For registered horses to be ridden by Adult, Associate or Pony Associate members excluding the top 150 on the British Showjumping Riders Ranking List assigned for the qualifying period (1 August - 31 July). Riders who have 326 Dodson & Horrell National Minor Veteran Riders Championship ever competed as a team member of any Senior International Team (Nations Cup, World European Championships and Olympic Games) are not eligible. 1 Entry Qualifications: For registered horses to be ridden by Adult Lady members 45 Pony riders, Children, Juniors and Young Riders who have ever competed in years and over in the current year or Adult Gentlemen members 50 years and over in Nations Cup/International Team Events and European Championships in the the current year who have not competed in classes above 1.30m in the current year. last five years are not eligible (excluding Veteran Teams). 2 Table: A7. 2 Table: A10. 3 Speed: 350m per minute. 3 Speed: 325m per minute indoors and outdoors. Course Designer: Median or above. Course Designer: Assistant Course Builder or above. 4 Please see Senior Course Specifications on Page 178. 4 Please see Senior Course Specifications on Page 178. 5 Qualifies for: direct entry into the Championship. 5 Qualifies for: 1.15m National Amateur Second Rounds. N.B. Horses and riders may compete in both the Minor and Major Veteran Qualifying period yearly 1 September - 31 August inclusive. Championships.

174 175 Section 4 327 Dodson & Horrell National Major Veteran Riders Championship Water Water Tray Optional

Optional Optional No Optional 1 Entry Qualifications: For registered horses to be ridden by Adult Lady members 45 years and over in the current year or Adult Gentlemen members 50 years and over in the current year who have not competed in classes above 1.30m in the current year.

2 Table: A7.

3 Speed: 350m per minute. Water

Mandatory Max 4.25m Mandatory over. pole/s have May jump. Judged as water

Optional Optional No Water jump with 2 Water poles jumped going towards home and towards by if followed another fence not another fence than 6 strides. less Not judged as water jump water Optional 3.60 m – one poles or two over. Judged over. as water jump as water Course Designer: Median or above.

4 Please refer to the Senior Course Specification Tables.

5 Qualifies for: direct entry into the Championship. Combinations Max Spread *

1 or 2 doubles 2 doubles (Max. widths not to be widths not to used in combinations) One double built towards home towards (Max. widths be used not to in Combinations) One double and or treble (Max. or treble widths not to be used in Combinations)

Mandatory one treble

328 British Showjumping Amateur Classic

1 Entry Qualification: For registered horses of any grade to be ridden by Full, Associate or Pony Associate members excluding the top 150 on Riders Ranking List assigned for the qualifying period (1 January - 31 December). Riders who have ever competed as a team member of any senior International Team (Nations CupWorld, European Championships and Olympic Games are not eligible). Pony riders, Children, Junior and Young Riders who have ever competed in Nations Cup/International Team Events and European Championships in the Round First (Except A10) (Except 1.60m One oxer 1.80m One oxer TB 2.00m

1.40m TB 1.80m 1.30m TB 1.60m 1.05m 1.10m 1.35m TB 1.80m 1.35m 1.40m 1.45m

3rd round 1.45m TB 1.80m round 3rd One double and 1.25m - 1.45m 1.30m -1.45m TB 1.80m 1.30m -1.45m last five years are not eligible (Excluding Veteran Teams).

2 Table: A7.

3 Speed 350m per minute Height of fences 1.20m. Course Designer: Median or above.

4 Please see Senior Course Specifications on Page 178.

First Round Max Height Round First

1.55m

round 31 1st Jan 1 – May phase 1.20m – 1.25m 2nd or phase 1.30m round round 31 1st Jan 1 – May round or phase 1.25m round or June 1 – Dec 31 1st round or phase 1.15m – 1.20m 2nd or phase 1.15m or phase 1.05m – 1.10m 2nd – 1.10m or phase 1.05m 1st or phase 1.15m round round June 1 – Dec 31 1st – 1.15m or phase 1.10m or phase 1.20m 2nd round 1.00m (after 1 August ) 1 August (after 1.05m 1 August) (after April 1 – May 31 April 1 – May 1st round 1.15m – 1.20m 1.15m round 1st 2nd round 1.20m – 1.25m 2nd round 3rd round 1.30m round 3rd June 1 - July 31 1st round 1.20m – 1.25m round 1st 2nd round 1.25m – 1.30m 2nd round 1.35m round 3rd 1st round 1.35m to include to 1.35m round 1st 2 verticals 1.40m 2 verticals 2 parallels 1.40m 2 parallels 5 Numbers to Qualify: The first three horse/rider combinations will qualify for the Final at The Horse Of The Year Show, disregarding those that have already qualified. Riders may only ride one horse in the Final.

6 Prize money: Minimum First Prize: £100. Entry Fee: Maximum of £25. Table

rounds A. Two Rounds A. Two Single Phase 12 fences Max 10 fences Max 9 fences Single Phase 10 fences A. One or Rounds Two max 9 round 1st 2nd round fences max 6 fences rounds A. Three 9 – 11 fences 9 – 11 fences Shortened 2nd Shortened & 3rd rounds rounds & 3rd

A10

7 Sponsorship: Each show to make its own arrangements for sponsorship of prize money. Class International Trial – Trial International must be built to full be built to must standard International Trial Area Olympic Star Spotters Spotters Olympic Star 5 Year Old Milton Old Milton 5 Year Competition Championship 4 Year Olds 4 Year National 6 Year Old 6 Year National Horse Championship Talent Seekers Inc. Seekers Talent Old Horse 7 Year Championship British Showjumping Senior Class Course Specification Course Senior Class British Showjumping Rule Tray 291

292 269 270

271

299

300

176 177 Section 4 Section 4 Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional Water tray which tray Water pole over Optional Optional Optional Optional See Rule 310 Optional practical if should practical and/or hold water water jump which water may have one have may Optional Optional Optional No No No No No No No No No No No No No

Optional Optional Optional Optional See Rule 310 Mandatory 3.65m Mandatory One pole over Mandatory 2.50m Mandatory water jump which water may have one pole have may over and/or water water and/or over which if practical tray should hold water should hold water 3.0m Mandatory One pole over No No *(max. widths not to be used not to in Combinations) *(max. widths not to be used not to in Combinations) (max. widths not to be used not to in Combinations) *(max. widths not to be used not to in Combinations) *(max. widths not to be used not to in Combinations) *(max. widths not to be used not to in Combinations) *(max. widths not to be used not to in Combinations) and/or water water and/or tray

*(max. widths not to be used not to in Combinations) * * 1.10m Minimum of 2 doubles Treble optional Minimum of 2 doubles Treble 1.10m 1.10m Minimum of 2 doubles Treble optional Minimum of 2 doubles Treble 1.10m 1.15m Minimum of 2 doubles Treble optional Minimum of 2 doubles Treble 1.15m optional Minimum of 2 doubles Treble 1.15m 1.00m * 1.00m * 1.15m 1.35m Minimum of 2 doubles Treble optional Minimum of 2 doubles Treble 1.35m optional Minimum of 2 doubles Treble 1.35m 1.20m Minimum of 2 doubles Treble optional 1.20m Minimum of 2 doubles Treble optional 1.30m Minimum of 2 doubles Treble optional 1.40m Minimum of 2 doubles Treble 1.30m Minimum of 2 doubles Treble optional 1.30m Minimum of 2 doubles Treble optional 1.30m Minimum of 2 doubles Treble 1.60m TB 1.80m

1.40m 1.50m TB 1.80m

1.45m TB 1.80m

1.40m TB 1.80

1.40m TB 1.80m

1.45m TB 1.80m 1.30m TB 1.60m

1.40m TB 1. 80m

1.15m 1.15m 1.20m

90cms 95cms 1.00m 1.05m 1.10m at fences 0.90m 0.90m Jump- First 1.00m with two Off 1.05m 1.15m 1. 15m 1.10m 1.20m 1.20m 1.10m 1.15m 1.40m

Grade C – 1.25m Grade Grade B Grade – 1.30m 1.35m

1.30

1.20m 2 x fences at 1.25m at 1.30m

1.10m 1.15m at 2 x fences

1.25m

1.00m 1.00m 1.05m 1.05m First Jump Off 1.10m with Jump Off 1.10m First 1.15m at fences two Jump Off 1.15m Second 1.20m at fences with two A7, Single A7, or Two Phase or Two A7 A7, Single A7, Phase or Two A7

A7, Single A7, Phase or Two A8 A10 A10 A7 A7 A7 A7, Single A7, Phase or Two A7 A10

A7, Single A7, or Two Phase or Two

A7 (see A7 (see Note A) Note

A7 (see Note A) Note (see

A7, Single or A7, Two Phase Two A8

National Amateur Amateur National National Amateur Amateur National National Amateur Amateur National National Amateur Amateur National Round Championship – First Amateur 90cms National Round Championship – Second Round Championship – First Amateur National 1.00m Round Championship – Second National 1.40m National Round First British Novice Final Regional British Novice Grades B & C Handicap Grades Championships HOYS Grade C Championship Grade HOYS National 1.30m Open National Round – First Foxhunter Championship – First Round Championship – First Amateur National 1.15m Championship - Second Round Championship - Second (Minor) Veterans (Major) Veterans Classic Amateur Round Championship – First Amateur National 1.10m Round Championship - Second Round – Second Foxhunter Round – First Senior Newcomers Senior Newcomers – Senior Newcomers Round Second Discovery Championship Discovery Round First Discovery Championship Discovery Regional Final Regional 319 320 321 322 318

British Showjumping Senior Class Course Specifications – cont’d – Specifications Course Senior Class British Showjumping 301 cont’d – Specification Course Senior Class British Showjumping 316 317

304

305

306

310

325 326 327 328 otherwise: stated unless classes all the above applies to following The the height plus one third Bars – the width should not exceed Triple doubles or one double and treble – a minimum of two *Double and Treble 40 entries or more. are if there and/or circumstances Phase or Single in exceptional Two change to A7 may A: Table Note the upper height limit be built to MUST ITs) (except A minimum of 80% the course 323 324

311

312

313

314

315

178 179 Section 4 Water Water Tray Tray Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional Water Tray Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional if practical Mandatory should hold water be built as a Optional: Must of tray centre over vertical if practical Mandatory be built as a Optional: Must of tray centre over vertical if practical Mandatory should hold water should hold water Mandatory if practical if practical Mandatory should hold water if practical Mandatory should hold water No No No if practical Mandatory should hold water Optional if practical Mandatory should hold water Optional if practical Mandatory should hold water Optional Water Water Water

Optional 3.65m No Optional 3.65m No Optional 3.65m No No Water Optional Optional 3.65m Mandatory Optional with Mandatory 3.00m one pole over No No No No No No

No No No No No No No No No No No Combs Combs Combs

* * * * * * * First Round Round First Max Spread 1.30m 1.25m 1.40m 1.15m 1.30m 1.05m 1.20m 1.00m 1.05m 1.00m 1.05m 1.15m 1.20m 1.00m 1.0m 1.05m 1.35m 1.15m 1.15m 1.10m 1.10m 1.20m First Round Round First Round First Max spread Max spread 1.40m TB 1.80m 1.60m TB 1.80m 1.55m TB 1.80m 1.45m TB 1.80m 1. 55m TB 1.80m 1.30m TB 1.60m 1.45m TB 1.80m First Round Max Height Round First 0.90m (Except A10) (Except 1.20m 1.15m 1.35m 1.15m at 2 x fences 1.10m 1.20m 1.05m at 2 x fences 1.00m 1.10m Only Single Fences Doubles in the 1st 0.95m* Must jump-off. and 1st Round only Single fences 0.80m Doubles in the 1st 0.85m jump-off. and 1st Round different for change distances height ponies 2nd jump-off, the clock against single fences for change distances Must height ponies different Single fences 2nd Jump Off. the clock against 1.10m 1.15m 128cms – 75cms 138cms – 85cms 128cms - 90cms 138cms - 1.00m 1.30m 1.10m 1.15m 1.05m 1.10m 1.15m First Round Max height Round First Max height Round First (Except A10) (Except A10) (Except 1.20m 1.40m 1.40m 1.35m 1.45m 1.10m 1.30m Table Single A7, A8 Single A7, Phase or Two A7 A7 A8 A7 A8 Phase or Two A8 Single A7, phase Two A8 A8 A8 A Rounds Two A A8 A7 A8 A7 A8 A8 Table Table Table

A7 A10 A7 A7 A10 A10 A7 Class Class Class Under 16 Championships Prix Grand Winter National under 18 Championships National B & C Grades Winter Under 21 Championships Championship Novice Winter BS Winter Grade C Grade BS Winter Class Round 1st Discovery Pony 148cms Restricted Open 148cms Restricted Members Cup Pony Jumper of the Year Show Pony Round 1st Foxhunter Pony National 2nd Round Foxhunter Pony National Round 1st Newcomers Pony 2nd Round Newcomers Pony 2nd Round Discovery Pony Round 1st British Novice Pony 2nd Round British Novice Pony HOYS 128cms Championship HOYS HOYS 138cms Championship HOYS 128cms /138cms Stones Stepping Handicap Qualifier 128cms/138cms Springboard Handicap Restricted Classic JA Grade Winter *** Round 138cms 1st Winter 138cms 2nd Round Winter *** Round 128cms 1st Winter 128cms 2nd Round Winter JC Grade Winter Young Rider Young Rule Competitions Qualifying Winter for Specifications Course Senior Class British Showjumping Rule Specifications Course Class Pony British Showjumping Rule 408 399 400 402 404 405 406 407 409 410 411 412 272A 501 413 414 415 511 512 513 514 515 517 part as the second doubles with a vertical stride doubles with two stride or with two be run with single fences and including 90cms. To up to classes height pony Mixed be single fences). which must British Novice, Pony Round and First Discovery Pony Round First (except classes: all the above applies to following The the height + one third Bars – the width should not exceed Triple the upper height limit be built to MUST A minimum of 80% the course Doubles or One Double and Treble – a minimum of Two Doubles & Trebles awarded money sets of prize and two or more of 20 starters be split in the event must the class ***Can be run as a Handicap – however 272B 505 332 506 507 507 otherwise: stated unless classes all the above applies to following The the height plus one third Bars – the width should not exceed Triple doubles or one double and treble – a minimum of two *Double and Treble the upper height limit be built to MUST A minimum of 80% the course

180 181 Section 4 Section 4 399 148cms Restricted Open 402 Pony Show Jumper of the Year

1 Entry qualifications: For registered ponies not exceeding 148cms. 1 Entry qualifications: Ponies in Grade JA to be ridden by Pony or Pony Open to all but for qualification purposes those pony/rider combinations that Associate members. have been placed in a Winter JA Classic or Pony Show Jumper of the Year Not more than three entries to be ridden by the same rider. Ponies in Grades qualifier will not be eligible to compete in the Final. JC or JD at closing of entries are not eligible to be entered. The number of entries in this competition must not be limited to less than 50 entries, 2 Table: A8. notwithstanding Rule 75.8.

3 Speed: 325m per minute. 2 Table: A7.

Course Designer: Associate or above. 3 Speed: 350m per minute.

4 Please refer to the Pony Course Specification Table. Course Designer: Advanced.

5 Qualifies for: Final at Wales & West Home Pony. 4 Please refer to the Pony Course Specification Table.

6 Numbers to qualify: Those competitors who jump Double Clear (clear in the first 5 Qualifies for: Pony Show Jumper of the Year Final at the Horse of the Year Show. round and the first jump-off) (ONE DOUBLE CLEAR) in the qualifying period. Qualified riders can only ride two ponies in the Final at Horse of the Year Show and three ponies at British Showjumping Scope Festival. 7 Sponsorship: 6 Numbers to qualify: First three pony/rider combinations disregarding those already qualified. 400 British Showjumping Pony National 1.15m Members Cup To be eligible for qualification, ponies must not exceed a total of four faults in the First Round 1 Entry qualifications: For registered ponies of any grade irrespective of winnings The first four will also qualify for the British Showjumping/Scope Festival to be ridden by Pony or Pony Associate Members. Any pony/rider combinations disregarding those already qualified, but qualification will not go below who have qualified in a Pony Show Jumper of the Year competition in the eighth place. current year may not compete in Pony Members Cup competitions. Please note qualification for HOYS is pony/rider combination.

2 Table: A7, Two Phase or Single Phase (a) once the five pony/rider combinations have competed at the Pony European Championships they have automatically qualified for Horse 3 Speed: 325m per minute. of the Year Show and the British Showjumping/Scope Festival. Should a pony/rider combination subsequently qualify then the qualification would Course Designer: Assistant or above. go down the line.

4 Please see Pony Class Course Specifications on Page 180. (b) up to two will qualify from the British Showjumping/Scope Festival, disregarding those already qualified. Length of Course: 450m approximately. N.B. Pony/rider combinations that have not qualified under Rule 402 but have made a direct entry into the British Showjumping/Scope Dunglenn 5 Qualifies for: The British Showjumping/Scope Festival. Championship are not eligible for Horse of the Year Show qualification.

6 Numbers to qualify: The first six and qualification will not pass down the line. 7 Sponsorship: Each show to make its own arrangements for sponsorship Ponies must jump clear in the First Round. The qualification is subject to of prize money. revision. Qualifiers allocated by Scope. 8 Prize Money to be graded: Actual, as per schedule. 7 Sponsorship: Each show may make its own arrangements for sponsorship of prize money. 404 Squibb Group Pony Foxhunter - First Round

1 Entry qualifications: Ponies in Grades JD and JC that have not won a total of £500 to be ridden by Pony or Pony Associate members.

2 Table: A7. May be run as Two Phase in exceptional circumstances and/or if there are 40 entries or more

182 183 Section 4 Section 4 3 Speed: 325m per minute. 406 Blue Chip Pony Newcomers - First Round

Course Builder: Assistant or above. 1 Entry qualifications: Ponies in Grades JD and JC that have not won a total of £300 to be ridden by Pony or Pony Associate members. 4 Please refer to the Pony Course Specification Table. 2 Table: A7. May be run as Two Phase in exceptional circumstances and/or if there 5 Qualifies for: Squibb Group Pony Foxhunter Second Round. are 40 entries or more Qualifying period yearly 1 May - 30 April inclusive. 3 Speed: 325m per minute. 6 Numbers to qualify: Those ponies that jump a clear round in the first round, followed by a clear round in the jump-off in at least four First Round competitions Course Designer: Assistant or above. held in the qualifying period will qualify to compete in the Second Round irrespective of their placings for prize money in those competitions, which will 4 Please refer to the Pony Course Specification Table. be determined by the normal Table A rules (Rule 191). The winner of a particular competition will not automatically qualify solely as a result of that competition. Length of Course: 450m approximately. Ponies in the class must go in to the jump-off and go clear to gain its double clear round qualification. 5 Qualifies for: Blue Chip Pony Newcomers Second Round. Qualifying period yearly 1 May 1 - 30 April inclusive. 7 Sponsorship: Squibb Group provide the first rosette. 6 Numbers to qualify: Those ponies that jump a clear round in the First Round, 8 Prize Money to be graded: Notional – £20, £15, £12, £10, £8, £6 or as schedule followed by a clear round in the jump-off in at least four Blue Chip Pony if prize money stated is less than notional. Newcomers First Round competitions held in any qualifying period will qualify to compete in a Pony Newcomers Second Round, irrespective of their placings *Note: It is permitted to run a First Round Pony Foxhunter in conjunction with for prize money in those competitions, which will be determined by the normal a 1.10 Pony Open. However, in the event of 30 starters or more, the competition Table A rules (Rule 191). must be split into two. Ponies may compete in one Section only. The winner of a particular Blue Chip Pony Newcomers First Round competition will not automatically qualify solely as a result of that competition. Ponies in the class must go in to the jump off and go clear to gain its double 405 Squibb Group Pony Foxhunter - Second Round clear round qualification.

1 Entry qualifications: There will be nine Second Round competitions. Ponies that 7 Sponsorship: Blue Chip provide the first rosette. Each show may make its own have qualified to compete by jumping double clear rounds in at least four Pony arrangements for sponsorship of prize money. Foxhunter First Round competitions in accordance with Rule 404.6 are eligible to be entered and to compete in as many Second Rounds as the owner wishes. 8 Prize money to be graded: Notional - £15, £12, £10, £8, £6, £4 or as schedule if prize money stated is less than notional. 2 Table: A8. *Note: It is permitted to run a First Round Pony Newcomers in conjunction 3 Speed: 325m per minute. with a 1.00m Pony Open. However, in the event of 30 starters or more, the competition would be split into two. Ponies may compete in one Section only. Course Designer: Advanced.

4 Please refer to the Pony Course Specification Table. 407 Blue Chip Pony Newcomers - Second Round

5 Qualifies for: Squibb Group Pony Foxhunter Final at Horse of the Year Show 1 Entry qualifications: There will be 11 Second Round competitions. Ponies that and The British Showjumping/Scope Festival. have qualified to compete by jumping double clear rounds in at least four Blue Chip Feed Pony Newcomers First Round competitions in accordance with Rule 6 Numbers to qualify for: The first three pony/rider combinations, disregarding 406.6 are eligible to enter and compete in as many Second Rounds as the those already qualified, will qualify for the Horse of the Year Show. owner wishes. The first five, disregarding those already qualified, will qualify for the British Showjumping/Scope Festival. Plus those ponies that jump one treble 2 Table: A8. clear in any of the Second Rounds. 3 Speed: 325m per minute. 7 Sponsorship: Rosettes kindly sponsored by Squibb Group. Each show to make its own arrangements for sponsorship of prize money. Course Designer: Advanced.

8 Prize money to be graded: Notional - £25, £20, £15, £12, £10, £8. 4 Please refer to the Pony Course Specification Table.

184 185 Section 4 Section 4 5 Qualifies for: Blue Chip Pony Newcomers Final at Horse of the Year Show & Discovery First Round Competitions in accordance with Rule 408.6 are eligible The British Showjumping/Scope Festival. to enter and compete in as many Second Rounds as the owner wishes.

6 Numbers to qualify for: The first two pony/rider combinations, disregarding 2 Table: A8. those already qualified, will qualify for the Horse of the Year Show. The first five, disregarding those already qualified, will qualify for the 3 Speed: 325m per minute. British Showjumping/Scope Festival, plus those ponies that jump one treble clear in any of the Second Rounds. Course Designer: Median or above.

7 Sponsorship: Rosettes provided by Blue Chip. 4 Please refer to the Pony Course Specification Table. Each show to make its own arrangements for sponsorship of prize money 5 Qualifies for: Pony Discovery Championship – Final at the British Showjumping/ 8 Prize money to be graded: Notional - £20, £15, £12, £10, £8, £6. Scope Festival.

6 Numbers to qualify: 10, disregarding those already qualified, plus those ponies 408 Pony Discovery First Round that jump one treble clear in any of the Pony Discovery Second Rounds.

1 Entry Qualifications: For registered ponies in Grades JD and JC that have not 7 Sponsorship: Rosettes provided by British Showjumping. Each show to make won a total of £175.00 to be ridden by Pony or Pony Associate members, ages their own arrangements for sponsorship of prize money. as per Rule 77.12/77.13. 8 Prize money to be graded: Notional - £15, £12, £10, £8, £6, £4. 2 Table: A7, Two Phase or Single Phase

3 Speed: 325m per minute. 410 Pony British Novice Championship - First Round

Course Designer: Assistant or above. 1 Entry qualifications: Ponies in Grade JD to be ridden by Pony or Pony Associate members, ages as per Rule 77.12/77.13. 4. Please refer to the Pony Course Specification Table. 2 Table: A7, Two Phase or Single Phase 5 Qualifies for: Pony Discovery Second Round. Qualifying period yearly, 1 May - 30 April inclusive. 3 Speed: 325m per minute.

6 Numbers to qualify for: Those ponies which jump a clear round in the first round, Course Builder: Assistant or above. followed by a clear round in the jump-off in at least four Pony Discovery First Round competitions held in any qualifying period will qualify to compete in a Pony 4 Please refer to the Pony Course Specification Table. Discovery Second Round, irrespective of their placings for prize money in those competitions, which will be determined by the normal Table A rules (Rule 191). Length of Course: 450m approximately. Ponies in the class must go in to the jump-off and go clear to gain its double clear round qualification. 5 Qualifies for: Pony British Novice Championship - Second Rounds. The winner of a particular Pony Discovery First Round competition will not Qualifying period 1 May - 30 April inclusive. automatically qualify solely as a result of that competition. 6 Numbers to qualify: Those ponies that jump a clear round in the first round, followed 7 Sponsorship: by a clear round in the jump-off, in at least four Pony British Novice First Round competitions held in the qualifying period will qualify to compete in a Pony British 8 Prize money to be graded: Notional - £12, £10, £8, £6, £4, £2 Novice Second Rounds, irrespective of their placings for prize money in those competitions, which will be determined by the normal Table A rules (Rule 191). NOTE: It is permitted to run a First Round Pony Discovery in conjunction Ponies in the class must go in to the jump off and go clear to gain its double with a 90cms Pony Open. However, in the event of 30 starters or more, the clear round qualification. competition will be split into two. Ponies may compete in one section only. No other 90cms Open competition may be scheduled on the same day. The winner of a particular Pony British Novice First Round competition will not automatically qualify solely as a result of that competition.

409 Pony Discovery Second Round 7 Sponsorship:

1 Entry qualifications: There will be 11 Second Round competitions. Ponies that 8 Prize money to be graded: Notional - £12, £10, £8, £6, £4, £2 or as schedule if have qualified to compete by jumping double clear rounds in at least four Pony prize money stated is less than notional.

186 187 Section 4 Section 4 413 Horse Of The Year Show - 138cms Qualifier *Note, it is permitted to run a First Round Pony British Novice in conjunction with a 80cms Pony Open. However, in the event of 15 starters or more, the competition will 1 Entry qualifications: For registered ponies exceeding 128cms but not exceeding be split in to two. 138cms, to be ridden by Pony and Pony Associate Members (ages in accordance to rule 77.12). Pony riders are not eligible to compete before the calendar year in which their 411 Pony British Novice Championship - Second Round 8th birthday is reached.

1 Entry qualifications: There will be 11 Second Round competitions. Ponies which 2 Table: A8. have qualified to compete by jumping double clear rounds in at least four Pony British Novice First Round Competitions in accordance with Rule 410.6 are 3 Speed: 325m per minute. eligible to enter and compete in as many Second Rounds as the owner wishes. Course Designer: Advanced. 2 Table: A8. 4 Please refer to the Pony Course Specification Table. 3 Speed: 325m per minute. 5 Qualifiers for: Horse of the Year Show – Three pony/rider combinations to Course Designer: Median or above. qualify, disregarding those already qualified. Ponies must jump clear in the First Round. 4 Please refer to the Pony Course Specification Table. 6 Sponsorship: Each show to make its own arrangements for sponsorship 5 Qualifies for: Pony British Novice Championship Final at the British of prize money. Showjumping/Scope Festival.

6 Numbers to Qualify: 10, disregarding those already qualified, plus those ponies 414 Stepping Stones Series - 128cms/138cms Restricted Handicap that jump one treble clear in any of the Pony British Novice Second Rounds. 1 Entry qualifications: For registered ponies not exceeding 138cms, to be ridden by Pony or Pony Associate members, ages in accordance with Rules 7 Sponsorship: Rosettes provided by British Showjumping. Each show to make its 77.12 & 77.13. Those riders up to the end of the calendar year in which the age own arrangements for sponsorship of prize money. of 10 is reached are eligible to enter irrespective of notional winnings. Riders aged 10 years and over on 1st January in the calendar year must not have won 8 Prize Money to be graded: Notional - £15, £12, £10, £8, £6, £4. a total of £350 Notional Winnings in the 128cms Section and £700 notional winnings in the 138cms section. 128cms Ponies will not be permitted to enter the 138cms section.

412 Horse Of The Year Show – 128cms Qualifier Once a Pony has qualified with any rider for RIHS or HOYS in the current year, then it is not eligible to compete in this competition or in the final. 1 Entry qualifications: For registered ponies not exceeding 128cms, to be ridden by Pony and Pony Associate Members (ages in accordance to rule 77.13). 2 Table A: Two Rounds not against the clock Pony riders are not eligible to compete before the calendar year in which their All equal first in Round One will go forward to Round Two over 8th birthday is reached. a shortened course

2 Table: A8. 3 Speed: 325m per minute.

3 Speed: 325m per minute. Course Designer: Assistant or above.

Course Designer: Advanced. 4 Please refer to the Pony Course Specification Table.

4 Please refer to the Pony Course Specification Table. 5 Qualifies for: Four double clear rounds to qualify for the British Showjumping Scope Festival. 5 Qualifiers for: Horse of the Year Show – Three pony/rider combination to qualify, Qualification is Pony/Rider combination. disregarding those already qualified. Ponies must jump clear in the First Round. 6 Numbers to qualify: Those pony/rider combinations who achieve four double 6 Sponsorship: Each show to make its own arrangements for sponsorship clears (subject to revision) will qualify for the Final. of prize money. 7 Sponsorship: Each show to make its own arrangement for sponsorship of prize money.

188 189 Section 4 Section 4

8 Prize Money to be graded: Notional. Winter Qualifying Competitions NOTE: Minimum first prize of £25 to be awarded for this competition Competition can be scheduled at any Pony Show between the dates of 501 Winter Premier Grand Prix 1 January - 31 July. 1 Entry qualifications: For registered horses, to be ridden by Full, Associate or Pony Associate members. 415 Springboard 128cms/138cms Restricted Handicap 2 Table: A10

1 For registered ponies not exceeding 138cms, to be ridden by Pony or Pony 3 Speed: 350m per minute. Associate Members, ages in accordance with Rule 77.12 & 77.13. This competition is open to all but for qualification purposes: Course Designer: Advanced. In the 128cms Section Pony riders are eligible to enter, irrespective of notional winnings, before the calendar year in which the age of 10 years is reached. 4 Please see Winter Qualifying Competition Course Specification Table. Riders who reach the age of 10 years and over in the current calendar year must not have won a total of £500 notional Winnings. 5 Qualifies for: Double clears will qualify for the National 1.40m Championship at the British Showjumping/Scope Festival. In the 138cms Section, Pony riders are eligible to enter, irrespective of notional winnings, before the calendar year in which the age of 12 is reached. 6 Sponsorship: Shows to which Winter Premier Grand Prix have been allocated Riders who reach the age 12 years and over in the current calendar year must may make their own arrangements for prize money. British Showjumping not have won a total of £850 notional Winnings. provides rosettes. First prize may not be less than £1,000. Pony Riders are not eligible to enter the 138cms section until the calendar year in which their 8th birthday is reached. 7 Prize Money to be graded: Grade A horses – Actual and Grades B&C 128cms Ponies are not permitted to enter the 138cms Section. horses – Notional. Once riders have competed at, or have ‘ever’ qualified for RIHS or HOYS on Grade C horses will not be eligible for Bonus Ranking Points. any height pony they are no longer eligible to compete in the Final. Minimum First Prize: £1,000. 2 Table A. Two Rounds not against the clock. All equal first in Round one will go forward to Round Two over a shortened course. Maximum Entry Fee: £70.

3 Speed 325m per minute. 505 Winter Grades B & C Championship Height of fences: 128cms, 90cms, 138cms, 1.00m. Course Designer: Assistant or above. 1 Entry qualifications: There will be 12 qualifying competitions. For registered horses in Grades B & C to be ridden by Adult, Associate or Pony Associate members. 4 Please refer to the Pony Course Specification Table. 2 Table: A7. 5 Two double clears to qualify for the Final. Qualification is Pony/Rider Combination. Ponies in the class must go into the jump off and go clear 3 Speed: 350m per minute. to gain its double clear round qualification. In order to compete in the final, all qualified competitors ages must be in accordance with the Rule 77.12 & 77.13 in Course Designer: Advanced. the year of the final. 4 Please see Winter Qualifying Competition Course Specification Table. 6 Minimum first prize £25. 5 Qualifies for: Winter Grades B & C Championship at the Royal International This competition can be scheduled at any Pony Show between the dates of Horse Show. No competitor may ride more than two horses in the Final. 24 1 August – 31 January. riders directly qualify for the main arena. Horses that are disregarded under Rule 505.6 that otherwise would have qualified may be substituted in the Final 500 Winter Premier Circuit for horses already qualified by the same rider, subject to Rule 79.4. The Premier Circuit will take place in the Winter Season at selected venues with specific dates set aside and protected. Shows forming the Premier circuit will run 6 Numbers to qualify: Two, disregarding those already qualified, and horses to a set schedule. ridden by riders who have already qualified two horses. This class must have a minimum first prize of £200.

7 Sponsorship:

190 191 Section 4 Section 4

8 Prize money to be graded: Notional - £40, £30, £20, £15, £12, £10. 8 Prize money to be graded: Notional - £30, £20, £15, £12, £10, £8, or as schedule if prize money stated is less than notional. 506 Winter Novice Championship 511 Fairfax Winter JA Classic 1 Entry qualifications: For registered horses in Grade C that have not won a total of £300 to be ridden by Adult, Associate or Pony Associate members placed 1 Entry qualifications: Ponies in Grade JA to be ridden by Pony or Pony Associate lower than 50th on the Riders Ranking List assigned for the qualifying period members. Ponies in Grade JC at closing date of entries are not eligible to be entered. (1 September - 31 August). Horses with 21 or more British Eventing points are not eligible to compete in this class. 2 Table: A8.

2 Table: A10. 3 Speed: 350m per minute.

3 Speed: 325m per minute. Course Designer: Advanced.

Course Builder: Median or above. 4 Please see Pony Class Course Specification table.

4 Please see Winter Qualifying Competition Course Specifications table. 5 Qualifies for: Fairfax Winter Grade JA Championship – Venue to be advised.

5 Qualifies for: Winter Novice Championship at the Royal International Horse Show. No 6 Numbers to qualify: First three to qualify. Qualifiers must jump clear in First competitor may ride more than two horses in the Final. Horses that are disregarded round, disregarding those already qualified and ponies ridden by riders who under Rule 506.6 that otherwise would have qualified may be substituted in the Final have already qualified two ponies. for horses already qualified by the same rider, subject to Rule 79.4. Ponies will qualify to compete in the Final in which they must be ridden by the 6 Numbers to qualify: Two disregarding those already qualified and horses ridden rider who rode them when qualifying. Competitors may not ride more than two by riders who have already qualified two horses for the Championship. ponies in the Final.

7 Sponsorship: 7 Prize money to be graded: Actual, as per schedule.

8 Prize money to be graded: Notional – £25, £20, £15, £12, £10, £8 512 Winter 138cms First Round Competition

507 British Showjumping Winter Grade C Qualifier 1 Entry qualifications: For registered ponies that have won £30 or more exceeding 128cms but not exceeding 138cms to be ridden by Pony or Pony Associate 1 Entry qualifications: For registered horses in Grade C to be ridden by Adult, members (Ages in accordance with Rule 77.12). Pony riders are not eligible to Associate or Pony Associate members. compete before the calendar year in which their 8th birthday is reached.

2 Table: A7. 2 Table: A8.

3 Speed: 350m per minute. 3 Speed: 325m per minute.

Course Designer: Advanced. Course Builder: Assistant or above.

4 Please see Winter Qualifying Competition Course Specification Table. 4 Please refer to the Pony Course Specification Table.

5 Qualifies for: 5 Qualifies for: Winter 138cms Second Round Competition.

6 Numbers to qualify: Four to qualify, disregarding those already qualified, and 6 Numbers to qualify: Two double clears (subject to revision) horses ridden by riders who have already qualified two horses. Riders may only ride two horses in the Final. 7 Sponsorship: Shows to make their own arrangements for prize money.

This class must have a minimum first prize of £200. This class must be run as 8 Prize money to be graded: Notional - £20, £15, £12, £10, £8, £6, or as schedule if the second class of the day and must have a suitable warm up. prize money stated is less than notional.

7 Sponsorship: Each show to make their own arrangements for the sponsorship 9 Special considerations: Any affiliated indoor show held between the third of prize money weekend of September and first weekend of January may schedule this

192 193 Section 4 Section 4 competition without prior allocation by the British Showjumping Office. 6 Numbers to qualify: Two double clears to qualify (subject to revision) N.B. This class will split in the event of 20 starters or more and two sets of prize money awarded. Dispensation will be given to run the Winter 128cms and 7 Sponsorship: Shows to make their own arrangements for prize money. Winter 138cms First Rounds as a handicap competition. If run as a Handicap, pony riders will be given dispensation to ride up to three ponies in each height 8 Prize Money to be graded: Notional - £15, £12, £10, £8, £6, £4, or as schedule if section. prize money stated is less than notional.

513 Winter 138cms Competition - Second Round 9 Special considerations: Any affiliated indoor show held between the third weekend of September and first weekend in January may schedule this 1 Entry qualifications: For registered ponies exceeding 128cms but not exceeding competition without prior allocation by the British Showjumping Office. 138cms that have qualified by achieving at least two double clears in a Winter N.B. This class will split in the event of 20 starters or more and two sets of prize 138cms First Round, to be ridden by Pony or Pony Associate members (ages in money awarded. accordance with Rule 77.12). Qualified ponies may compete in any or all of the Dispensation will be given to run the Winter 128cms and Winter 138cms First ten Second Round competitions. Rounds as a handicap competition. If run as a Handicap, pony riders will be given dispensation to ride up to three ponies in each height section Pony riders are not eligible to compete before the calendar year in which their 8th birthday is reached. 515 Winter 128cms Competition - Second Round 2 Table: A8. 1 Entry qualifications: For registered ponies not exceeding 128cms that have qualified 3 Speed: 325m per minute. by achieving at least two double clears in a Winter 128cms First Round to be ridden Course Designer: Advanced. by Pony members (ages in accordance with Rule 77.13). Qualified ponies may compete in any or all of the 10 Second Round competitions. Pony riders are not 4 Please refer to the Pony Course Specification Table. eligible to compete before the calendar year in which their eight birthday is reached.

5 Qualifies for: Winter 138cms Championship at the Royal International Horse Show. 2 Table: A8.

6 Numbers to qualify: *3 on day one and 2 on day two of the schedule, 3 Speed: 325m per minute. disregarding those already qualified and ponies ridden by riders who have already qualified two ponies. Course Designer: Advanced.

*subject to change 4 Please refer to the Pony Course Specification Table.

7 Sponsorship: Each show to make their own arrangements for the sponsorship 5 Qualifies for: Winter 128cms Championship at the Royal International Horse Show. of prize money 6 Numbers to qualify: * 3 on day one and 2 on day two of the schedule, 8 Prize money to be graded: Notional - £25, £20, £15, £12, £10, £8. disregarding those already qualified and ponies ridden by riders who have already qualified two ponies.

514 Winter 128cms Competition - First Round *subject to change

1 Entry qualifications: For registered ponies that have won £30 or more not 7 Sponsorship: Each show to make their own arrangements for the sponsorship exceeding 128cms to be ridden by Pony members (ages in accordance with of prize money. Rule 77.13). Pony riders are not eligible to compete before the calendar year in which their eight birthday is reached. 8 Prize money to be graded: Notional - £20, £15, £12, £10, £8, £6.

2 Table: A7. 517 Winter Grade JC Championship 3 Speed: 325m per minute. 1 Entry qualifications: For registered Grade JC ponies at 1 October to be ridden Course Designer: Assistant or above. by Pony or Pony Associate members. Qualified ponies may compete in all or any of the 10 competitions. 4 Please refer to the Pony Course Specification Table. 2 Table: A8. 5 Qualifies for: Winter 128cms Second Round Competition. 3 Speed: 325m per minute.

194 195 Section 4 Course Designer: Advanced.

4 Please refer to the Pony Course Specification Table.

5 Qualifies for: Winter Grade JC Championship at the Royal International Horse Show. No competitor may ride more than two ponies in the Final. Ponies which are disregarded under Rule 517.6, which otherwise would have qualified may be substituted in the Final for ponies already qualified by the same rider, subject to Rule 79.4.

6 Numbers to qualify: *3 on day one and 2 on day two of the schedule, disregarding those already qualified and ponies ridden by riders who have already qualified two ponies.

*subject to change

7 Sponsorship: Shows to make their own arrangements for prize money.

8 Prize Money to be graded: Notional - £25, £20, £15, £12, £10, £8.

518 Children on Horses

1 Entry qualifications: For registered horses to be ridden by Pony Associate members. AD 2 Table: A7.

3 Speed: 350m per minute. Course Designer: Associate or above. Height of fences: 1.20m first round/1.30m jump off.

4 Direct entry to the Final at the British Showjumping/Scope Festival.

5 Minimum first prize £50.

6 Only those children who reach the age of 12 years, 13 years and 14 years on the 1 January in the qualifying year will be eligible for Team Selection.

N.B. This class may be held at either Senior or Pony shows.

196 197 GENERAL INDEX Rule No Page Rule No Page Authorised obstacles 104 221 Authorised access to arena 127 A 33.11 Authorised Agents 41 196 Abandoned competition 119 Abandonment insurance 20 B ACCESS TO THE ARENA 127 35 Badges 49 274 Accumulator 1 144 282 Baton relay 150 21-25 ADMINISTRATION 36 410 British Novice Championship – First Round 187 ADULT QUALIFYING COMPETITIONS 160 411 British Novice Championship – Second Round 188 75 Advanced category 70 171 Bell 115 34.5.6 Advanced Course Designer 47 242 Bell – Ignoring 129 34.5.13 Advanced Course Designer appointment 48 172 Bell – Ringing 115 102.9 Advertising 100 31.2 Birth certificate 38 AFFILIATED SHOWS insurance 68 76.4 Block entry fees 73 74 Affiliation fees 68 406 Blue Chip Pony Newcomers – First Round 185 73 Affiliation of shows 66 407 Blue Chip Pony Newcomers – Second Round 185 33.6 Age of 16 41 3 Board The 35 33.4 Age of 17 40 101.3 Body protectors 98 33.4 Age of 18 40 101.3 Boots 98 33.1,2 & 3 Age of 19 40 101.3 Breeches/Jodphurs 98 46 Age of horses/ponies (under 4 years old) 52 316 British Novice Championship – Adult First Round 169 22.1, 33.9 Agent (see Registered Agent) 36,41 317 British Novice Championship – Adult Second Round 170 33.11 Agents 41 410 British Novice Championship – Pony – First Round 187 81 Agreement to be bound by the rules 81 411 British Novice Championship – Pony – Second Round 188 All risks (Insurance) 20 328 British Showjumping Amateur Classic 176 318 Amateur Championships 171 British Showjumping Coaches 26 306 Amateur 1.30m Classic 165 34.5 British Showjumping Course Designers Panels 45 75 Amateur category 71 British Showjumping Development Officers 19 49 Animal Health Trust surcharge 52 400 British Showjumping Pony 1.15m Members Cup 182 22,24 Annual re-registration 36 British Showjumping Pony Class course specifications 180 24 Annual re-registration of horse or pony 37 318 British Showjumping National Amateur Championships 171 22,24 Annual renewal 36 13 British Showjumping office 36 24 Annual renewal of membership 37 British Showjumping insurance 20 90 Appeal Committee 87 34 British Showjumping panels 43 31 Applications for Membership 38 British Showjumping Senior Class course specifications 177 73.3 Applications for show affiliation 67 96 British Showjumping Stewards 19,90 34.5.8 Appointment to Course Builders panels 47 300 British Showjumping Talent Seekers 2012 inc. 32.2 Area, meetings, voting & eligibility rights 38 & Yr Old Horse Champ 162 AREA REPRESENTATIVES AND COMMITTEES 12 34.5.7 British Showjumping Training Scheme 47 9 Areas 35 507 British Showjumping Winter Grade C Qualifier 192 292 Area trial 161 290.9 Buy Back – Lost Direct or Second Round Qualifiers 159 120 Arena 102 221 Arena – Authorised access 127 C 233 Arena – Entering 128 33 Categories of Membership 40 264 Arena – Improperly leaving 133 76.13 Challenge Trophies 75 266 Arena – Leaving 133 50.8 Change of name 53 222 Arena – Unauthorised access 127 Channel Islands – Insurance Position 20 261 Assistance – Outside assistance 133 101.3 Chaps 98 34.5.3 Assistant Course Builder 45 8 Chief Executive 35 34.5.10 Assistant Course Builder appointment 47 518 Children on Horses 196 34.5.4 Associate Course Builder 46 267 Chin strap 133 34.5.11 Associate Course Builder appointment 48 212.8 Circle 126 34.2 Associate Judges 44 Claims, insurance 20 33.4 Associate Membership 40 290.15 Clear round jumping 159

198 199 Rule No Page Rule No Page 245 Clock – Restarting the 129 252 Closed combinations – Penalties 130 D at Coaches 26 71 Definitions (Shows & Competitions) 65 Code of Conduct for Junior Members (Annex B) 31 133 Dimensions of obstacles 106 174 Collecting ring 115 25.2 Direct Debit 37 137 Combinations 108 143 Directional flags 109 252 Combinations – Closed 130 83 Disciplinary Panel 84 253 Combinations – Open 131 85 Disciplinary procedure 84 234 Commencing the round 128 85 Disciplinary rules 84 50.7 Commercial names 53 81 DISCIPLINE 81 COMMUNICATIONS 115 314 Discovery Championship – First Round 168 33.7 Company Membership 41 315 Discovery Championship – Regional Final 169 32.4 Company privileges 39 408 Discovery Pony – First Round 186 196 Competition abandoned 119 409 Discovery Pony – Second Round 186 181 Competition categories 115 214 Dismounting 126 78 Competitions – Local 79 212 Disobediences 125 78A Competitions – Pony 79 52 Disposal of registered horses 52 184 Competitions – Special 116 47 Disputed ownership 54 32.3 Competitive privileges 39 202 Disqualification 123 195 Competitor riding all horses qualified for the jump-off 119 DISQUALIFICATION RETIRING & WITHDRAWING 123 164 Competitor’s time 113 63 Disqualified horses 55 89 Competitors reported by Judge 87 318 Dodson & Horrell National Amateur 85 Complaint, Notice of 84 Championship Qualifier First Round 171 84 Complaints of misconduct 84 319 Dodson & Horrell 90cms National Amateur 197 Completing the course 119 Championship Qualifier Second Round 171 CONDUCT AND DISCIPLINE 81 320 Dodson & Horrell National Amateur 82 Conduct of Members 81 Championship Qualifier First Round 172 81 Conduct of Members – Agreement to be bound by the rules 81 321 Dodson & Horrell 1m National Amateur 73.4 Consideration of Show Applications 67 Championship Qualifier Second Round 173 244 Continuing after stopping 129 322 Dodson & Horrell National Amateur 1 Corporate status 35 Championship Qualifier First Round 173 164.1a Countdown, 45 sec 113 323 Dodson & Horrell 1.10m National Amateur 34, 113 Course Designers/Builders 48,102 Championship Qualifier Second Round 174 34.5.7 Course Designers/Builders Training Scheme 47 324 Dodson & Horrell National Amateur 34.5 COURSE DESIGNERS PANELS 45 Championship Qualifier First Round 174 142 Course – Flagging 109 325 Dodson & Horrell 1.15m National Amateur 158 Course – Incorrectly Erected 111 Championship Qualifier Second Round 175 154 Course – Jump-off 110 326 Dodson & Horrell National Minor Veteran 256 Course – Jumping wrong course 132 Riders Championship 175 155 Course – Measuring 110 327 Dodson & Horrell National Major Veteran 197 Course – No competitor completing 119 Riders Championship 176 153 Course – Number of obstacles 110 195A Double Clear Qualification 119 151 Course plan 109 102.4 & .7 Draw reins 99 157 Course – Representations by competitors 111 101 Dress 97 159 Course – Resiting obstacles 111 Course specifications, Pony Class 180 E Course specifications, Senior Class 177 23 Effective date 37 152 Course – Start and finish 109 289B Eleven years & under 155 156 Course – Walking 111 77 Eligibility (Horses & Riders) 76 COURSES 109 32 Eligibility rights 38 88.3 Cross disciplinary suspension 86 41 Eligibility to register a horse or pony 49 132 Cups 106 201 Elimination 121 201 Elimination at the Judges' discretion 122 ELIMINATION, DISQUALIFICATION, RETIRING & WITHDRAWING 121

200 201 Rule No Page Rule No Page 75 Elite category 7o 284 Handicap, Table A 151 233 Entering the arena 128 101.3 Hat – Specification 97 79 Entries 79 140 Hedge 109 79.5 Entry Fees, refund of 80 13 Headquarters/Office 36 97 Equine Anti Doping and Controlled Medication 90 73.8 Health & safety requirements for shows 68 102 Equipment and saddlery 99 Height conversion table 107 312 EquestrianClearance.com Senior Newcomers First Round 167 198.12 Height objections 121 313 EquestrianClearance.com Senior Newcomers Second Round 168 135 Heights in jump-off 107 Errors 124 134 Heights in first rounds 107 6 Honorary Members 35 F 6 Honorary Vice President 35 22.2, 23.1 Facsimile 37 77.3 Hors concours 76 511 Fairfax Winter JA Classic 193 310 Horse & Hound Foxhunter Championship – First Round 165 258 Failing to jump the next obstacle within 45 seconds 133 311 Horse & Hound Foxhunter Championship – Second Round 166 213 Fall 126 305 Horse of The Year Show Grade C Championships 164 277 Fault and out 145 412 Horse of The Year Show Qualifier 128cms 188 182.1 Faults 116 413 Horse of The Year Show Qualifier 138cms 189 34.5.14 FEI Course Designers appointment 49 Horse insurance 20 34.4 FEI Judges appointment 45 63 Horses disqualified 55 88.2 FEI suspension 86 50.7.6 Horse passports (change of name) 53 Fences (see Obstacles) 46 Horses under four years 52 265 Finishing 133 Householders (insurance) 20 73.8 First aid 68 142 Flagging of course 109 I 143 Flags - Directional 109 242 Ignoring the bell 129 139.1 Flags on water jumps 109 88.1 Immediate suspension 86 42.5 Flu vaccinations 50 64 Imported horses (grading) 55 97 Forbidden substances 90 264 Improperly leaving the arena 133 33.12 Foreign nationals competing in Great Britain 42 94 Indebtedness to affiliated shows 89 164.1a Forty-Five second count down 113 93 Indebtedness to British Showjumping 89 271 Four-year-old classes 141 22.1.1 Initial application for membership 36 404 Foxhunter – Pony – First Round 183 22.1.3 Initial registration 37 405 Foxhunter – Pony – Second Round 184 INSURANCE 20 310 Foxhunter – First Round 165 Insurance cover 20 311 Foxhunter – Second Round 166 Insurance position – Channel Islands 20 33.2 Full Membership 40 73.4(ii) International shows held in the U.K. 66 33.2B Full Visiting Membership 40 International rules 134 291 International trial 160 G 75 Intro category 69 101.3 Gaiters 98 64.2 Irish points 56 GENERAL REGULATIONS 35 32.2 General meetings 38 J 32.2 General meetings of British Showjumping 38 101.3 Jackets 97 32.1 General privileges 38 101.3 Jodphurs/breeches 98 101.3 Gloves 98 45 Joint Measurement Board Ltd 51 304 Grades B & C handicap 164 34 Judges, Time Keepers & Course Designers/Builders 43 66 Grade limits 54 34.3, 111 Judges 44,101 GRADING 54 154 Jump-off course 110 64 Grading of imported horses 55 101 JUMPING AND JUDGING 97 61 Grading records 54 256 Jumping the wrong course 132 195 Jump-off – Competitor riding all horses qualified 119 H 135 Jumps-Off – Heights 107 101.2 Hair, long 97 101.3 Half chaps 98

202 203 Rule No Page Rule No Page 306 National 1.30m Open 165 K 289C National 128cms Championship Qualifier 155 316 KBIS Insurance – British Novice Championship – 289D National 138cms Championship Qualifier 155 Adult First Round 169 272A National Under 16 Championship for the Wales & West Trophy 142 317 KBIS Insurance – British Novice Championship – 272B National Under 18 Championship 142 Regional Final 170 404 National Pony Foxhunter – First Round 183 211 Knock down 124 405 National Pony Foxhunter – Second Round 184 280 Knock out 148 299 National Six Year Old Horse Championship 162 263 Knocking the timing equipment 133 68 Nations Cup Points 62 406 Newcomers – Pony – First Round 185 L 407 Newcomers – Pony – Second Round 185 76.9 Leading rider prizes 74 197 No competitor completing the course 119 48 Leasing 52 33.3 Non-jumping Membership 40 266 Leaving the arena 133 22 Notice in Writing 36 264 Leaving the arena improperly 133 22.4 Notification over the telephone/website 37 33.1 Life Membership 40 68 Non-Super League Nations Cup Competitions 78 Local competitions 79 & Young Rider Nations Cup 64 34.5.8 Log book (report forms) 47 85 Notice of complaint 84 102.9 Logos 100 90 Notice of findings, penalties and appeals 87 101.2 Long Hair 97 24 Notice of renewal 37 42.3 Loss of use 50 67 Notional prize money 57 121.2 Lunging 102 67.2 Notional prize money – for foreign competitions 62 153 Number of obstacles 110 M 134 Maximum heights in the First Round 107 O 136 Maximum spreads 108 198 Objections 119 45 Measurement of horses/ponies 51 198.12 Objections – Height 121 42.4 Measured out 51 OBSTACLES 106 155 Measuring the course 110 137 Obstacles – Combinations 108 Media rights 67 133 Obstacles – Dimensions 106 34.5.5 Median Course Designer 46 258 Obstacles – Failing to jump next obstacle within 45 seconds 133 34.5.12 Median Course Designer appointment 48 140 Obstacles – Hedge 109 32.5 Medical suspension 39 134 Obstacles – Heights in First Round 107 32.2 Meetings, voting and eligibility rights 38 135 Obstacles – Heights in jumps-off 107 Member information 3 Obstacles, in the Schooling Area – Authorised 104 31-33 MEMBERSHIP 38 Obstacles, in the Schooling Area – Unauthorised 105 32.1.2 Membership badge 38 136 Obstacles – Maximum spreads 108 Membership of the Board 36 OBSTACLES, PENALTIES AT 133 31.4 Membership cards 38 257 Obstacles – Penalties at alternative obstacles 133 25 Methods of payment 37 255 Obstacles – Penalties under Table C 132 33.2A Membership, Full 40 122 Obstacles – Practice 102 12 Members Council 36 131 Obstacles – Structure and Appearance 106 41.2, Microchipping 49,51,78 153 Obstacles – Number of 110 44.77.15 159 Obstacles – Resiting 111 270 Milton Championship for 5 Year Old Horses 141 24 Official forms 37 76.3 Minimum prize money 73 33.3A Official Membership 40 71.4 & 5 Minor competitions 65 OFFICIALS 101 71.3 Minor shows 65 Official British Showjumping Insurance Schemes 20 89.1 Monetary penalties 87 68..3 Olympic Games points 64 Motor insurance 20 269 Olympic Star Spotters Competition for 6 Year Old Horses 140 399 148cms Restricted Open 182 N 34.3.1 One Star Judges 44 50 Names of horses/ponies 52 304 National B&C Handicap Championship 164 301 National 1.40m Open 163

204 205 Rule No Page Rule No Page 301 Open 1.40m 163 62 Prizes – Graded 55 306 Open 1.30m, Amateur Incorporating 1.30m Classic Champ 165 67 Prizes – Notional 57 253 Open combination – penalties at 131 76.6 Prizes – Withholding 73 231 Order of starting 127 75 Progressive category 69 ORGANISATION 35 73.2 Procedure for show applications 66 Other insurance 20 98 Prohibited substances and prohibited methods – Humans 91 OTHER PENALTIES 133 173 Public address 115 261 Outside assistance 133 165.1 Public display boards 113 33.13 Overseas Members 42 PUBLIC LIABILITY INSURANCE 20 33.3b Owner Membership 40 95 Publication of findings and penalties 90 47 Ownership (disputed) 52 14 Publications 36 278 Puissance 146 P 34.1 Panels 43 Q Patron 35 290 Qualifiers 158 PENALTIES 130 QUALIFYING COMPETITIONS 158 257 Penalties at alternative obstacles 133 Quick qualification table 157 252 Penalties at closed combinations under Table A 130 PENALTIES AT OBSTACLES 130 R 255 Penalties at obstacles under Table C 132 79.5 Refund of entry fees 80 253 Penalties at open combinations under Table A 131 212.5 Refusal 126 251 Penalties at obstacles under Table A 130 33.8 Regimental Membership 41 254 Penalties at the water jump under Table A 131 32.2 Region 38 Personal accident cover 20 REGIONAL ORGANISATION 9 Personal accident insurance 20 Regions and areas 35 68 Points for Riders Ranking List 62 Regional Course Designers Mentors – List of 23 121.3 Ponies (not to be ridden by adults) 102 Regional Judges Mentors – List of 23 42.4 Ponies measured out 50 33.9 Registered agent 41 410 Pony British Novice Championship – First Round 187 51 Registration fees 54 411 Pony British Novice – Second Round 188 42 Registration for BSJA competitions 50 33.5 Pony Associate Membership 40 42 - 43 Registration for international competitions 51 75 Pony category 71 REGISTRATION OF HORSES/PONIES 49 78A Pony competitions 79 96.3 Regulation of Judges/Officials 90 77.14 Pony competitions – Start/Finish Times 78 282 Relay – Baton 150 78A Pony competitions – with a rider age restriction 79 283 Relay – Rescue 151 408 Pony Discovery – First Round 186 34.5. 8 Report Forms 47 409 Pony Discovery – Second Round 186 89 Reported by Judges 87 404 Pony Foxhunter – First Round 183 205 Reports – Competitor retiring 124 405 Pony Foxhunter – Second Round 184 157 Representations by competitors about the course 111 33.6 Pony Membership 41 198 Representations by competitors to the Judge 119 406 Pony Newcomers – First Round 185 44 Re-registration 51 407 Pony Newcomers – Second Round 185 283 Rescue relay 151 402 Pony Show Jumper of the Year 183 212.7 Resistance 126 275 Power and speed 144 159 Resiting obstacles 111 87 Powers of the British Showjumping Disciplinary Panel 114.1 Responsibility (Course Builders) 127 to impose penalties 86 114.2 Responsibility (Judges, Courses) 127 PRACTICE 102 245 Restarting the clock 129 121 Practice area 102 246 Restarting the whole course 129 122 Practice obstacles 102 72 Restrictions, Shows 65 50.7 Prefix (on horse's name) 53 RESULTS 116 288 Preliminary competition 154 191 Results under Table A 116 500 Premier circuit 190 203 Retiring 123 Private health insurance 20 205 Retiring – Judge’s report 124 76 Prizes 73 RETIRING & WITHDRAWING 121 77.16 Riders – Eligibility 78

206 207 Rule No Page Rule No Page 68 Riders Ranking List 62 232 Starting – Rate of 128 32 Rights and privileges of Membership 38 414 Stepping Stones Series - 128cms/138cms Restricted Handicap 189 86 Rights of Members at British Showjumping disciplinary Panel 85 96 Stewards 90 172 Ringing the bell 115 244 Stopping – Continuing after 129 234 Round, commencing the 128 241 Stop, Signal to 129 RULES FOR SPECIAL COMPETITIONS 140 245 Stopping and restarting the clock 129 Rules, changes, amendments & deletions 33 STOPPING DURING A ROUND 129 212.6 Run out 126 243 Stopping voluntarily 129 131 Structure and appearance 106 S 33.10 Stud Membership 41 102 Saddlery and equipment 99 36 Subscriptions 49 99 Safeguarding children 91 79.4 Substitutions 80 75 Schedules 69 50.7.4 Suffix (on horses name) 53 268 Scheduling 140 91 Summary Powers of the Chief Executive 87 SCORING 115 92 Summary powers of a Team Manager 89 164.1a Second count down – 45 113 34.5.2&9 Supervisory Course Designers / SECTION 1 35 Builders Panel Appointment 45,47 SECTION 2 97 49 Surcharge (Animal Health Trust) 52 SECTION 3 140 24.2 Suspended 37 SECTION 4 158 32.5 Suspension of Members 39 312 Senior Newcomers – First Round 167 88.1 Suspension (following conviction in a court of law) 86 313 Senior Newcomers – Second Round 168 76.7 Sweepstakes 74 101.3 Shirts 98 32.1.4 Showjumping magazine 38 T 73 Shows – Affiliation 66 TABLE 135 Height conversion 107 74 Shows – Affiliation fees 68 TABLE 136 Maximum spreads 108 SHOWS AND COMPETITIONS 65 TABLE 162 Time allowed 114 71 Shows – Definitions 65 TABLE 182 Time faults 116 72 Shows – Restrictions 65 TABLE 191 Jump off under Table A 117 75 Shows – Schedules 69 TABLE 136 Maximum spreads for ponies 108 71 Shows and Competitions – Definitions 65 TABLE 201 Elimination 122 73.1 Shows – Secretary Membership 66 TABLE 253 Errors in combinations 131 73.8 Show organiser 68 TABLE 254 Errors at water jumps 131 287 Single phase competition 153 TABLE 280 Knock out formula 149 241 Signal to stop 129 TABLE 67.1 Notional prize money for national competitions 58 279 Six bars 147 TABLE 67.2 Notional prize money for foreign competitions 62 299 Six-year-old Horse Championship 162 TABLE 67.3 Notional prize money for young riders & juniors 100 Social media 91 in foreign competitions 62 75 Special category 71 TABLE 68.1 63 184 Special competitions 116 TABLE 68.3 Olympic Games & Championships individual points 64 161 Speed – Timing 111 182 TABLE A 116 Speed – Table 112 284 TABLE A Handicap 151 305 Speedi-Beet Horse of the Year Grade C Championship 164 191 TABLE A, Results under 117 136 Spreads – Maximum 108 231 TABLE A4 127 415 Springboard 128cms/138cms Restricted Handicap 190 192A TABLE A6 118 101.9 Spurs 99 192B TABLE A7 118 404 Squibb Group Junior Foxhunter – First Round 183 192C TABLE A8 118 405 Squibb Group Junior Foxhunter – Second Round 184 192D TABLE A9 118 41.4 Stallions, Breeding & Grading 49 192E TABLE A10 119 102.12 Stallion discs 101 194 TABLE AC 119 82.20 Stallions 83 183,193, TABLE C 116,119 203.3 Standards 123 255 152 Start and finish 109 276 Take your own line 145 STARTING 127 281 Team 149 231 Starting – Order of 127 92 Team Manager, summary powers of 89

208 209 Rule No Page Rule No Page 22.4 Telephone/BSJA website – Notification 37 507 Winter Grade C Qualifier 192 289A Ten years and under Competition 154 511 Winter JA Classic 193 82.19,98 Therapeutic exemption use (TUE) 82,91 517 Winter Grade JC Championship 195 77.2 Ticket to Ride scheme 76 501 Winter Premier Grand Prix 191 162 Time allowed 111 505 Winter B & C 191 164 Time competitors 113 506 Winter Novice Championship 192 182.2 Time faults 116 500 Winter Premier Circuit 190 34,112 Time keepers 43,102 WINTER QUALIFYING COMPETITIONS 190 163 Time limit 113 WITHDRAWING, ELIMINATION, 182.3 Time penalties 116 DISQUALIFICATION, RETIRING 122 161 TIMING 111 204 Withdrawing 124 165 Timing equipment 113 76.6 Withholding prizes 73 263 Timing equipment – Knocking the 133 99 Working with children in horse sports 91 34.5.7 Training scheme – Course Designers/Builders 47 256 Wrong course 132 Training programme information 24 76.13 Trophies 75 Y 68.1&3 Top Horses List 62 68.1 Young Rider Nations Cup 62 273 Top score 143 Young Riders – Course Specifications 180 314 Tri-Zone Airlite Discovery Championships – First Round 168 272A Young Riders Under 16 Championship 142 315 Tri-Zone Airlite Discovery Championships Regional Final 169 272B Young Riders Under 18 Championship 142 101 TURNOUT 97 285 Two fence challenge 152 286A Two phase competition 1573 34.3.2 Two Star Judges 44 U 71.2 & 72.2 Unaffiliated shows 65 222 Unauthorised access to arena 127 Unauthorised obstacles 105 133.2 Units – Measurement 106 65 Upgrading 56 V 25.2 VADD Mandate 37 25.2 Variable Amount Direct Debit 37 326 Veteran Rider Minor 175 327 Veteran Rider Major 176 4 Vice Patron 35 6 Vice Presidents 35 Visa 38 33.12 Visiting Members 42 32.2 Voting and eligibility rights 38 W 156 Walking the course 111 139 Water jump 108 254 Water jump Penalties at 131 Weather insurance 20 Welfare of the horse 93 102.8 Whips 100 62.4 Winnings abroad 55 514 Winter 128cms Competition – First Round 194 515 Winter 128cms Competition – Second Round 195 512 Winter 138cms Competition – First Round 193 513 Winter 138cms Competition – Second Round 194

210 211 NOTES

212 213 NOTES NOTES

214 215 NOTES

216 217 NOTES

218 219 NOTES NOTES

220 221 NOTES

222